Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout5306 W McFadden Ave - Plan0 Planning and Buiho. A p p rov Am oft PERMIT IS A A: SITEWORK IMPROVEMENTS Master ID: J Date:61 @ ! 0 5306 W MCFADDEN AVE, SANTA ANA, CA 92704 ��, 1�OJ100CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ',N�' /V. 9/17/2024 OF LI 41il�lijiiil n dpx If 1 Ae.; 1 ► • _R a i ►„ v •l r - .� 'y r ���ra a.r l - y I -IwoI .... LA- # w �••• :i+ .. .r •. �j _ w z • s • 1 �• ♦ w ••'' - - r LL Ld ' j i ` ♦, ' ► �- • • • . III • • i • � w 1 \ , � ' t S � L w . ' . . r _ - co 0 - • 4 Q • • - �' CD N co Lo i Ir N " CONSTRUCTION �-, o '� ~,'�"� .- �t DOCUMENTS ►� �. _ - Issue Date REVISIONS N _- � _- N Y Y cn U �' - (6 m m m5 c 0' 75-24272-01 O COVER SHEET cn O r'' N D_ Lo N I� O U N � -_ G0.1 0 CD 00 n dpx If 1 Ae.; 1 ► • _R a i ►„ v •l r - .� 'y r ���ra a.r l - y I -IwoI .... LA- # w �••• :i+ .. .r •. �j _ w z • s • 1 �• ♦ w ••'' - - r LL Ld ' j i ` ♦, ' ► �- • • • . III • • i • � w 1 \ , � ' t S � L w . ' . . r _ - co 0 - • 4 Q • • - �' CD N co Lo i Ir N " CONSTRUCTION �-, o '� ~,'�"� .- �t DOCUMENTS ►� �. _ - Issue Date REVISIONS N _- � _- N Y Y cn U �' - (6 m m m5 c 0' 75-24272-01 O COVER SHEET cn O r'' N D_ Lo N I� O U N � -_ G0.1 0 CD 00 Bldg #'s 101122413-14 APPROVALS: PLNG - C. Santana BLDG - CSG POLICE - B. Martin PUBLIC WORKS - Y. Soto A I B C I D I E F Planning and Buil inQLAgenc N O NI ry Q (N� _`e N m U a� L 0 4-- 0 a) cn a) U O 0 0 5 N m LOCAL FIRE ACCESS PLAN SCALE: 1" = 30'-0" 0 15 30 60 SCALE: 1" = 30' MCFADDEN AVENUE W Z a J cn cn W /V V a W W `000 GENERAL FIRE ACCESS NOTES NOTE: FIRE DEPARTMENT ACECSS, EGRESS AND GATE ENTRANCES HAVE BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 3.05 AND 3.16 TITLE 19 FIRE FLOW AND FIRE HYDRANTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH STATE APPENDICES 111-AA, 111-BB, PART 9, TITLE 24. FIRE FLOW: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION PER THE BUILDING CODE: TYPE VB WITH SPRINKLERS FIRE -FLOW CALCULATION AREA: AREA 12,875 SF FIRE FLOW BASED ON THE FIRE -FLOW CALCULATION AREA: 3,000 GPM REDUCTION FOR FIRE SPRINKLERS (MAXIMUM 50%): 1,000 GPM TOTAL FIRE FLOW REQUIRED: 2,000 GPM MIN. FIRE FLOW REQUIREMENT: 1,250 GPM FIRE ACCESS NOTES: 1. FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICULAR ACCESS ROADS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN A SERVICEABLE CONSTRUCTION. FIRE CODE 501.4. 2. APPROVED VUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS, BUILDING NUMBERS OR APPROVED BUILDING IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED SO AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET FRONTING THE PROPERTY. THE NUMBERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, BE ARABIC NUMERALS OR ALPHABET LETTERS, AND BE A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES HIGH WITH A MINIMUM STROKE WIDTH OF 0.5 INCH. FIRE CODE 505.1. 3. A KEY BOX SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED PER SITE PLAN LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE CODE 506, AND AS SET FORTH IN FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION 5. 4. THE REQUIRED FIRE FLOW FOR PUBLIC FIRE HYDRANTS AT THIS LOCATION IS 3,500 GPM, AT 20 PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE FOR A DURATION OF 3 HOURS OVER AND ABOVE MAXIMUM DAILY DOMESTIC DEMAND. FIRE CODE 508.3 AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION-8. 5. THE REQUIRED FIRE FLOW FOR ON -SITE FIRE HYDRANTS AT THIS LOCATION IS 1,250 GPM AT 20 PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE. WHEN TWO OR MORE ON SITE HYDRANTS REQUIRED, THE FIRE FLOW SHALL BE 2,500 GPM, WITH EACH ON -SITE FIRE HYDRANT BEING CAPABLE OF FLOWING 1,250 GPM AT 20 PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE FIRE CODE 508.1 AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION-8. 6. ALL FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL MEASURE 6" X 4" X 2-112", BRASS OR BRONZE, CONFORMING TO AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATTION STANDARD C503, OR APPROVED EQUAL; AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION-8. 7. PLANS SHOWING UNDERGROUND PIPING OF ON -SIDE FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO SPRINKLER PLAN CHECK UNIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FIRE CODE 901.2. 8. THE INSPECTION, HYDROSTATIC TEST AND FLUSHING OF THE UNDEDRGROUND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE WITNESSED BY AN AUTHORIZED FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE AND NO UNDERGROUND PIPING OR THRUST BLOCKS SHAKLL BE COVERED WITH EARTH OR HIDDEN FROM VIEW UNTIL THE FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN NOTIFIED AND GIVEN NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS IN WHICH TO INSPECT S\UCH INSTALLATIONS. FIRE CODE 901.5. 9. PROVIDE AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS SET FORTH BY BUILDING CODE 903 AND FIRE CODE 903. PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE SPRINKLER PLAN CHECK UNIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REASON: CFC-CHAPTER 9, SECTION 903.2.3. TYPE OF FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 903.3.1.1. 10. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. BUILDING CODE 1008.1.9. 11. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY FIRE CODE 906. 12. DUMPSTERS AND CONTAINERS WITH AN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY OF 1.5 CUBIC YARDS OR MORE SHALL NOT BE STORED IN BUILDINGS OR PLACED WITHIN 5 FEET OF COMBUSTIBLE WALLS, OPENINGS OR COMBUSTIBLE ROOF EAVES, UNLESS AREAS CONTAINING DUMPSTERS OR CONTAINERS ARE PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLEY SYSTEM. FIRE CODE 304.3.3. 13. PROVIDE APPROVED SIGNS OR OTHER APPROVED NOTICES OR MARKINGS THAT INCLUDE THE WORDS "NO PARKING - FIRE LANE." SIGNS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM DIMENSION OF 12 INCHES WIDE BY 18 INCHES HIGH AND HAVE RED LETTERS ON A WHITE REFLECTIVE BACKGROUND. SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS, TO CLEARLY INDICATE THE ENTRANCE TO SUCH ROAD, OR PROHIBIT THE OBSTRUCTION THEREOF AND AT INTERVALS AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE INSPECTOR. FIRE CODE 503.3. 14. THE MAIN EXIT SHALL COMPLY WITH TITLE 24, SECTION 1007.2.1. 15. THE MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD FOR AN ASSEMBLY USE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE OCCUPANT LOAD AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 24, SECTION 1004.1.2, AND TABLE 1004.1.2. 16. PROVIDE APPROVED PANIC HARDWARE ON REQUIRED EXIT DOORS, TITLE 24, SECTIONS 1007.2.5 & 1003.3.1.9. 17. COMPLY WITH POSTING OF ROOM CAPAICTY. FIRE CODE 2501.16.1 TITLE 24, SECTION 1007.2.6. (SUBJECT TO FIELD INSPECTION APPROVAL). 18. THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE CALCULATED PER CFC: CHAPTER 9, SECTION 903.1.1. 19. PROVIDE A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED WIDTH OF 26 FEET, EXCLUSIVE OF SHOULDERS, EXCEPT FOR APPROVED SECURITY GATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 503.6, AND AN UNOBSTRUCTED VERTICAL CLEARANCE "CLEAR TO SKY" FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICULAR ACCESS TO WITHIN 150 FEET OF ALL PORTIONS OF THE EXTERIOR WALLS OF THE FIRST STORY OF THE BUILDING. AS MEASURED BY AN APPROVED ROUTE AROUND THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING FIRE CODE 503.1.1 & 503.2.2. Approv�e� OR PERMIT ISS N Master ID: Hate: �SE� ARCy o.-C 306 N9TFFN 10 3N �Q`, 0 F C REFERENCE KEYNOTES O SHEET NOTES 1 PLAN SHEET NOTE 1 2 PLAN SHEET NOTE 2 3 PLAN SHEET NOTE 3 SITE SYMBOLS EXISTING BUILDING - NOT IN CONTRACT NEW ASPHALTIC PAVING [E]NEW CONCRETE NEW LANDSCAPE O O RUBBERIZED SURFACE FOR PLAYGROUND U C) (E) CHAIN LINK FENCE U_ (E) DOUBLE SWING GATE ■ O � E ( ) SINGLE SWING GATE co co (E) ROLLING GATE LL I - (E) PATH OF TRAVEL 73 LL1 > - - - PATH OF TRAVEL (10 0 ry (E) LIGHT POST75 tiV Y (N) LIGHT POST M O ■ -oo- (E) STREET LIGHT _II._j rVn, w � (D (E) TREES (N) TREES (N) ORNAMENTAL FENCING CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 LOCAL FIRE ACCESS PLAN 7 Lo O N N Lo N O N N O N rI Q I N Y m H U) U a� c m L O 4- 0 (D U) (1) U O_ T O N rl- (V N Lf ) rl- Y m U) U m L m L Mm W VJ C 2 O O Q) cn U O_ T O N ti N It Ln ti U O Y N O Q A B C Lei E F i i nO,,Ag e In c 32-0 (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL FENCE, SEE DETAIL 3A/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION 1 CI N O NI ry al N Y to m H U a� O 0 a) a� U O '5 i w 32-02 MCFADDEN AVENUE 32-19� r32 03 .•p,. - -p - -... E DROP OFF :.. Ny . O' 7-- --= " 0 II — — — — — — — .� 0 32-05 5C AS1.2 � J 32-27 0 :- :-: 0 Q :32-04: ............. .................. ............ ............. . TURF PLAY FIELD: :: ;': : ::LL:::-:-::_:32-23-::�:�:- ::-:-:::.85 X 52 YDS: - :-:-:LL::-:: :::::::...................... ..::.................LL.LL.......... ............ . z 32-06 > O G U � J Q Q w �32-2"9 I �0 u :0 o � o 7/ 32-31 f 32-19 N m NEW SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 30'-0" 0 15 30 60 SCALE: 1" = 30' m U w -_ w ......................................................................... �_lJl 111 111 111 111 111 (E) RED CURB (E) ASPHALTIC PAVING (E) RED CURB (E) RED CURB (E) RED CURB (E) RED CURB (E) RED CURB (E) ASPHALTIC PAVING I> I 0 I> ° I 6. I I I LU W w cn V W o� I I NEW SQUARE FOOTAGE DESCRIPTION TOTAL SF OR COUNT (N) ASPHALT PAVING 21,859.24 SF (N) CONCRETE PAVING (N) ARTIFICIAL TURF 8,519.89 SF 40,009.82 SF (N) RUBBERIZED PLAY STRUCTURE SURFACE (N) LANDSCAPING 3,208.67 SF 2,952.59 SF N CONCRETE SEATING (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL FENCING 211 SF 1,455' LINEAR SF (N) 3' ORNAMENTAL FENCING (N)TREES 405' LINEAR SF 38 (N) RELOCATION OF (E) LIGHT POLES 12 (N) LUNCH SHELTER 4,500 SF (N) ORNAMENTAL FENCE GATE - DOUBLE DOOR 5 (N) ORNAMENTAL FENCE GATE - SINGLE DOOR (N) BASKETBALL STRIPING 5 3 (N) FOUR SQUARE STRIPING 1 (N) HOPSCOTCH STRIPING 3 (N) WOOD BENCH SEATING 6 (N) CANOPY (N) DIAMOND PARKING PLANTER 1,240 SF 24 PARKING CALCULATIONS PARKING SPACES - PROVIDED 395 SPACES ADA PARKING SPACES - PROVIDED 9 SPACES PARKING SPACES - EXISTING I APPROVED 415 SPACES TOTAL CHURCH + SCHOOL PARKING REQUIRED 364 SPACES > 395 PROVIDED CHURCH PARKING -REQUIRED* 317 SPACES 1 SPACE FOR EACH (3) SEATS - 950 SEATS /3 = 317 SPACES SCHOOL PARKING REQUIRED* 47 SPACES 1.5 SPACES FOR EACH CLASSROOM - 24 CLASSROOMS x 1.5 = 36 SPACES 1 SPACES FOR EACH 330 SF OFFICE SPACE - 3, 590 SF OFFICE / 330 = 11 SPA CES * REFERENCE CITY OF SANTA ANA OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS, POSTED BY CITY OF SANTA ANA PLANNING AND BUILDING AGENCY, DATED MARCH 14, 2022 32-0 (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL FENCE GATE, SEE DETAIL 2C/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-04 (N) ARTIFICIAL TYLF, SEE DETAIL 1A/AS1.7 & 2A/AS1.7 FOR MORE INF T prov 32-05 (N) SOIL WITH I C 32-06 (N) TREES 32-19 0oRlG ff� A 5A S ..,F N 32-20 TI PA E IV M RE ITS INFORMATION 32-23 (N) 3' ORNAMENTAL GATE, SEE DETAIL 2C/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION, ENSURE THAT THIS FENCING IS T TALL 32-2 (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL DOUBLE GATE, SEE DETAIL 3C/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-28 Ma (N) REEN SCRE N FENCING, SEE DETAIL 3E/AS1.6 F M TfON Q 32-29 L OS ELECTRICAL FOR MORE o INFORMATION 0 32-3 D atq)!,mpARK,NG AGE; SEE AS1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-31 STRIPING 0 U SITE SYMBOLS EXISTING BUILDING - NOT IN CONTRACT NEW ASPHALTIC PAVING NEW CONCRETE NEW LANDSCAPE RUBBERIZED SURFACE FOR PLAYGROUND (E) CHAIN LINK FENCE J_y_L (E) DOUBLE SWING GATE -� (E) SINGLE SWING GATE . (E) ROLLING GATE (E) PATH OF TRAVEL — — — PATH OF TRAVEL (E) LIGHT POST - (N) LIGHT POST (E) STREET LIGHT (E) TREES (N) TREES (N) ORNAMENTAL FENCING USED ARCti M F moo.-G 12306 N9TFFN. OF C O O rUn V U 0 co co U� w co w L i CIO 0 co MV Y 1.� O r�� W CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 NEW SITE PLAN AS1.1 0 C Lei E F it k and Buil—ino.Agenc 1 0 El i N O NI NI Y c� H U U a� 0) 0 w 0 (D U) 0 0 w '5 -27 75'-0" (E) CONCRETE (N) LUNCH SHELTER 30' X 54' H I II � 32-25 32-03 - - - - O _ _- _- 32 22 i CJ .32-06,-_...-.:- = o a - - �32-26 CJ _ c::k CJ EJ -- 5'- 0 TYP. 32-05 32-17 32-24:::.:-:.32-17- 2 -'- - :-:-:-: 32-23:-:-:-:-:-::-:-:-: .:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: .: •.•.-.-.•.•.-_-.-.•.•.-.-.•.•.•.-.-.•.•.......... 32-02:•:°:°:::::::::::::::::::°:°:::°:::::::::::::.. :•:.:•:•:.:-:•:•:-:•:•:-:-:•:•:.:•:-:.:•:•:-:•:•:.:•:•:-:-:•:.:.:.:.:...:.:.... . ......... . ...... :-:: • 32 04 ........................... :-:-:-:::::-::-:-:-: :-::-::-:-:-::.:::.::::::::: ............ ............ ..:.:.LL...LL..:::...:....LL.... .....:...............................::.:-:-:-:-:.:-:-:.:.:-:-:.:-:.:.:-.. -:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:.:.:-:-:.:-:.::-::::-:-: N ENLARGED SITE PLAN - PLAY AREA SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" At 1 E Sim o _ S1.5 ® rn � L J 77 o _ 32-16 bo 32 06• ;, 0ll 32 13 o 32-08 _ cJ 32-17 ,. 00 32-14 : 32-01Ed ; 32-13 n 32 03' _ �c/) CJ, °I :I............. ................ CJ ::::`::::':::::::::::::::::::`:::::::::::::::•:-:- :::`::::::::::`:::`:::::::::: ` .....:...........LL.LL.....LL.:...:.:.....:.:.:..._.:.:.;.:.LL.....LL.LL.......:...:.....:. ... ........... I'JU, 32-11 ; Ed . i o - O J J q _ T' 1 } - U .......... .. .......... .. ...... ... 32-02 32-15 -2' - 9" 32-15 ..... Co F 32-13 32 06 32-17 C9 bo 32-18cl) (N) COVERED SHELTER 20' X 42' 32-17 o: ::: ::::::::.,y,;::: :::::::::::: 17 EXISTING BUILDING - NOT IN CONTRACT :1 NEW ASPHALTIAp rov FQRREPERMIT IS, NCE NEW LANDSCAPE :� S R FOR PLAYGROUND mi CL A O -- f Mt&N LINK FENCE J (E) DOUBLE SWING GATE 6A �- (E) SINGLE SWING GATE (E) ROLLING GATE �SE� ARCy — — (E) PATH OF TRAVEL -'o.7C 306 — — — PATH OF TRAVEL E LIGHT POST cP `r.) �Q F 9 N _3 l 1 1 O F F 0 \ F � CA N LIGHT POST 0 E STREET LIGHT H (E) TREES N TREES (N) ORNAMENTAL FENCING REFERENCE KEYNOTES 32-01 (N) CONCRETE, SEE DETAIL 3A/AS1.5 AND CIVIL FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-02 (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL FENCE, SEE DETAIL 3A/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-03 (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL FENCE GATE, SEE DETAIL 2C/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-04 (N) ARTIFICIAL TURF, SEE DETAIL 1A/AS1.7 & 2A/AS1.7 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-05 (N) SOIL WITH LANDSCAPE 32-06 (N) TREES 32-08 (N) l' - 8" RAISED CONCRETE PLANTER 32-09 (N) FLAGPOLE, SEE DETAIL 5C/AS1.7 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-11 (N) TRUNCATED DOMES, SEE DETAIL 1A/AS1.5 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-13 (N) CONCRETE WHEEL STOP, SEE DETAIL 1 E/AS1.5 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-14 (N) ADA PARKING SIGN, SEE DETAIL 5E/AS1. FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-15 (N) CONCRETE WALL 32-16 (N) CONCRETE BENCH SEATING, SEE DETAIL 4E/AS1.5 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-17 (N) 6" CONCRETE CURB, SEE DETAIL 3C,3D,4D/AS1.5 AND CIVIL FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-18 (N) SHADE STRUCTURE, SEE SHEET AS1.3A & AS1.3B FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-22 (N) RUBBERIZED SURFACE FOR PLAYGROUND, SEE DETAIL 4E/AS1.5 FOR MORE INFORMATION 32-23 (N) 3' ORNAMENTAL GATE, SEE DETAIL 2C/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION, ENSURE THAT THIS FENCING IS STALL 32-24 (N) 3' ORNAMENTAL FENCE, SEE DETAIL 3A/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION, ENSURE THAT THIS FENCING IS 3' TALL 32-25 (N) BLACKTOP HOPSCOTCH STRIPING 32-26 (N) BLACKTOP FOUR SQUARE STRIPING 32-27 (N) 6' ORNAMENTAL DOUBLE GATE, SEE DETAIL 3C/AS1.6 FOR MORE INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 ENLARGED SITE PLANS a M N N N O N O ENLARGED SITE PLAN - COURTYARD SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" � AS1.2 A B 8 7 6 5 4 2 C 8 J 7 5 E 3 F CITY OF S ANIA Planning and Build Agen 2 1 LUNCH SHELTER ;1.3 % NO SCALE n DOCUMENT NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION: - A FOUNDATION DESIGN HAS NOT BEEN PERFORMED BY AMERICANA OUTDOORS - A LICENSED ENGINEER FAMILIAR WITH SOIL CONDITIONS AT CONSTRUCTION SITE MUST PERFORM A FOUNDATION DESIGN z O D D rvo V Z O c c V DC O LL 112'-6' 110'-6" Br-------- --------------------- ----------------- O B B HSS STEEL POST Z 0 0 i 1 i TYP. OF (10) I I I I 1�2 7 - 71 �►I I 0 00 ; 27' -7 Z ' 27-7 z " 27 -7 2 " ----------------------_---�AMERICANA OUTDOORS o AMERICANA BUILDING PRODUCTS FOUNDATION PLAN #2 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE - SALEM, IL 62881 (800) 851-0865 - www.americana.com A TITLE 201 _0" x 112'-6" MONOSLOPE SHELTER SIZE DATE DWG NO REV A 9/5/2024 117141-2 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN: TG SHEET 1 of 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DOCUMENT NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION: - A FOUNDATION DESIGN HAS NOT BEEN PERFORMED BY AMERICANA OUTDOORS - A LICENSED ENGINEER FAMILIAR WITH SOIL CONDITIONS AT CONSTRUCTION SITE MUST PERFORM A FOUNDATION DESIGN 2.7 D O D D H V ry - 11i z c O c c V oC O - LL 56'-6" 1'-0" 54'-611 1'-0" B------------------------------------------------------------------------ - O B I HSS STEEL POST TYP. OF (8) 18' -2" 181-211 18' -2►, I AEI E RI C J\N1 O O I I I I I I I I o i i OUTDC70RF I I I I I AMERICANA BUILDING PRODUCTS #2 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE - SALEM, IL 62881 (800) 851-0865 - www.americana.com I I TITLE A - - - - - 20�_0�� x 56�_611 A MONOSLOPE SHELTER o FOUNDATION PLAN SIZE DATE D -REV r--4 A 9/5/2024 117141-1 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN: TG SHEET 1 of 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A A ^T 18"^WIDE INTERLOCKING TYP. OF (8) TYP. OF (5) ELEVATION PLAN 8 7 6 5 8 7 18" WIDE INTERLOCKING ROOF PLAN 12 LU 1> 00w 4 6 5 W 4 2x6" TONGUE N GROOVE HSS STEEL PURLIN BEAM TYP. OF (6) ROOF PLAN 12 ow I Q 0w AMERICANA Jw:4ll OUTDOORS AMERICANA BUILDING PRODUCTS #2 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE - SALEM, IL 62881 (800) 851-0865 - www.americana.com TITLE 20'-0" x 112'-6" MONOSLOPE SHELTER SIZE DATE DWG NO REV A 9/5/2024 117141-2 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN: TG F SHEET 2 of 2 3 2 3 HSS STEEL RAFTER TYP. OF (4) z 0 H V oC cn Z O V oC O LL O z AMERICANA BUILDING PRODUCTS #2 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE - SALEM, IL 62881 (800) 851-0865 - www.americana.com TITLE 20'-0" x 56'-6" MONOSLOPE SHELTER SIZE 'DATE D GW NO REV A 9/5/2024 117141-1 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN: TG SHEET 2 of 2 4 1 3 2 1 Appro FOR PERMIT D Master ID: Date: c B ANCI J 1w 6A PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION D 0 O U U O C) N CU co z U Q LL I z �, LLJ z Q 0 w L n co �_ Y z w 0 0 0 3 }; w 0 LO B a CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 LUNCH SHELTER & CANOPY 5A,, CANOPY SHELTER SO -3 % NO SCALE AS1.3 A B C D E FRAME SPACING SCHEDULE SNOW REGION NO. OF FRAMES FRAME SPACING P9<-22PSF 4 12'-0" 22 PSF < P9 5 33 PSF 5 9' - 0" 1 42' - 0" 3'-0" 36'-0" 3'-0" 16 Zl 3 PER SCHEDULE M1 TYP. 1.0 MT30.1 TYP. TYP. MT30.1 Y N 0 N ry al N cn ca F- e7 U 6 0) O O U O 0 0 N N N LO N c� U) U ca c� m5 0 0 U) U O_ r) 0 N I- 't 73 N n Lf) LO !�- 7� U N O �� U) N O O -O N O p Q rn 00 co N O N ti � / MT30.1 v v v �i TYP. X X X X co co cc co _ 0 o N MAY1 TYP. `I RIDGE J 12 TYP , 10 AT DECK MT30.1 U.N.O. MT30.1 SPLICE ONLY , X Xcc) X X MT30.1 MT30.1 TYP. U) U) (n 00 U) -i co 14 TYP 3 -ALUMINUM ROOF MT30.1 DECK PER � s MT30.1 ROOF PLAN 36' - 0" 3 PER SCHEDULE MT30.1 HSS6X6X3/8 COLUMN, Y TYP. � I I I -CONCRETE FOOTING, TYP. I o I I I 4 MT30.1 I• - �� TYP. 3 MT30.1 FOUNDATION PLAN 30'x42'SHELTER PLANS J1/8" = V-0" I I I .100" RADIUS I ` / N FRAME SPACING SCHEDULE SNOW REGION NO. OF FRAMES FRAME SPACING P9 <- 22 PSF 5 12'- 0" 22 PSF < P9 <_ 33 PSF 6 9'- 7 13/16" 54' - 0" 48' - 0" 13(.'.]i T30.) • TYP. MT30.1 -� o v v v X X X X X X co co co = 15 = _ MT30.1 TYP. RIDGE B.O. FASCIA a w z_ 0 z w =o 3' 0" - 0_ w� U PER SCHEDULE U- TYP. w o a 0 CV � g O r w MT30.1' .- TYP. X X co00 12 12 23/4 ,__----ALUMINUM ROOF DECK PER 6 / MT30.1 - - DOWNSPOUT WHERE OCCURS - HSS RAFTER NOTES: PER PLAN, TYP. 1. REQUIRED EAVE HEIGHT FOR EACH SITE SHALL BE U U DETERMINED BY OWNER. O z z cn - - -HSS COLUMN °O p PER PLAN, TYP. C° SLIP RESISTANT CONCRETE Q SLAB -ON -GRADE OR PAVING PER OWNER -_ _CONCRETE ,1 FOOTING, TYP. FIRM AND STABLE <� SURFACE WITH 2% ° MAX SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS TYP. ° -� TYP. N 12 TYP. , 10 AT DECK - - MT30.1 U.N.O. MT30.1 SPLICE ONLY �8 IX X X X X 3 BUILDING SECTION MT3\ 0•1/ cCOn u7 U) cU) cn TYP. cn cn cn cn cn 114" = 1'-0" T30. M 14 TYP 3 ALUMINUM ROOF CENTERLINE OF HSS COLUMN, MT30.1 DECK PER FOOTING, BASEPLATE, AND 6 I ANCHOR BOLT PATTERN. 5/8 ROOF PLAN MT30.1 CONIC. PAD -- HSS COLUMN PER PLAN I - 1 1/4" x 1'- 0 1/4" SQ. BASE PLATE CONIC. SLAB OR i I i W/ (4) 1 1/4" DIA. THREADED ROD " PAVING (PER OWNER) I I ANCHOR BOLTS OVER ANCHOR BOLTS 3 PER SCHEDULE FINISH GRADE----_ 1 1/2" TYP. SLOPE CONC. 2% MIN. FOR MT30.1 4A I --I i - DRAINAGE 1 1/2"± NON SHRINK GROUT I I- :: - --- --- --- Q� LEVELING NUTS CONCRETE U FOOTING, z0 g iv----t�-i-i1 fi-r-- (3) #4 TIES AT 2" O.C. TYP. HSS6X6X3/8 COLUMN, g io I I 1 I AT TOP 5" TYP. I N w c+)--f--t}--}jt th #4 TIES AT 4" O.C., TYP. + -' -- (12)#6VERTS. C4, CONCRETE FOOTING 1 44 I I WASHER BETW EN 1 I M1 T30.1/ I I e TYP. _ _ k _ _ _ _ _ _ TWO NUTS AT EACH j I ANCHOR BOLT. I � I • I I _ -- I-- -� 3"CLR.--+---t--+--r-- TYP. MT30.1 FOUNDATION PLAN 3'-o"DIA. 30' x 54' SHELTER PLANS (TN� FOUNDATION SECTION 4 NOTES: 1. FOOTING DESIGN IS BASED ON THE PRESUMPTIVE SOIL VALUES OF CBC TABLE 1806A.2 FOR CLASS 5 MATERIAL. WHERE ADJACENT SHELTER FOOTINGS ARE CLOSER THAN 3x THE PIER DIAMETER, A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT IS REQUIRED TO CONFIRM THAT THESE VALUES ARE APPROPRIATE FOR EACH FOOTING IN THE GROUP. 2. THE MINIMUM CENTER -TO -CENTER DISTANCE OF ADJACENT SHELTER PIER FOOTING SHALL BE 6-11". 3. FOR OPTIONAL ALTERNATE SPREAD FOOTING SEE DETAIL 5/MT30.1 1'- 0 1/4" BOLT HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE BOLT DIA. PLUS 1/8" Ln o� o I 1 5/8" 9" 1 5/8" e or PLAN SECTION PLAN SECTION 3/4" = V-0" NOTES: 1. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, WITH THE OWNER'S APPROVAL, THIS DETAIL MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF DETAIL 4 / MT30.1 2. FOR COLUMN CONNECTION TO BASE PLATE, BASE PLATE, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND NON SHRINK GROUT, SEE DETAIL 4 / MT30.1 3. FOOTING THICKNESS SHOWN IS A MINIMUM. USE THICKER FOOTING WHERE REQUIRED TO MEET LOCAL FROST DEPTH REQUIREMENTS. REINFORCE FOOTING PER REINFORCING SCHEDULE. cD z Z0 O QO a Q� w UO co_ J cnw z U� z0 O� Uw a 135' HOOKS AROUND VERTICAL BARS. EXTEND HOOK 3" BEYOND BEND w - HOOK OVERLAP c° z w a LOCATIONS SHALL BE w U STAGGERED FROM cwn co ADJACENT HOOPS. Planning and BuildinQ.Agenc � Approv FOR PERMIT IS NICE Master ID: Date: REINFORCING SCHEDULE FOOTING THICKNESS TOP AND BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT 1'- 6" (10) #5 EACH WAY <_ 2'- 0" (10) #6 EACH WAY <_ 2' - 6" 1(10) #7 EACH WAY CENTERLINE OF HSS COLUMN, FOOTING, BASEPLATE, AND t I ANCHOR BOLT PATTERN. � I I - HSS COLUMN PER PLAN I I 2'- 0" DIA. I - SLOPE CONCRETE CONCRETE PAD 2% MIN. FOR I DRAINAGE 1 I I I I � FINISH GRADE I I III I I al z II 3" CLR. REINFORCING TYP. PER SCHEDULE -THICKEN FOOTING AT ANCHOR BOLTS TO PROVIDE 3" MIN CONCRETE COVER. 7'- 6" SQ. ALTERNATE FOUNDATION SECTION T30. 1/8" = 1'-0" T30. 3/4" = 1'-0" T30. 3/4" = 1'-0" 25 1/2" y 24" COVERAGE 2 3/8" 2 3/8" _ N 5/16" 1 5/16" .100" RADIUS 125" RADIUS 0.094" THICK 3/4" m TYP. U.N.O. TYP. 11 a 0.109" THICK AT STIFFENER - It, 3 1/8" 1, 3 1/8" 8" I 8 �0.038" THICK 3 1/8" 3 1/8" MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES: APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ROOF SEALANT CAULKING PRIOR TO PLACING THICK) MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES: OVERLAPPING DECK TYP. A = 1.27 in Stop = 0.84 in3 Sbottom = 1.081n3 I = 1.18 in4 INTERLOCKING DECK PROFILE 3" OPTIONAL'V' PLUG INSERTS IN ROOF VOIDS FOR BIRD CONTROL PER MANUF. WHERE REQ'D. BY OWNER. FIX IN PLACE W/ SILICONE SEALANT. SEE SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS. 9 MT30.1 I NOTE: J ROLL DECK OVER RIDGE AS SHOWN ROOF DECK AT RIDGE (2) #8-18 x 112" HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS AT 8" O.C. 0.078" THICK A = 1.85 in ALUMINUM GUTTER Stop = 2.17 in Sbottom = 2.78 Ina 1 = 6.78 In4 7 RIDGE CAP PROFILE NOTE: ROLL DECK OVER RIDGE AS SHOWN ALUMINUM RIDGE CAP PER DETAIL 7 / MT30.1 0.024" THICK ALUMINUM FLASHING W/ (4) #8-18 HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS TO RIDGE CAP ROOF DECK AT RIDGE CAP 10 MT30.1 Y -ALUMINUM ROOF DECK 1/8" CLEAR FOR DECK DRAINAGE GUTTER TO ROOF DECK CONN. 3" = 1'-0" NOTE: ROOF DECK AND ATTACHMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2"x2" MIN. SCREW PATTERN 1 (4) #12-24 HWH #5 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS W BOND SEAL AT EA. LOW FLUTE ( 8" O.C.) TYP. b3/16 R PLATE 7" EA SIDE (3) #8-18 x 3/4" HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS, 1" APART, AT EACH LOW FLUTE (8" O.C.) EA. SIDE, TYP. \LUMINUM ROOF DECK r - - 'ER DETAIL 6/MT30.1 HSS RAFTER PER PLAN ROOF DECK TO RAFTER CONN. NOTE: SEE 13 / MT30.1 FOR RIDGE CAP FLASHING AT PEAK. 1/2" MAX. --ALUMINUM RIDGE CAP n'P PER DETAIL 7 / MT30.1 ALUMINUM ROOF DECK PER DETAIL 6 / MT30.1 ROOF DECK SPLICE -#12-24 HWH #5 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREW W/ BOND SEAL AT 16" O.C. EACH SIDE -- HSS RAFTER PER PLAN -#8-18 x 112" HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS AT 12" O.C. .---ALUMINUM ROOF DECK % PER DETAIL 6 / MT30.1 EAVE TO ROOF DECK CONN. 3" = V-0" T30. 3„ _ 1'-0" �0- 3„=V-0" o?S RAFTER PER PLAN, TYP. i 3/16 I - CLOSURE PLATE 1/8" n (4) 5/8" DIA. HSB'S AT x 5 3/4" x 7 3/4" 9" O.C. EA. WAY PLATE 1" x 12" SQ. l l OPTIONAL DOWNSPOUT I L 5/16 EA. CORNER COLUMN DOWNSPOUT CLIP PER PER MANUF WHERE MANUF. AT TOP, BOTTOM, AND REQ'D BY OWNER. SEE I I 4'-0" O.C. MAX. CONNECT TO SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS. COLUMN WITH #12-24 X 1 1/4 UROUNDED HEAD #5 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREW. HSS-COLUMN PER PLAN, - TYP. RAFTER TO COLUMN CONNECTION NOTE: ROOF DECK AND ATTACHMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. LESS 1 Aar gyp. O\-E FOR BO ER TYP PLATE 7/8" x 7 3/4" x 0'- 5 5/8" 4 ENTER ON RA 00 (4) 5/8" DIA. HSB's AT 3 1/2" x 5 112" O.C. 3/16 LO 12 HSS RAFTER PER PLAN, TYP. TYP. U.N.O. MT30.1 10 ONE FRAME ONLY MT30.1 WHERE NOTED ON PLAN 15 RAFTER TO RAFTER CONNECTION 2 3/4 DIA. HOLE IN BOTTOM OF GUTTER AT DOWNSPOUT OPTION 3" x 2" MAX. HOLE II` BOTTOM OF GUTTER WHERE SCUPPER OCCURS AT SCUPPER OPTION GUTTER DRAIN HOLES 1 1/2" = 1'-0" T30. 1 1/2" = 1'-0" T30. 1 1/2" = 1' 0" T30. 1 1/2" = V-0" �0.3" = 1' 0" JTTER PER DETAIL 8 / MT30.1 'TIONAL DOWNSPOUT EA. )RNER COLUMN WHERE ..-Q'D BY OWNER. SEE SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS NOTE: SCUPPER NOT USED WHERE DOWNSPOUT OPTION IS SELECTED. SEE SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS. JTTER PER DETAIL 8 / MT30.1 LONG x 0.024" THICK ALUMINUM SCUPPER W/ (2) #8-18 x 112" HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS TO GUTTER. U0I- �rnrn � VJ } NT .� L0 L0 W cn CD O u0 'O `n - 0) -0 C:) o' 0 j7 > ILI C� C C14 z coc - op T :2 N O -c r 0- Q!� 0- IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP:02-120961 PC REVIEWED FOR SS ❑✓ FLS ❑✓ ACS ❑✓ CG ❑ DATE: 07/12/2023 07 Ev7 W ° 00 00 O _o U W � J C) U N =O a� N � E E UU0 U co U ap�n3 a) 0 p O Zz� 3 Uoo ��� Q o q U Ln ; o Uw V)� =UI- �o ' U 0 Q LO d � U W N °0 o o 0 01 Q 00 0 O O U � 0 ul CL CL Q J 0_ I LU Q J I- LU LU = Q UZ LU Q Q Z w w 0 U w O LU w N co cn DRAWN NVGI CHECKED JW DATE J U LY 4, 2023 SCALE AS NOTED JOB NO. 22-016 SHEET MT30.1 © Copyright Will Engineering LLC +a. 0 C� J 0 O I� < <Fc, . 0__ mo o. C 306 6m N9T�FAt OF CA��F 0 0 U C) .0 0 -4-0 co co Uz W W L 0 0Y ry �V Y 0 . �: LLJ v♦ � 07 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 LUNCH SHELTER AS1.3A 1 4 > N O N rI < N cn c� U) U :T c P O 0 N m U 0 0 N rl- N L0 N U) m U) U T m c,z m5 N c c� O 0 Iv U) U O_ r) 0 N I\ N n Ib I� O \ N U N O �� U) N (1) CD -p N O p < LO 0o co N O N FRAME SPACING SCHEDULE SNOW REGION NO. OF FRAMES FRAME SPACING P9<22 PSF 3 12'-0" 22PSF <P9<_33PSF 4 8'-0" 30'-0" 24' - 0" LX - 0" 16 I I I 3 11 I M�T20�1 TYP. My MU 1 TYP. v I X x X TYP 15 cl) MT20.1 TYP. C0 b M Y RIDGE N - 10 AT DECK MT20.1 SPLICE 8 ,X X �� ONLY X 12 TYP. (o CID CD MT20.1 U.N.O. MT20.1 �i TYP. i ` = _ I i; 14 3 � MT20.1 TYP. MT20.1 ALUMINUM ROOF DECK PER 6 ROOF PLAN MT20.1 24' - 0" PER SCHEDULE 3 HSS6X6X1/4 COLUMN, TYP. (MT20.1; CONCRETE I FOOTING, I TYP. I I I I M1 T20.1� TYP. 3 MT20.1 FOUNDATION PLAN 20' x 30' SHELTER PLANS C 1/8" = 1'-0" I 1 1/4" .100" RADIUS I \ � N FRAME SPACING SCHEDULE SNOW REGION NO. OF FRAMES FRAME SPACING P9<22PSF 4 12'-0" 22 PSF < Ps <_ 33 PSF 5 9' 0" 42'-0" PER SCHEDULE TYP. 3 11 iv 16 I MT20.1 MT20.1 TYP. MT20.1 TYP. r_ 8 x 15 cxo ccoo cxo / MT20.1TYP. M1 TZp.1 U) U) _ TYP. _ M RIDGE 10 �r 7t v d- 8 �,P MT20.1 AT DECK X 12 TYP. -i SPLICE W MT20.1 TYP. m U.N.O. m m ONLY m M�T2�1 U.N.O. i � i � � z i � I 14 MT20.1 TYP. ALUMINUM ROOF 3 DECK PER 6 MT20.1 MT20� 20' x 42- SHELTER PLANS 1/8" = V-0" 12 2 3/4 ALUMINUM ROOF DECK PER 6/MT20.1 B.O. FASCIA - DOWNSPOUT WHERE OCCURS w z _ O z w Uj U p HSS RAFTER NO v REQUIRED SAVE HEIGHT FOR EACH SITE SHALL BE w 0 z a U) PER PLAN, TYP. DETERMINED BY OWNER. X wQ w 2 3:> p = p HSS COLUMN w o a O -- SLIP RESISTANT CONCRETE Q PER PLAN, TYP. , SLAB -ON -GRADE OR 0 PAVING PER OWNER U_ $ FIRM AND STABLE --1 --- CONCRETE : I SURFACE WITH 2% >e _ FOOTING, TYP. J•<d, MAX SLOPE TYP. IN ° ° ALL DIRECTIONS TYP. °4 ; d ° ,d . 4 MT20. 1TYP. BUILDING SECTION 1/4" CENTERLINE OF HSS COLUMN, FOOTING, BASEPLATE, AND Ar\1f- (_)M1 Pni T DATTI=DKI ROOF PLAN 7/16 \ I HSS COLUMN PER PLAN CONC. PAD ----------------- t _--1 1/8" x 12" SQ. BASE PLATE W/ 36' - 0" CONC. SLAB OR (4) 1" DIA. THREADED ROD PAVING (PER OWNER) ANCHOR BOLTS. OVER ANCHOR BOLTS PER SCHEDULE 1 1/2 P. -SLOPE CONC. 2% MIN. FOR DRAINAGE HSS6X6X1/4 COLUMN, FINISH GRADE 4A --1 1/2"± NON SHRINK GROUT 3 TYP. Ij MT20.1 - j N-=*-t=+-+�- LEVELING NUTS O �- rt Its t ;l ONCRETE z O _ 7 _tI 1 t _ (3) #4 TIES AT 2" O.C. DOTING, I I w i- It- I AT TOP 5" eP. w M -7-Itl-.�.,.41._r_ I = I I 1 I #4 TIES AT 4" O.C., TYP. Z I=+� _ - 1' (12) #5 VERTS. 135° HOOKS AROUND 1 I CONCRETE FOOTING 6' VERTICAL BARS. TYP °- -I-- r - EXTEND HOOK 3" EO 3/16" X 2" BOLT HOLES .00F BEYOND BEND _ - 4B 1 r WASHERS BETWEEN N 1' - 0" FOR ANCHOR I• BOLTS SHALL - HOOK OVERLAP - --I- �-- - TWO NUTS - - --T____ BE EQUAL TO LOCATIONS SHALL BE �� 3 i - - _I_ �- - i - AT EACH ANCHOR o THE BOLT DIA. PLUS 1/8" STAGGERED FROM ADJACENT HOOPS. MT20.1 3" CLR. I I 0) TYP. BOLT. ------I--t- • P r - - - - FOUNDATION PLAN a I 2 3/8" 2 3/8" Ij 1 5/16"-- .125" RADIUS - 0.094" THICK 3/4" io TYP. U.N.O. TYP. cn a c \� 0.109" THICK - AT STIFFENER ' 3 1/8" 1 3 1/8" � 0.038" THICK r MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES: APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ROOF SEALANT CAULKING A = 1.85 in2 (MIN 1/2" WIDE x 1/4" THICK) Stop = 2.17 in3 PRIOR TO PLACING MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES: p OVERLAPPING DECK TYP. Sbottom = 2.78 in A = 1.27 in Stop = 0.84 in3 Sbottom = 1.08 in I = 1.18 in4 INTERLOCKING DECK PROFILE 25 1/2" 24" COVERAGE 5/16" 100" RADIUS 8 I s 3 1/8" { 3 1/8" 3" = 1'-0" OPTIONAL'V' PLUG INSERTS IN ROOF VOIDS FOR BIRD CONTROL PER MANUF. WHERE REQ'D. BY OWNER. FIX IN PLACE W/ SILICONE SEALANT. SEE SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS. 9 MT20.1 NOTE: ROLL DECK OVER RIDGE AS SHOWN ROOF DECK AT RIDGE 1 1/2" = V-0" 1 = 6.78 in4 RIDGE CAP PROFILE 3" = 1'-0" NOTE: ROLL DECK OVER 0.024" THICK ALUMINUM RIDGE AS SHOWN / FLASHING W/ (4) #8-18 HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS TO RIDGE CAP ALUMINUM RIDGE CAP 10 PER DETAIL 7/MT20.1 MT20.1 - i �1:3 ROOF DECK AT RIDGE CAP 1 1/2" = V-0" (2) #8-18 x 1/2" HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLINr SCREWS AT 8" O.C. 0.078" THICK ALUMINUM GUTTER 2 6 DIA. PLAN SECTION PLAN SECTION FOUNDATION SECTION NOTES: 1. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, WITH THE OWNER'S APPROVAL, THIS DETAIL MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF DETAIL 4 / MT20.1 2. FOR COLUMN CONNECTION TO BASE PLATE, BASE PLATE, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND NON SHRINK GROUT, SEE DETAIL 4 / MT20.1 3. FOOTING THICKNESS SHOWN IS A MINIMUM. USE THICKER FOOTING WHERE REQUIRED TO MEET LOCAL FROST DEPTH REQUIREMENTS. REINFORCE FOOTING PER REINFORCING SCHEDULE. Planning and Builcino-Agency Approv FOR PERMIT IS, NICE Master ID: Date: REINFORCING SCHEDULE FOOTING THICKNESS TOP AND BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT V - 4" (8) #5 EACH WAY <- 2' - 0" (8) #6 EACH WAY <_ 2'- 6" (8) #7 EACH WAY C7 z 0 CENTERLINE OF HSS COLUMN, LL a FOOTING, BASEPLATE, AND I ANCHOR BOLT PATTERN. �w iil O >O m I -- - HSS COLUMN PER PLAN W cU) z 2'- 0" DIA. I I - SLOPE CONCRETE z ?' CONCRETE PAD j 2% MIN. FOR O I DRAINAGE w a i I � I � FINISH GRADE i I Qi I I• I 4d o(a g u w _ U� co � � 3" CLR. REINFORCING PER TYP. SCHEDULE ----THICKEN FOOTING AT ANCHOR BOLTS TO PROVIDE 3" MIN 7' 0" SQ. CONCRETE COVER. ALTERNATE FOUNDATION SECTION 3/4" = V-0" �0-3/4" = V-0" NOTE: FOR RIDGE CAP FLASHING AT PEAK, SEE 13 / MT20.1 2" x 2" MIN. SCREW PATTERN 1/2" MAX ALUMINUM RIDGE CAP (3) #8-18 x 3/4" HWH #2 POINT T,P (4) #12-24 HWH #5 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS, 1" PER DETAIL 7 / MT20.1 SCREWS APART, AT EACH LOW FLUTE (8" SELF DRILLING SCR Al i inninii ine r�nnr n� �K W/ BOND SEAL AT EA. O.C.) EA. SIDE, TYP. - ALUMINUM ROOF DECK 1 LOW FLUTE (8" O.C.) PER DETAIL 6 / MT20.1 ALUMINUM ROOF DECK 4011' PER DETAIL 6 / MT20.1 1 1/8" CLEAR FOR DECK DRAINAGE GUTTER TO ROOF DECK CONN. 3" = T-0" NOTE: ROOF DECK AND ATTACHMENT 3/16 NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. STIFFENER PLATE 1/4" x 3" x 5" EA SIDE 3/16 3/16 CLOSURE PLATE 1/4" 1112' x 5 3/4" x 0'- 5 5/8" 1 112" HSS RAFTER PER PLAN, TYP. PLATE 3/4" x 9" x 1'- 0" 3/16 F1/4 - (4) 5/8" DIA. HSB'S AT I 6" x 9" GAGE OPTIONAL DOWNSPOUT EA. CORNER COLUMN PER MANUF WHERE REQ'D BY OWNER. SEE DOWNSPOUT CLIP PER SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS. MANUF. AT TOP, BOTTOM, AND 4'-0" O.C. MAX. CONNECT TO COLUMN WITH #12-24 X 1 1/4 U ROUNDED HEAD #5 POINT 1 SELF DRILLING SCREW. HSS-COLUMN PER PLAN, TYP. RAFTER TO COLUMN CONNECTION 1 1/2" = V-0" HSS RAFTER PER PLAN ROOF DECK TO RAFTER CONN. 3" = 1'-0" NOTE: ROOF DECK AND ATTACHMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. R80�T A yPss 1 112' TYP 4" OV", ER ON RAFTER T cq 3/16 N #12-24 HWH #5 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREW W/ BOND SEAL AT 16" O.C. EACH SIDE HSS RAFTER PER PLAN ROOF DECK SPLICE 3" = 1'-0" PLATE 1" x 5 3/4" (V) x 0'- 5 5/8" (4) 5/8" DIA. HSB's AT 3 112" O.C. EA. WAY HSS RAFTER PER PLAN, TYP. 12 TYP. U.N.O. MT20.1 10 ONE FRAME ONLY MT20.1 WHERE NOTED ON PLAN RAFTER TO RAFTER CONNECTION 2 3/4 DIA. HOLE IN BOTTOM OF GUTTER AT DOWNSPOUT OPTION 3" x 2" MAX. HOLE IN BOTTOM OF GUTTER WHERE SCUPPER OCCURS NOTE: SCUPPER NOT USED WHERE DOWNSPOUT OPTION IS SELECTED. SEE SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS. AT SCUPPER OPTION GUTTER DRAIN HOLES 1 1/2" = V-0" T20. 3" = 1'-0" #8-18 x 1/2" HWH #2 POINT SELF / DRILLING SCREWS AT 12" O.C. ALUMINUM ROOF DECK PER DETAIL 6 / MT20.1 (31 EAVE TO ROOF DECK CONN. 3" = V-0" JTTER PER DETAIL 8 / MT20.1 'TIONAL DOWNSPOUT EA. )RNER COLUMN WHERE BY OWNER. SEE SITE SPECIFIC OPTIONS JTTER PER DETAIL 8 / MT20.1 - b" LONG x 0.024" THICK ALUMINUM SCUPPER W/ (2) #8-18 x 112" HWH #2 POINT SELF DRILLING SCREWS TO GUTTER. U o. Q .-I .� L0 W LO V) O L0 O LO Q w :�jC-4z N - V) O - CO L C Q) O -c- ry a_ IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP:02-120961 PC REVIEWED FOR SS ✓❑ FLS ❑✓ ACS ❑✓ CG ❑ DATE: 07/12/2023 N Ecn W o �U co V) C �o W i WO V) U UU O ® co U o UCN o Q 0� Za >` 3 U a o c� 0 < i < U l �ILUN� � Lo w =Ua O Q � O U Q W 04 L0 o0 w IL 0) � o CD Q) 4 0 U 0- o 0 Q CL 0 _J I Q F- LU LLJ _ 0 cn Q U z LLJ Q Q cn �z w LLJ O w UCD w w = CAI to DRAWN NVGI CHE\C/�K/ED DATE J U LY 4, 2023 SCALE AS NOTED JOB NO. 22-016 SHEET MT20.1 © Copyright Will Engineering LLC O O .0 O IZ- Co co Uz W w o C6 � a nL 75 ry �V Y >O LLl U/ W!^ v! CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 CANOPY AS1.3B N O NI �I N c0 H a� 0 c O 0 (D U) U 0 0 N r` N N LO ti N Y m U m m m m (D 0) p O 0 U) U 0 0 0 N ti N N i LO 0 O 0 U) aD O 7 a A B C D E F CITY OF S K' ANA 2'-6"TO Planning and Buil inO.Agenc) FRONT OF PARKING TALL (N) 4" CONCRETE PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL 2 c� APPLY POLYURETHANE SEALANT BUMPER. PAINT WITH PAVING 1/2" RADIUS ( ) AT PERIMETER OF TILE AFTER 1/4"DIA CTSK. HOLES (TYP 0.9" - 0.92" COATS OF TRAFFIC BEARING FILL HOLE WITH NOW w FASTENING, TOOL SMOOTH TO 12 LOCATIONS) PREPARED PLANTING SOIL BLUE AT ACCESSIBLE SH NK GROUT o J BLEND TILE EDGE WITH ADJACENT 90' POINTS 0.45" - 0.47" 2" SAND - REFER PARKING STALLS to . z 1.25" 2.3" - 2.4" #3 B RS ENTIRE W z ol ol 01 SURFACE 0.5" R.375" 0.045" HIGH TO CIVIL LANDSCAPE AREA LEN TH w O 36" MIN 0.4" D 0.65" MIN. _ :\7 Approv mn x, ww wwwwww w wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww II CAST INPLA E o ° = wwwwwwwwww w wwwwwwwwwwv wv wv www nj� DOMES@ 2.3"-2.4"O.C. a wwwwwwwwww wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww A AL co O N - '°d°' , _ d-1/4 X111� LG.STAWVLES d ad.-° - - o _-. wwwwwwwwww wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww 21/2"BOSS AROUND FULL ' o �o �o wwwwwwwwww wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww H T I R P E RM IT I S NCE ti wwwwwwwwww wwwwwwwwwv°wwwwwwwwww II „ Cl? 0 00 00 000000000 000 ° STEEL°fAMPERPROOF ° o_ - °o 0 N ° ° PERIMETER AND AT CENTER OF TILE a EXPANS1ON ANCHOR. °. a ° 4 -0/ I 5/ DIA. X 8 LQO 00000000000U o000 0000000 00 = ° ° °.a oa oa �� 1 o O O O O O O O _ H DIPPED GALV. o ST EL PIN 0 00000 °D000000 0 00 O'o 000 0 0 0 °' EXISTING �- 4' 0" v O O O O O O O O O O O O O oo'0 0 °000° SECTION - SURFACE APPLIED C CONCRETE p „ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a o o � 1� _ p SINGLE STALL 1' - 0' O O 0 0 O 0 11' o� AT EXISTING CONDITIONS ONLY r4 00000000000000 o o -0 3 O O O O O O O O Co ° N 0 0 0@© 0 0 0 0 0@@ 0 0 N _ _ 0000 0000000 00 0911-092' N ° o a @@@@@@@@@@@@@@ 00000 000000000 000 0 U? N ter ID:CL `� 0.45" - 0.47" = 90' POINTS "' 'IT OO Oo 0 Oo ®OOo OO Oo ® 0 0 0000000000000000000 00 2.3"-2.4' 0 0 ° cn `' 00000 000000000 000 le L R.375" 0.045"HIGH O w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N O e• O O O O 0 0 0000 0 0 00 #3 BARS EN IRE LENGTH 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o a o 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O o o �ool s�l O 0 00 00000000��0 °d_ � �� � o @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ O0 000 O O 000 o - 61 0o 00o d ° - G O O 000 0 O 0 000 d - ° _ ° ° �. - > ° '06" SOt°iND�ATTENUATING " SURFACE APPLIED 0625' o a- d - _ a 4^ = PLATE BETWEEN EMBEbMfNT.: a PLAN -TYP. CAST -IN -PLACE DWS ENLARGED PLAN 0�25° CIA Hf}LE THROUGH °° °.F�ANGE�'" USED ARC ti o EMBEDMENTI FLANGES AT, d d G� M/� NTS A NTS nB ° °o.c. ° Q° 1E WHEEL STOP DETAIL ., NOTE: FIELD LEVEL DOME ° o ° a ° " 0.f875 INTERNAL EMBE6MENT " `� ° ' d _ 9 - f COVERAGE=41 POINTS ° a ° 1C N CONC. LANDSCAPE - NOTE: PER SQUARE INCH ° FLANGE (RIBS AT 3A�O.Ca: a a , ` 3.125 d ,° _ AS1.5 SCALE: 1" = V-0" _ ° AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0° .'C 1-306 1. SEE SITE PLAN FOR SIZE OF DETECTABLE WARNING AREAS 2. DO NOT INSTALL DIAGONALLY 3. THE COLOR OF THE DETECTABLE WARNING MUST BE YELLOW, SECTION - CAST -IN -PLACE NEW CONCRETE `PA S' , ,` rb4 CONFORMING WITH FEDERAL COLOR NO.33538 OF STANDARD NO. D TRUNCATED DOMES, 9�F N• 10 r5OQ� 595C. (WET SET IN INITIAL CONCRETE POUR) \F 4. SEE 5C/AS1.2 FOR TRUNCATED DOME LAYOUT CONCRETE CURB SEE DETAIL 14/AS1.5 F C A�- 1/4" RADIUS 0 45" 2.35" 2.35" TOOLED EDGE, TYP. FLUSH 6" 1A TRUNCATED DOMES DETAIL CONCRETE LANDSCAPE AS1.5 SCALE: 12" = V-0" PAVING, REFER WHERE OCCURS. 24"x24"x2" TO CIVIL REFER TO CIVIL _ - - TILES DRAWINGS. PLAN FOR "' LATEX THIN d o ADDITIONAL INFO a 2 ° w ° d SET MORTAR w BACK OF WALK `" d °°o °° 00 000°°o o° 00°°o J r _ , . $ . , Q a a° ° o°°Oo° O O° o°pOo° O o0 0 0°00 0 0 ° 00°° o 0 o- 0 4" CONC. SLAB a ° ° °o°Oo �o°o0O°°°o�oo �ooOO° °°°Oo CONCRETE TYPE AND FINISH, iw • d ° °DOS oo°O° 000°°Qo 00o °0°°°°° 0 0 „ PER PLANS SEE C4.01 z NOT TO EXCEED 2% SLOPE N ; ° a= d ° , 6 GRAVEL BASE 00 0 00 0 a o IN ANY DIRECTION, TYP CONC. CURB REINFORCING CENTERED IN SLAB, PER SPECS ' TRUNCATED DOMES a ° T � .: 2"MAX o 2"MAX SEE 2E ZERO -INCH CURB SELF -LEVELING SEALANT O.C. EACH WA @ OVER EXPANSION JOINT AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" d. CONCRETE w °a .O - 'd ad CO a #4@18"O.C.EACH WAY @7" cocoa cocoa o0000 00000 CONCRETE 00000 00000000 °a- - s = ^`_- - LOCATIONS PER CIVIL PLANS, SEE o 1:10 00coo 0000 co ;d - ° _ _ -°_ - - <d-._ a 1:10MAX cocoa 00000 MAX ° ° a ° ° ° o ° ° C4.01 �, cocoa cocoa md ° o 0 0 0000°00 °0 0 0 0 °00I.'o o0 o 0 0 0000°00°o 0 0 0 o000000 °0 0°o cocoa cocoa ° ° °°° °°° ° ° °°° °°° ° ° °°° °° ° ° °°° °°° °°° °°°°° °°°°° CONC. CURB LANDSCAPE °o o°°° Qo 00 ° o O°°° Oo 00 ° o O°°° 0° coo o O°°° O° o° GRAVEL BASE PER SOILS REPORT 3C PLAN VIEW °°°° 0°°O° 0 ° O°°°� O° °° o O°°°� O° 0 ° O°°°� O° o° ° O° ).Co.O po °� O°°oo0 oo °0 °°Ooo0 po °o 0°0000 00 °� °o0o0 °°° °Oo 0 0 °° ° o ° °°° °Oo o o °° ° o ° °°° °Oo ' 0 00 ° o ° °°° °Oo 0 0 °° ° o ° °°° °Oo 0 4' - 0" FLUSH CURB WITH AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" PAVEMENT BASE/SUBGRADE PER CIVIL AND 10' - 0" GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 2%�� < c L PREFORMED DEPRESSED CURB EXPANSION FILLER AND cRpss 1/2" RADIUS JOINT SEALANT, TYP. CONCRETE PAVING, PER PLANS AND CIVIL 5' _ 4^ 3A CONCRETE PAVING 26 SITE - ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP A ASPHALT PAVING, 6" 1/2" MAX. cL AS1.5 SCALE: 3" = V-0" AS1.5 SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" PER PLANS AND ° CIVIL 3 5' - 4" 4;, CL d" 1/2" MAX FLUSH TRANSITION SILCONE SEALANT ° CROSS CONTINUOUS SANDED CAULKING RECESS 1/4" FROM SECTION 3/8" PREFORMED PAVEMENT SURFACE 1/4" R MAX. EXPANSION JOINT A #3 16" LONG 3/4" ASPHALT IMPREGNATED FIBER FILLER #3 REBAR @ 18" O.C. DOWEL SLEEVE AND 18" O.C. CHAMFER CONCRETE WALKWAY (SEE CIVIL EPDXY COAT ONE SIDE, C2.01 FOR REINFORCEMENT) SLEEVE OTHER �+ �+ INSERT #4 BAR, #4BAR," MIN3" MIN. .EMBENG 3/8"MAX d ° d ° 3D CONIC. CURB ASPHALT INSERT CROSS CROSS #4 BAR, 3"MIN. EMBED GRAVEL BASE PER SOILS REPORT a 1/4" R MAX. COMPACTED SOIL, 95% MIN. ° - ° ° AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" FINISH - � -r- � rc � P CIVIL/ SOILS REPORT �" 1/2" GRADE PER SOI P R ° O d° a d #3 REBAR o `^ t- r- oO° ° o °°OO°° ,ao o°OO ° o °O°° ° o °O° ° - i o - e o °°Do 000 O° °°�o 000 °Do 000 O° °°�o 000 O° ° CAGE�a_. s.- - - - J °o oo°O°� o Do°°oo00°� �- 000 000 °°o 0 0° o�o O oOo°°OO o�o 0°°o O o�o 0°°0 ° O O °- ', v y e 6 1/4" RADIUS J *1 1/2" 0 0 ° 0 ° o ° ° 0 ° o ° o ° ° O ° o ° TOOLED EDGE, TYP. °O°°Q ooc°O°o0 °° °Oo°O°o0 o ° °°O°°o o0�°Oco0 0 o °°O o o 0. °°O°°o ° °oO o ° °oC) �\ �\ U 0 00° ° 000 °°°o °° o 000 °°° o / \\� / \ ° 00°� 00 ° 00°00°°° 00 ° O°° °° o Oo�°°° 00 ° Oaf°°° ,a o° ° ° o° ° ° o° ° 000 °o ° o° ° 00 00° ° o°oo 00 0o° ° ocoo 00 00' ° o°oo 00 00° ° o°o0 3E POURED -IN -PLACE CONCRETE BENCH DETAIL -- ° CONCRETE CURB (E) CONCRETE PAVEMENT �; ;� (N) CONCRETE PAVEMENT GRAVEL BASE PER SOILS REPORT ti AT SLAB COMPACTED SUBGRADE e . ; M Q 4 z Q NO. 3 BAR CONTINUOUS. w Q 4A EXPANSION JOINT 46 E CONCRETE TON CONCRETE TOP AND BOTTOM. co Q W 4 AS1.5 SCALE: 3" AS1.5 SCALE: 3" °s PLAYGROUND SURFACE MATERIAL 2" BELOW TOP OF PAVING. 0 0 d CURB WALL AT PAVING � � Z EDGE. - DLAYGROUND SURFACE BASE Y o „ Q LANDSCAPE WHERE OCCURS. MATERIAL 4 MIN. 0 W 4D LANDSCAPE CURB ASPHALT PAVING - ~ `° �^ O AS1.5 SCALE: 1 112" = V-0" 9 LO -4 d REINFORCEMENT PER CIVIL CONTROL JOINT SPACE d A PLANS C2.01 PER PLANS 1/4" R MAX. ASPHALT PAVING (I 4 Z PER CIVIL C2.01 CONSTRUCTION REFER T0: 1/4" RADIUS I I III ,a d TYP SLAB ON CONCRETE WALKWAY CONCRETE PAVING, I 4 ( (�, - DOCUMENTS GRADE JOINTS GRAVEL BASE PER SOILS REPORT m w FLUSH REFER SPECS AND CIVIL _ COMPACTED SUBGRADE DRAWINGS a O -III I 4 Issue Date I N � cn Y 1/4" R MAX. � III I •- REVISIONS � v U - - o -= a Q p U) z ~ �� 4 CONCRETE CURB , (I III�CA CA - b b _` - 1/4" RADIUS w > TOOLED EDGE, TYP. 1 o o� -d -4 IEl II IQ CONCRETE6„ ( 1 w PAVING, REFER III III IM I1=1 I1=1 II 0°0000 0000°0000 o. oo Ooo ooc °°O �oo°��°°0°° coo°�°��°�°° o TO CIVIL O° 00 ° o°Do 00 0o Oo°�°�° o0 0 ° ° O� 00 0 °°ODo 00 ° ° DRAWINGS. ffi �" I I III coo ° ° o O°° ° ° o O°°° ° °° o O_ ° ° U.- °� 0 ° °° ° o° °°� 0 ° ° o ° o °°� ° °° ° o° °°� 0 o ° o° °°p 0 1 I III °o 00 ° °°oc °°o 00 ° °°oO °°o 00 ° °°oO o 00 ° °°oO °°o 00 ° °°oO -III I I I- 0 000° o 000° o o0 0 °o°° o °o _ c� M w p ° w - ' 4" 5 1/2" AGGREGATE ° 3/4" AGGREGATE d ° a ,. COMPACTED SUBGRADE SEE PAGE 4 IN PRO TURF SPEC 75-24272-01 1" - 2" AGGREGATE DEPTH DEPENDANT 6" MIN. COMPACTED CLASS II ON VEHICULAR ACCESS AND SAND SHEET LOCATED IN SUPPORTING GEOTECHNICAL REPORT j d� AGGREGATE BASE SITE DETAILS a DOCUMENTS FOR ADA LANDSCAPE WHERE OCCURS. 90% COMPAC FED SUB -GRADE ACCESSIBILITY REFER TO PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL SLOPE TO DRAIN. INFO a N 5A CONTROL JOINT 56 CONCRETE PAVING ASPHALT 5D N LANDSCAPE CURB E LANDSCAPE 4E RUBBERIZED PLAY SURFACE AT CONC. AS1.5 SCALE: 3" = V-0" AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" AS1 ■ 5 LO N AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" AS1.5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 0 N O d° N O NI D_' al (V Y in M a) 0) c m O 0 a) U O_ O N N N U7 rl- in m m N m a) c O 0 CD in U 0 O (V ti N N Ln U O 0 a) 0 1� Q A B C D E F CITY OF S K' ANA 2 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/4" ® TOP VIEW ^p POST CAP Planning and Buil inO.,Agenc DIAMETER LEVER EA. SIDE - DECORATIVE STEEL WELD TO LATCH „ GATE CLEAR WIDTH „ - FENCES: FENCES HEIGHT VARIES, AS REQUIRED TYP. LATCH W/ LOCK PER 1/2 SEE PLAN 1/2 1 3/8 MADE FROM STEEL FOR HARDWARE ATTACHMENT F-1�� MANUFACTURER 1 3/4" SQ X 14 GA TUBING AND SHAPES, FORERUNNER RAIL HOT -DIP POST PER GATE B NOTE: GALVANIZED. _ 1. PERFORATED °° 0 °° °° ° METAL PROVIDED & w 00 °° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° PIPE SIZE = P = prov °° C °° °° 0° °° °° °° °° INSTALLED BY w 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 AMERISTAR AFTER o °O0 °0 °0 °0 °0 °0 °0 °0 COATING AND PRIOR MAXIMUM 2 /o SLOPE AT PAVED U °° °° °° °° °° °° °° °° PEDESTRIAN AREAS, TYP. OR PERMIT IS, N ©° °° °° ° °0 °° 00 °O °° TO SHIPPING o 0° 00 00 00 O° 00 O° 00 O° N q °0 0° 0° 0° ° 0° 0° 0° 0° 2" SOX 12 GA. 0° °0 °0 °0 °0 °0 °0 ° ° ° ° ° ° GATE END 2. PROVIDE ALL PAVING - SEE PLAN w F__ Ap 21/2" °° °° °° °° °° °° ° °° 4" SO POST HINGE CLOSERS BY w 1 - 00 00 00 00 00 00 ° 00 00 LOCINOX SEE U O O °° °° °° °° °° °° °° °° 0 0 ' LZL� 1"SOX 14GA. HARDWARE SETS w 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 °° 00 PICKET 0° 0 0 °.0 00 °0 °O °0 °O SITE -GATE -METAL FENCE ACCESSIBLE LATCH 00 C, 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 A 3. PROVIDE 12" OF 3" CLEAR MAX, FROM ADJACENT 1A °° °° °° °° °° °° °° °° °° AS1.6 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" PERFORATED METAL S� PE SLOPE WALL WHERE OCCURS 2"X10"X3/16" PANIC @ EACH SIDE OF THE p 48" MAX. 3' SQUARE POSTS 2-718 OD AID: STM DEVICE AS SPECIFIED GATE, SEE 3C/- �_- _�_ S RE L 1,00 � 8' O.C. MAX. 1" - 1 44" MONTAGE II'a' Rail 0° °0. ° ° O O ° 0 ° °O °O O° °° °° °° °° ° °° °° °° °° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °° °o °o oo°° 00 0 ° ° ° ° O 00 O 00 0° O 00 O 00 O 00 O 00 O 00 O 00 00 O 0o 00 00 00 00 0 ° O o 0 O O O 00 O 18GA PERFORATED METAL q SECTION A AND ALSO PROVIDE 2" GROMMET HOLES EACH SIDE 6. DECORATIVE STEEL flp 4 1- _ p I- -1 _ = _ C- of 4-I - -_L � LU � o m w C/) w �� = w o o 11 = a LU o w # 0 # 105 E G ;IM AT ALL EDGES PANELS TYP 133X SNAP CLIPS / 2 STAINLESS o CO Ij D' J 0 p (See Cross- Sectron Below) FENCES: FENCES a. p m a w '^' 2"X10"X3/16" MADE FROM STEEL STEEL SCREWS, TYP. KICK -PLATE BOX TUBING AND SHAPES, "o - \ O HOT -DIP �_ - fi o NOTE: M GALVANIZED. N Q-_ _ moo _ SED ARC 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: AMERISTAR MONTAGE 43/ 411/16" U o a 4rt COMMERCIAL - MAJESTIC 2 RAIL PANELS. OC 1- 'v SIDS HEX WASHER HEAD SCREWS AT �G = < �F� 2. ALL FRAMING TO BE HOT DIPPED _ = a- a CLIPS TO FENCE POSTS GALVANIZED, ETC. PRIME AND PAINT. - 3. ALL COMPONENT PARTS ARE PRE -FINISHED M I" w 3" THICK GREENSCREEN PANEL, TYP �-o• C1306 BLACK COLOR U WIDTH = W �� 4. LINE POSTS: SHALL BE SET IN A CONCRETE 16 o Post size varies with Height FOOTING. MAX DISTANCE BETWEEN LINE (See MONTAGE III Post -Sizing chart) WIDTH = W WIDTH = W FINISH GRADE 9%' FN• 10-3X� POSTS: 8 FEET. CONCRETE FOOTING AND.��: FO POST SIZES PER SCHEDULE: � •^'•�'I � � � CF C ALA 5. NEW ORNAMENTAL FENCE TO MATCH 1 14 a Picket 4X POST WIDTH CONCRETE FOOTING EXISTING gr ELEVATION VIEW SIDE VIEW r 6 - #5 2C - - - - - d # 3 TIES @ 4" O.C.DM S ORNAMENTAL STEEL GATE SINGLE Q \_ 9 P TYPDIA.x3'6"DEEPcoNCFoorwG, .-., ° p O AS1.6 l 3 MONTAGEIF"' RAIL BRACKETS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" CLR 3' 4" STANDARD PIPE SLEEVE IN BUILDING • "ff �. a�_ aj a � -, 4` - CLR e �Q o- a o, a - FOOTING AT FENCE POST LOCATION, PROVIDE 18" DIA CONCRETE ENCASEMENT SECTION A -A UP TO GRADE 2 2" MAx. n ❑ d ❑ BUILDING FOOTING 00 TOP VIEW v -'a o o a v- a GATE CLEAR WIDTH 344" (MAX. / TYP.) ' o 14 Zo '/ in o -v_ i E-COAT COATING SYSTEM NOTES: \ POST SIZE DEPENDS ON FENCE HEIGHT AND WIND Base Material LOADS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIZING CHART AND DIMENSIONS. Uniform Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) Zinc Phosphate Coating Epoxy Primer Acrylic Topcoat RAKING DIRECTIONAL ARROW Welded panel can be raked 30" over 8' with arrow pointing down INDUSTRIAL SWIVEL INDUSTRIAL UNIVERSAL INDUSTRIAL FLAT grade. BRACKET BOULEVARD BRACKET MOUNT BRACKET 1 3/4" SQ X 14 GA FORERUNNER RAIL NOTE: 1. HINGE LEFT 2. RIGHT GATE LEAF WILL BE 1" SQ X 14 GA PICKET DIFFERENT PART PERFORATED METAL NUMBER 18GA-3/16" ROUND 3. PROVIDE ALL HINGE HOLES CLOSERS BY LOCINOX, SCHEDULE OF FENCE / GATE POST FENCE HEIGHT (H) POST SIZE (P) POST EMBED (E) FTG. DEPTH (D) FTG. WIDTH A VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT 8'-0" 4"x4"x1/4" T-6" 4'-6" 18" DIA. 6 - #5 8'-0" 4" DIA. T-6" 4'-6" 18" DIA. 6 - #5 2" SQ. X 12 GA SEE HARDWARE GATE END SETS NOTE: FENCES LESS THAN 8'-0" ABOVE GRADE ARE EXEMPT FROM DSA REVIEW PER IR A-22. 4. PERFORATED METAL PROVIDED & INSTALLED AS PANIC DEVICE COATING 3D CHAIN LINK / DECORATIVE GATE OR FENCE POST 3E GREENSCREEN FENCE DETAIL AS SPECIFIED COATING AND PRIOR TO 2"X10"X1/4"END PLATE SHIPPING AS1.6 SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" 5. PROVIDE 12" OF PERFORATED AS1.6 SCALE: 1/2" = 1' 0" METAL @ EACH SIDE OF THE GATE, SEE 3C/- SECTION A AND ALSO 4"SQPOST PROVIDE 2" GROMMET HOLES 2"X12"X3/16"KICK-PLATE BOX EACH SIDE PERFORATED 6. DECORATIVE STEEL FENCES: FENCES METAL, SEE SPEC MADE FROM STEEL SECTION 05 50 00 OOTREST SHALL TUBING AND NO. 12-14 HWH X 3" SCREW AT 24" PERFORATED METAL RAPPED UNDER SHAPES, HOT -DIP O.C. COAT W/ CLIMASEAL SEE SPEC SECTION P GALVANIZED. _____ ESR 1976 05 50 00 " NO. 12-14 HWH X 3 a SCREW AT 24" O.C. 2"SO. X12GA COAT W/ CLIMASEAL GATE END ESR-1976 GATE AND 2" SO. X 12 GA offFRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW l' I,, GATE END PROFUSION` WELDING PROCESS BX304 BX302/303 BX301 p 2"X 10"X3/ 16" 3 No exposed welds, 00,73 Good Neighbor profile KICK TUBE BOX [05/4 - Same ] Values shown are nominal and not to be used g p � 2"X10"X3/16" appMOTAGEI" RIWELD ALL AROUND lrsrognrlY for installation purposes. See product earance on both sides\DMDORNAMENTAL GATE DOUBLE FLUSH W/GATE END / KICK TUBE BOX specification for installation requirements. Specially formed high strength AS1.6 SCALE: 3/8" = 1' 0" WELD ALL AROUND architectural shape. FRONT SIDE BACK SIDE FLUSH W/GATE END 3A ORNAMENTAL FENCE AS1.6 SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" �,,\ �--'FRONT SIDE BACK SIDE DOOR PULL VR91ONL 1" U EDGING L1"X1" X12 GA MIN THROUGH BOLTED WELD TO GATE FRAME DETAIL B GATE FRAME DRAIN HOLE DETAIL FENCE LINE ROLLER GUIDE POST V-TRACK 1/8" THK. HOT DIP GALV. TYPICAL AT ALL RAIL LOCATIONS LATCH BOX, PROVIDE DETAIL A DETAIL C LATCH PROVIDE MTL. ASTRAGAL MATCHING HARDWARE DETAIL A W/ STRIKE PAD OPENING PERFORATED METAL & KICK TUBE INTALL DETAIL, TYP O o V 3/16" BENT PLATE 6" X O o - - LONG WELDED TO N Q GATE POST, PROVIDE OPENING TO RECEIVE 4D ORNAMENTAL STEEL GATE - DETAIL r , ❑ AS1.6 v LATCHING POST ROLLER GUIDE POST FENCE LINE LATCH HARDWARE SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" U) 91 /256" GATE POST U DETAIL C - 0 4ILU o `❑ SEE PLAN 1/2" - 1 3/8" -{ 1/2" 0 r o 0 00 ° 0 a lolo o 0 ° 0 ° o o Q 0 ° 0 ° ° 0 ° cc 0 a ° IC o o 0 0 �o �o 0o 00 0 ° 0 ° .9 (v� 3/ " 11/16' 4 ' P.) oc. WHEELCHAIR F. NOT BECOME T KICK PLATE. TY ,. PER 18" FOOTING FOR 4" POST VON DUPRIN 299 OR 1609 STRIKE WHENDOUBLE GATES ARE USED ti STRIKE W/ (2) # 10 MTL. 2"X10"X3/16" TUBE BOX, WELD ALL AROUND Q SCREWS FLUSH W/GATE END co Cf) � U VON DUPRIN CDSI-AX-98-NL/OP-PA U Z z RIM EXIT DEVICE AT CENTERLINE L1J OF TUBE STEEL, SCREW ATTACH Q W/ MTL. FASTENERS > SHRUB AREA 6" TURF AREA M 0 CO > a Q 4� GATE PANIC HARDWARE 3/4" RAID. W AS1.6 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" rr rrrrrr d...a-n W O L.L Qo LU d - ° d `Q LO SCHEDULED POST as " MOW CURB PER DETAIL 12/AS1.6 a- M d 4. NOTE: COORDINATE ORNAMENTAL HORIZONTAL a #3 CONT. ° DRILLED FOOTING FOR RAIL - SET AT HEIGHT SHOWN POST WITH WALL CROWN TOP OF CONCRETE III I A` FOOTINGS FOOTING W/ 2% MAX. SLOPE FOR GATES WITH KICK 90% MIN. IN P.O.T. IN BUILDING COMPACTED SUB- CONSTRUCTION b WHERE 112" EXPANSION JOINT GRADE DOCUMENTS OCCURS &SEALANT WHERE CAST -IN -PLACE BUILDING OCCURS CONCRETE MOW Issue Date STRIP REVISIONS SHRUB AREA 1' 0 TURF AREA HARDSCAPE WHERE OCCURS o 1/4" SLOPE 3/4" RAD. d 1/4" x 10" STEEL PLATE b WELD TO FRAMEsad: W W y d COLD JOINT. MOW r ° - d _ .d a CURB TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH d d - NTIN 'a a. a w CONTROL JOINT AT co EACH POST d , A o �3 CON _-N L 4 TCD '- • d•,� _ - -d - , O a Fh `� €� a a s 90% M IN. 5 9 I a d a ,� I COMPACTED SUB -GRADE v ' o O 75-24272-01 4 o _ °°- NOTE: 12" MOW CURB TO BE PROVIDED AT ALL FENCE LOCATIONS. SITE DETAILS d � o a , SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 1' 0" DIA DRAINAGE GRAVEL a DETAIL A DETAIL B DETAIL C 2'4' @GATE POSTS OVER 8' WIDE N 5A SITE - GATE - TYPE 'GJ' - ROLLING GATE 50 SITE -GATE -METAL FENCING KICK PLATE 5E SITE - MOWSTRIP AS 1.6 N 5� SITE - FENCE - METAL FENCE/ GATE POST FOOTING N AS1.6 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0' AS1.6 SCALE: 3" = V-0" AS1.6 SCALE: 3" = V-0" 0 AS1.6SCALE. 1_ - 0 w O DETAIL B _ a o ' - 4 4: d° GATE OPENING 6' THROUGH 35' I. A B C D E FCITY OF S" A ANA 0'-91/2' Planning and BuilcinO.Agency SYNTHETIC TURF (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.) INFILL MATERIAL (OWNER FURNISHED, FIRE LANE SIDE CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.) REFER TO 6 SPECIFICATIONS " WIDE RED SRIPE PERMEABLE BASE ROCK, REFER 5151' " ' " INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF rov TO SPECIFICATIONS NON -FIRE LANE SIDE ACCESS IBILITY'ISA' ACCESSIBLE FOR PERMIT IS NICE COMPACTED SUBGRADE, REFER UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES ROUTE App TO SPECIFICATIONS UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES 17"X22" SIGN AT EACH PARKED IN DESIGNATED 1 PARKED IN DESIGNATED ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT FIRE LANES WILL BE TOWED PARKING FACILITY PER LABC DISPLAYING 1" RADIUS, TYP U_ GEOTEXTILE FABRIC, REFER TO Q SPECIFICATIONS AWAY AT THE OWNER'S 1129B.5 WITH MIN. 1" HIGH DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS z EXPENSE AND WITH A TEXT. PERMANENTLY AFFIX OR SPECIAL LICENSE o MININUM SIGNS. SIGN TO BE PLATES ISSUED FOR MOUNT SIGN TO WALL OR POST FINE OF $250. REFLECTORIZED, OF z PERSONS WITH (5E/AS1.7, SIMILAR) NOTES PERTAIN TO ALL DETAILS WITH SYNTHETIC TURF: _ PORCELAIN ON STEEL, WITH 2 DISABILITIES WILL BE NOTE: 1. WHERE NO CURB EXISTS OR A ROLLED (ZERO CURB) IS INSTALLED, A SIX (6) c TOWED AWAY AT THE MINIMUM SIZE OF 70" SQUARE INCH WIDE RED STRIP OR APROVED POSTED SIGNS APPLIED THE FULL LENGTH TOWED VEHICLES MAYBE BEADED TEXT AND MOUNTED �, OWNER'S EXPENSE AND MOUNTING SCREWS TO MATCH s to r ID: CL 1. IDENTIFIED FINISH GRADES OF SYNTHETIC TURF SHALL BE THE TOP OF INFILL MATERIAL. INFILL RECLAIMED BY CALLING ON POST AT A HEIGHT OF 80" AT SIMI C MATERIAL SHALL BE 1/4" BELOW ADJACENT TRACK SURFACING. OF THE FIRE A[PPARATUS ACCESS ROAD SHALL BE INSTALLED. ABOVE FINISH GRADE OR WITH A MININUM FINE OF BACKGROUND COLOR law 2. THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SIGNS SHALL BE DETERMINED DURING PLAN REVIEW. MOUNTED ON A WALL AS $250. 1 2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE. ALL FIELD SHOWN ON THE SITE PLAN. TO N:ote: o MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TO CURRENT NFHS (NATIONAL FEDERATION OF STATE HIGH B. ZERO CURB CONDITION TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE ASD O SCHOOL ASSOCIATIONS) AND C.I.F. (CALIFORNIA INTERSCHOLASTIC FEDERATION) GUIDELINES. RECLAIMED BY CALLING THERE WHITE BLOCK LETTERS A 1E ACCESSIBLE DIRECTIONAL SIGN P0.21 MINIMUM OF 3" IN HEIGHT WITH .75" STROKE MIN. w w AS1.7 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 1A SYNTHETIC TURF F/ BAN O OSHA SAFETY RED, � 2 STEEL GALV. SQUARE E D A R C AS1.7 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" RF�gIV H� pARi(/NG C PAINTED CURB U STEEL POST SEE DETAIL �S y qRk/�G ILL CVC C 0 0 T-0" X 3-0" PAINTED v ?2SQ0 z z INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL '- o. C-J1306 OF ACCESSIBILITY 0o C? �o "' 9TFFN WHITE EMBLEM 10 3 � A. CURB CONDITION OF CAS\ NOTES: BLUE FIELD COLOR SHALL BE 1. STENCILS SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE PAINTED, CURBS AT THE FENCE AND TOP OF 1. ALL INFORMATION SHOWN TO BE PART OF THE PERMANENT FABRICATION OF THE EQUAL TO COLOR NO. 15090 CURB. SIGN. IN FEDERAL STANDARD 5951 TRANSITION FROM TRACK SYNTHETIC TRACK SURFACE 2. AT LEAST EVERY 30'-0" ON CENTER OR AT EACH "ISLAND" OR OTHER FEATURE 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE CORRECT CONTACT INFORMATION WITH TO TURF IS TO BE FLUSH 1 D2 A.C. PAVING SURFACE DELINIEATING THE DESIGNATED FIRE LANE. OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF SIGNAGE o COARSE 3. THE STENCIL SHALL INDICATE "FIRE LANE NO PARKING CVC 22500.1", SHALL HAVE NAME: NOTE: TOP OF NAILER 1 LETTERS 3" HIGH WITH A STROKE OF AT LEAST .75" AND UTILIZE "HIGHWAY WHITE" TELEPHONE: BELOW TOP OF CONC. 2j" C2 A.C. PAVING BASE COARSE PAINT. ACCESSIBLE SIGNS AND 2 INFILLED SYNTHETIC TURF IDENTIFICATION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 1129B.4 4" AGGREGATE BASE END OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE FOR ADDITIONAL 26 FIRE LANE CURB PAINTING STALL SYMBOL SHALL BE LOCATED SO ' "" "` `� a CURB INFO. REFER TO CIVIL AS1.7 SCALE: 1" = 1' 0" - - _ THAT IT IS VISIBLE TO A TRAFFIC 2c PARKING TOW AWAY SIGN N A VEHICLE IS PARKED ENFORCEMENT OFFICER N THE a a a a a� a 2" 2 8 2 AS1.7 SCALE: 1 1l2" = 1' 0" " SPACE a a a a a a Oa a 4" MIN. BASE 3'- 0" q AGGREGATE 2E INTERNATIONAL SIGN OF ACCESSIBILITY AS1.7 SCALE: 1" = V-0" NON -GLARED WHITE 2X4 CONT. TREATED PAINT BACKGROUND HEADER (PRE -DRILL HOLES THROUGH 6"x12" CONC. CURB AT PARKIN BOARD FOR ANCHORS) ANCHORED AT 36 INSIDE PERIMETER OF TRACK O.C. MAX AND 6" FROM BOARD ENDS TO _ CONC. CURB WITH J" X 4" BOLT. (2) #4 REBARS T&B, TYP. FIRELANE RED LETTER AND ARROW FIGURE CVC 22500.1 ORNAMENT 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" SQUARE POST, 2A INSIDE CONC. CURB AT SYNTHETIC TURF SEE 4E/AS1.7 FOR AS1.7 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' 0" w FOUNDATION DETAIL o TRUCK ASSEMBLY m J +80" MIN CLR FROM OMIT W FINISHED SURFACE TO 0 ALUMINUM FLAGPOLE PER SPEC o UNDERSIDE OF SIGN IF a SECTION 107516 ,� MOUNTED IN PAVED CO o Q a AREA OR OVERHANGS cy)o LANDSCAPE WHERE APPLICABLE, SEE PAVED AREA 3 = Q SITE PLAN AS1.1 AND AS1.2 HSS 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 3/16" w SQUARE GALV. STEEL > SPUN FLASH COLLAR TUBE. w LU m > REFERENCE CITY OF o MASTIC INDIO, STANDARD 162, FOR MAINTAINED 3B FIRE ACCESS LANE SIGN o o SIGNAGE LOCATED ON AS1.7 SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" z (3) #3 TIES AT 2" O.C. AT TOP ¢ PROPERTY OR IN ROW, IF a APPLICABLE. z TAMPED SCREENED DRY SAND z 2% MAX. IN PATH OF TRAVEL 1'-5" op SLOPE 2% PAVING WHERE APPLICABLE, SEE SITE PLAN AS1.1 FINISH GRADE EQ. EQ. � AND AS1.2 1 -- KEY NOTES: o . - - - - - _- - °• O UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES 2 p ' ° 1 - 4 _ _ _ - ° - (n - �d - PARKEDINDESIGNATEDFIRE 3/8" DIAMETER O -4 - - _ _ -4 q• ° Z LANES TTHEO OWNERS EDASE 1 GALVANIZED ROUND A - ° ATTHE OWNER'S EXPENSE U AND WRHA MININUM Q ' FINEOF$260. HEAD MACHINE BOLTS. TOWED VEHICLES MAY RE TYP,- 2 PLACES _ RECLAIMED 9Y CALLING 1 - p. 16 GA CORRUGATED GALV. STEEL SLEEVE. DIA 3'4' 2 SEE DETAIL2C/AS1.7 FOR °4� -�-_ ° - - - ° - - LARGER THAN POLE BUTT DIA. 4E SITE - SIGNS - POSTED MOUNTED SIGN SIGNAGE .0 TOW AWAY PARKING SIGN o -� a J ° ° a AS1.7 SCALE: 1 1/2 = 1 0 3 3/4" DIAMETER WASHED o - ° #4 TIES AT 12" O.C. O 1 DRAINAGE GRAVEL � � a CONCRETE SLAB OR AC ° �o i 0 4000 PSI CONCRETE FOOTING }+ ~ N 4 co PAVING, SEE PLAN C2.01 a 4 ° 0- <° - - - � c � � z U 2 1/2"X2-1/2" SQUARE - - -_ $ - 1 0 w zz GALVANIZED STEEL o a- (6) #6 VERTICALS co 4 5 PERFORATED POST (WHERE D EQ. EQ. w z OCCURS- SEE PLAN AS1.2) o . ;-< P . - Q ° DRY SAND 0co 0 /�� /L�1/� O °o--- - - °p - 1 r ) n Ld AGGREGATE BASE PER CIVIL �- DRAWINGS WHERE NEW AC ° °o 12" DIA. 3/16" STEEL PLATE W / CENTERING WEDGES L z 6 PAVING IS REQUIRED. SEE 4/C2.01 0 0 °-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a- u CD KEYNOTES: W z w 2 Y o o- ' p P Y z 3/8" DIAMETER LL 7 SEAL AROUND POST WITH NON ° ° 6"X6"X3/16" STEEL SUPPORT PLATE WELDED TO 3/4" Q U SHRINK GROUT OR SEALANT ° a ° o - 0- w 1 GALVANIZED ROUND > 2 STEEL GROUND SPIKE o � a (j �Lr- PAR ING HEAD MACHINE BOLTS. LU � o - U _ ONLY TYP.- 2 PLACES }� co V-0" DIAMETER CONCRETE Q O MINIMUM O 5 FOOTING PER 2/C2.01 ON CIVIL N FINE 2 SEE DETAIL 1E/AS1.7 FOR LO 8 DRAWINGS _ o _ o FOR COMPACTED SUBGRADE, SEE P ° - - P -� - P 7 CIVIL 2/C2.01 AND 3/C2.01 (B) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN 1 3 3/4" DIAMETER WASHED DRAINAGE GRAVEL CONCRETE SLAB OR AC z 5 4 PAVING, SEE SITE PLAN AS1.1 CONSTRUCTION 4 7 AND AS1.2 DOCUMENTS ° (S) SEE FLAGPOLE CALCULATIONS IN SUPPORTING 2-1/2" X 2-1/2" SQUARE Issue Date STEEL ° d ° (P) DOCUMENTS. 5 PERFONRATEDD POST (WHERE REVISIONS 4 OCCURS- SEE PLANS) (D) AGGREGATE BASE PER CIVIL DRAWINGS WHERE NEW AC (8) #8 VERTICALS o- , a _ 6 PAVING IS REQUIRED, SEE o a d 4/C2.01 #4 TIES AT 12" O.C. 7 SEAL AROUND POST WITH NON � 6 SHRINK GROUT OR SEALANT 0 4000 PSI CONC. FOOTING V-0" DIAMETER CONCRETE FOOTING 0 8 PER 3/C7.08 ON CIVIL DRAWINGS. FOR 8 M i i COMPACTED SUBGRADE, SEE CIVIL 2/C2.01 AND 3/C2.01 5 0 �3 0 c� 8 75-24272-01 M NOTES: SITE DETAILS 1' 0" =0 9 3 USE 1/4" PAINTED ALUMINUM PANEL O 7� WITH SILKSCREENED SYMBOL. SEE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TAACCESSIBILITY DETAIL 2E/AS1.7 SECTION A -A Lv- 0" M 5B TOW AWAY SIGN 5c FLAGPOLE 5E ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN POST N AS1.7 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" AS1.7 SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" AS1.7 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" AS1.7 Lo N O N O d' DIMENSIONS POLE EXPOSED HEIGHT FOOTING HEIGHT (H) POLE BUTT DIA. (B) SLEEVE DIA. (S) BASE PLATE DIA. (P) FOOTING DIA. (D) UP TO 30' 48" 30" 30" 30" 36" A B C D i E [F Planning and Build Agen D .. !L 2 lb K E N O N fI Q N N m H U) U a� 0 O m U O_ O N N N N Y U c6 U) U c� co m m5 c 0 O U O_ O N N ,It Qi.f 7 I� N U N U Lr) O c N O O -O N O r Q 6) DROP OFF COURTYARD VIEW 1 COURTYARD VIEW 2 WAITING AREA ,,repro' FORPERMIT FIELD/LUNCH SHELTER LUNCH SHELTER MCFADDEN SIGNAGE VIEW 1 MCFADDEN SIGNAGE VIEW 2 Q ry 6A PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 0 U U) U 0 C) r- ^^ N vJ Q U Uz c� z w Q z Q �, w z Q 0 �V Y z w o 0 2i -III.—/ LLB O O `^ V! LO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 RENDERINGS AS1 .8 A I B C I D I E F Planning and Buil inQLAgenc N O NI ry Q (N� _`e N m U a� L 0 4-- 0 a) cn a) U O 0 0 5 N m LOCAL FIRE ACCESS PLAN SCALE: 1" = 30'-0" 0 15 30 60 SCALE: 1" = 30' MCFADDEN AVENUE W Z a J cn cn W /V V a W W `000 GENERAL FIRE ACCESS NOTES NOTE: FIRE DEPARTMENT ACECSS, EGRESS AND GATE ENTRANCES HAVE BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 3.05 AND 3.16 TITLE 19 FIRE FLOW AND FIRE HYDRANTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH STATE APPENDICES 111-AA, 111-BB, PART 9, TITLE 24. FIRE FLOW: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION PER THE BUILDING CODE: TYPE VB WITH SPRINKLERS FIRE -FLOW CALCULATION AREA: AREA 12,875 SF FIRE FLOW BASED ON THE FIRE -FLOW CALCULATION AREA: 3,000 GPM REDUCTION FOR FIRE SPRINKLERS (MAXIMUM 50%): 1,000 GPM TOTAL FIRE FLOW REQUIRED: 2,000 GPM MIN. FIRE FLOW REQUIREMENT: 1,250 GPM FIRE ACCESS NOTES: 1. FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICULAR ACCESS ROADS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN A SERVICEABLE CONSTRUCTION. FIRE CODE 501.4. 2. APPROVED VUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS, BUILDING NUMBERS OR APPROVED BUILDING IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED SO AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET FRONTING THE PROPERTY. THE NUMBERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, BE ARABIC NUMERALS OR ALPHABET LETTERS, AND BE A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES HIGH WITH A MINIMUM STROKE WIDTH OF 0.5 INCH. FIRE CODE 505.1. 3. A KEY BOX SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED PER SITE PLAN LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE CODE 506, AND AS SET FORTH IN FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION 5. 4. THE REQUIRED FIRE FLOW FOR PUBLIC FIRE HYDRANTS AT THIS LOCATION IS 3,500 GPM, AT 20 PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE FOR A DURATION OF 3 HOURS OVER AND ABOVE MAXIMUM DAILY DOMESTIC DEMAND. FIRE CODE 508.3 AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION-8. 5. THE REQUIRED FIRE FLOW FOR ON -SITE FIRE HYDRANTS AT THIS LOCATION IS 1,250 GPM AT 20 PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE. WHEN TWO OR MORE ON SITE HYDRANTS REQUIRED, THE FIRE FLOW SHALL BE 2,500 GPM, WITH EACH ON -SITE FIRE HYDRANT BEING CAPABLE OF FLOWING 1,250 GPM AT 20 PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE FIRE CODE 508.1 AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION-8. 6. ALL FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL MEASURE 6" X 4" X 2-112", BRASS OR BRONZE, CONFORMING TO AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATTION STANDARD C503, OR APPROVED EQUAL; AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION-8. 7. PLANS SHOWING UNDERGROUND PIPING OF ON -SIDE FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO SPRINKLER PLAN CHECK UNIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FIRE CODE 901.2. 8. THE INSPECTION, HYDROSTATIC TEST AND FLUSHING OF THE UNDEDRGROUND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE WITNESSED BY AN AUTHORIZED FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE AND NO UNDERGROUND PIPING OR THRUST BLOCKS SHAKLL BE COVERED WITH EARTH OR HIDDEN FROM VIEW UNTIL THE FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN NOTIFIED AND GIVEN NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS IN WHICH TO INSPECT S\UCH INSTALLATIONS. FIRE CODE 901.5. 9. PROVIDE AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS SET FORTH BY BUILDING CODE 903 AND FIRE CODE 903. PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE SPRINKLER PLAN CHECK UNIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REASON: CFC-CHAPTER 9, SECTION 903.2.3. TYPE OF FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 903.3.1.1. 10. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. BUILDING CODE 1008.1.9. 11. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY FIRE CODE 906. 12. DUMPSTERS AND CONTAINERS WITH AN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY OF 1.5 CUBIC YARDS OR MORE SHALL NOT BE STORED IN BUILDINGS OR PLACED WITHIN 5 FEET OF COMBUSTIBLE WALLS, OPENINGS OR COMBUSTIBLE ROOF EAVES, UNLESS AREAS CONTAINING DUMPSTERS OR CONTAINERS ARE PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLEY SYSTEM. FIRE CODE 304.3.3. 13. PROVIDE APPROVED SIGNS OR OTHER APPROVED NOTICES OR MARKINGS THAT INCLUDE THE WORDS "NO PARKING - FIRE LANE." SIGNS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM DIMENSION OF 12 INCHES WIDE BY 18 INCHES HIGH AND HAVE RED LETTERS ON A WHITE REFLECTIVE BACKGROUND. SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS, TO CLEARLY INDICATE THE ENTRANCE TO SUCH ROAD, OR PROHIBIT THE OBSTRUCTION THEREOF AND AT INTERVALS AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE INSPECTOR. FIRE CODE 503.3. 14. THE MAIN EXIT SHALL COMPLY WITH TITLE 24, SECTION 1007.2.1. 15. THE MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD FOR AN ASSEMBLY USE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE OCCUPANT LOAD AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 24, SECTION 1004.1.2, AND TABLE 1004.1.2. 16. PROVIDE APPROVED PANIC HARDWARE ON REQUIRED EXIT DOORS, TITLE 24, SECTIONS 1007.2.5 & 1003.3.1.9. 17. COMPLY WITH POSTING OF ROOM CAPAICTY. FIRE CODE 2501.16.1 TITLE 24, SECTION 1007.2.6. (SUBJECT TO FIELD INSPECTION APPROVAL). 18. THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE CALCULATED PER CFC: CHAPTER 9, SECTION 903.1.1. 19. PROVIDE A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED WIDTH OF 26 FEET, EXCLUSIVE OF SHOULDERS, EXCEPT FOR APPROVED SECURITY GATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 503.6, AND AN UNOBSTRUCTED VERTICAL CLEARANCE "CLEAR TO SKY" FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICULAR ACCESS TO WITHIN 150 FEET OF ALL PORTIONS OF THE EXTERIOR WALLS OF THE FIRST STORY OF THE BUILDING. AS MEASURED BY AN APPROVED ROUTE AROUND THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING FIRE CODE 503.1.1 & 503.2.2. Approv�e� OR PERMIT ISS N Master ID: Hate: �SE� ARCy o.-C 306 N9TFFN 10 3N �Q`, 0 F C REFERENCE KEYNOTES O SHEET NOTES 1 PLAN SHEET NOTE 1 2 PLAN SHEET NOTE 2 3 PLAN SHEET NOTE 3 SITE SYMBOLS EXISTING BUILDING - NOT IN CONTRACT NEW ASPHALTIC PAVING [E]NEW CONCRETE NEW LANDSCAPE O O RUBBERIZED SURFACE FOR PLAYGROUND U C) (E) CHAIN LINK FENCE U_ (E) DOUBLE SWING GATE ■ O � E ( ) SINGLE SWING GATE co co (E) ROLLING GATE LL I - (E) PATH OF TRAVEL 73 LL1 > - - - PATH OF TRAVEL (10 0 ry (E) LIGHT POST75 tiV Y (N) LIGHT POST M O ■ -oo- (E) STREET LIGHT _II._j rVn, w � (D (E) TREES (N) TREES (N) ORNAMENTAL FENCING CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Issue Date REVISIONS 75-24272-01 LOCAL FIRE ACCESS PLAN 7 Lo O N N Lo N O N STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 1 2 3,5 6 4 4 7 DESCRIPTION DESIGN VALUES DEAD AND LIVE LOADS ROOF LIVE LOAD 20 PSF ROOF DEAD LOAD (SUPERIMPOSED ON FRAME) LOAD SCENARO={1.2} DL= {3.5 PSF, 2 PSF} ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE SPREAD PAD VERTICAL BEARING: DL + Lr + SEISMIC (CONCRETE FOOTING)1500 PSF LATERAL COHESION: DL + Lr + SEISMIC (CONCRETE FOOTING)130 PSF DRILLED PIER SKIN FRICTION (DOWN): DL + Lr + SEISMIC (CONCRETE FOOTING) PER 1810A.3.3.1.4 167 PSF SKIN FRICTION (UPLIFT): DL + Lr + SEISMIC (CONCRETE FOOTING) PER 1810A.3.3.1.5 83 PSF LATERAL BEARING: DL + Lr + SEISMIC (CONCRETE FOOTING) PER 1810A.3.3.2 100 PSF/FT ROOF SNOW LOAD GROUND SNOW LOAD, Pg 10 PSF RISK CATEGORY III ROOF SNOW LOAD: [ ] FLAT, Pf OR [ ] LOW SLOPE, Pm OR [X] SLOPED, Ps 11 PSF SNOW ROOF SLOPE FACTOR, Cs 1.0 SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR, Ce 1.2 SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Is 1.1 THERMAL FACTOR, Ct 1.2 DRIFT SURCHARGE LOAD, Pd 0 PSF DISTANCE FROM ADJACENT STRUCTURE, Pg = 0 PSF 4 IN DISTANCE FROM ADJACENT STRUCTURE, Pg > 0 PSF 20 FT ICE LOAD 0 PSF FLOOD DESIGN FLOOD HAZARD AREA NO WIND DESIGN BASIC WIND SPEED (3 SECOND GUST), Vult 115 MPH EXPOSURE CATEGORY C TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR, Kzt (1 MINIMUM)1 INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT, GCpi (IF APPLICABLE)0.0 CLEAR WIND FLOW YES OBSTRUCTED WIND FLOW YES SEISMIC DESIGN LATERAL FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM STEEL ORDINARY CANTILEVER COLUMN SYSTEM ANALYSIS PROCEDURE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (SDC)E SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Ie 1.25 DESIGN BASE SHEAR, V Cs x W SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT, Cs LOAD SCENARIO = {1,2} Cs = {1.13,1.65} RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR, R 1.25 SITE CLASS E REDUNDANCY FACTOR, p 1.3 MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT SHORT PERIOD, Ss - USED TO DETERMINE Cs LOAD SCENARIO = {1,2} Ss = {1.406, 2.063} SHORT-PERIOD SITE COEFFICIENT, Fa 1.2 DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT SHORT PERIOD, Sds - USED TO DETERMINE Cs LOAD SCENARIO = {1,2} Sds (MAX) = {1.125, 1.650} MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT 1 SECOND PERIOD, S1 LOAD SCENARIO = {1,2} S1 = {0.844, 1.07} LONG-PERIOD SITE COEFFICIENT, Fv 2.0 DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION AT 1 SECOND PERIOD, Sd1 LOAD SCENARIO = {1,2} Sd1 = {1.125, 1.427} HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL IRREGULARITIES TYPE(S)NONE DESCRIPTION DESIGN VALUES TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION II B NUMBER OF STORIES 1 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM NOT BY POLIGON MR MULTI-RIB ROOF PANEL (MCELROY) NTS NOT TO SCALE NO NUMBER OC ON CENTER OSHA OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ADM. PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PD POLIGON DRAWING PJ PRETENSIONED JOINT PLCS PLACES PLT PLATE PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH QTY QUANTITY REF REFERENCE SQ SQUARE SS STANDING SEAM ROOF PANEL (MCELROY) TYP TYPICAL UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE USGS U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY W/WITH ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ASM ASSEMBLY (INTERNAL REFERENCE) ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MAT'LS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY CBC CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE CJP COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION CLR CLEAR DEG DEGREE DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT EQ EQUAL FT FEET GA GAGE IN INCHES KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH MAX MAXIMUM MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MPH MILES PER HOUR STEP 1 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NAME SCHOOL DISTRICT USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (PROPOSED OCCUPANCY: A1,A2, A3, A4, A5, B,E) OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR SQ.FT/PERSON TOTAL ROOF AREA NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS STEP 8 STRUCTURE SIZE MSL 15 MSL 25 MSL 35 ROOF WIDTH [ ] 15' DEFAULT [ ] 25' DEFAULT [ ] 35' DEFAULT [ ]________OTHER 6' MIN; 15' MAX [ ]_______OTHER 15'-6" MIN; 25' MAX [ ]_______OTHER 25'-6" MIN; 35' MAX ROOF LENGTH [ ]44' 2 BAYS [ ]44' 2 BAYS [ ]44' 2 BAYS [ ]64' 3 BAYS [ ]64' 3 BAYS [ ]64' 3 BAYS [ ]84' 4 BAYS [ ]84' 4 BAYS [ ]84' 4 BAYS [ ]________OTHER [ ]_______OTHER [ ]_______OTHER STEP 9 FOUNDATION TYPE MSL 15 MSL 25 MSL 35 [ ] SPREAD PAD [ ] DRILLED PIER [ ] SPREAD PAD [ ] DRILLED PIER [ ] SPREAD PAD STEP 10 FOUNDATION SUMMARY MSL 15 MSL 25 MSL 35 [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 1 SPREAD PAD [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 1 DRILLED PIER [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 1 SPREAD PAD [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 1 DRILLED PIER [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 1 SPREAD PAD [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 2 SPREAD PAD [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 2 DRILLED PIER [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 2 SPREAD PAD [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 2 DRILLED PIER [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 2 SPREAD PAD STEP 11 SHEET INDEX BASE FRAME MSL 15 MSL 25 MSL 35 ROOF DECK MR SS MR SS MR SS FOUNDATION TYPE SPREAD PAD DRILLED PIER SPREAD PAD DRILLED PIER SPREAD PAD DRILLED PIER SPREAD PAD DRILLED PIER SPREAD PAD SPREAD PAD SELECT ONE [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ][ ][ ] ORDER FORM MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 MSL1.0 NOTES AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 MSL1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN MSL2.0 MSL2.1 MSL2.0 MSL2.1 MSL2.2 MSL2.3 MSL2.2 MSL2.3 MSL2.4 MSL2.4 FRAMING PLAN MSL3.0 MSL3.0 MSL3.0 MSL3.0 MSL3.1 MSL3.1 MSL3.1 MSL3.1 MSL3.2 MSL3.2 FRAME CONNECTION DETAILS MSL4.0 MSL4.0 MSL4.0 MSL4.0 MSL4.1 MSL4.1 MSL4.1 MSL4.1 MSL4.2 MSL4.2 ARCHITECTURAL VIEWS MSL5.0 MSL5.0 MSL5.0 MSL5.0 MSL5.1 MSL5.1 MSL5.1 MSL5.1 MSL5.2 MSL5.2 ROOF CONNECTION DETAILS MSL6.0 MSL6.0 MSL6.1 MSL6.1 MSL6.0 MSL6.0 MSL6.1 MSL6.1 MSL6.0 MSL6.1 MISC DESIGN OPTIONS MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 MSL7.0 ELECTRICAL CUTOUTS MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 MSL7.1 STEP 12 MULTIPLE STRUCTURES MULTIPLE STRUCTURES ROOF WIDTH X LENGTH QTY STEP 2 DESIGN OPTIONS ROOF DECK [ ] MULTI-RIB (MR)DEFAULT, WEIGHT 1.2 PSF [ ] STANDING SEAM (SS) WEIGHT 1.8 PSF GUTTERS [ ] NO DEFAULT [ ] YES SEE MSL7.0 FOR DETAILS ELECTRICAL ACCESS [ ] NO DEFAULT [ ] YES SEE MSL7.1 FOR DETAILS CLEAR HEIGHT [ ] 8'DEFAULT [ ] ___________ OTHER 10' MAX STEP 3 SEISMIC ACCELERATION Ss__________ . __________ __________ __________ (g) S1__________ . __________ __________ __________ (g) STEP 4 SEISMIC REGIONS 0.000 <Ss <= 1.406 S1 <= 0.844 [ ] WHITE 3.5 PSF MAX DEAD LOAD 1.406 < Ss <= 2.063 S1 <= 1.070 [ ] GREEN 2.0 PSF MAX DEAD LOAD STEP 5 TOTAL ROOF DEAD LOAD ROOF DECK _________ . _________ PSF SEE STEP 2 'ROOF DECK' FOR WEIGHTS COLLATERAL _________ . _________ PSF LIGHTING, FIRE SUPPRESSION, ETC. TOTAL _________ . _________ PSF ADD 'ROOF DECK' AND 'COLLATERAL' STEP 7 PC STRUCTURE ROOF WIDTH <= 15 [ ] MSL 15 15 < ROOF WIDTH <= 25 [ ] MSL 25 25 < ROOF WIDTH <= 35 [ ] MSL 35 STEP 6 LOAD SCENARIO WHITE TOTAL ROOF DEAD LOAD <= 3.5 PSF [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 1 GREEN TOTAL ROOF DEAD LOAD < 2.0 PSF [ ] LOAD SCENARIO 2 MS L 1 . 0 OR D E R F O R M MO N O S L O P E - M S L DESIGN VALUES: 1. IF SITE-SPECIFICDESIGN CRITERIA ARE OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF THESE PC DRAWINGS, CONTACT POLIGON ENGINEERING TO SEE IF AN ENGINEERING LETTER, SUPPLEMENTAL DRAWINGS, AND/OR CALCULATIONS COULD BE SUBMITTED FOR A SITE-SPECIFIC SOLUTION. ANY SITE-SPECIFIC DEVIATION FROM THIS PC MAY NOT BE SUBMITTED TO DSA AS AN OVER- THE- COUNTER 2. STRUCTURE NOT DESIGNED TO SUPPORT SOLAR PANELS. STRUCTURE IS NOT DESIGNED TO SUPPORT SPRINKLER SYSTEMSIN LOAD SCENARIO 2 REGIONS 3. GEOHAZARD REPORTS ARE REQUIRED IF THE AREA COVERED UNDER THE ROOF EXCEEDS 4000 SQ FT. OR IS LOCATEDWITHIN STATE OR LOCAL GEOLOGICAL HAZARD ZONE. VERIFY SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL OF A GEOHAZARD REPORT BYCGS PRIOR TO DSA SITE APPLICATION. 4. STRUCTURAL SEPARATION BETWEEN ADJACENT STRUCTURES: MSL15= 2.75" MSL25= 2.75" MSL35= 2.5"STRUCTURAL SEPARATION BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURES: MSL15= 3.75" MSL25= 3.75" MSL35= 3.5" 5. WHEN PLACING MULTIPLE CANOPIES WITH PIER FOOTINGS ADJACENT TO ONE ANOTHER, THE DESIGN MAY REQUIRE AN ANALYSIS OF GROUP EFFECTS ON THE FOUNDATIONS. THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN CENTER OF PIERS IS EIGHT TIMES PIER DIAMETER WITHOUT AN ACCOMPANYING ENIGNEERING LETTER. 6. SITE APPLICATION DESIGN PROFESSIONAL AND DSA REVIEWER SHALL VERIFY THE STRUCTURE TO BE LOCATED AT LEAST 20 FEET FROM ANY HIGHER ADJACENT STRUCTURE IF GROUND SNOW LOAD IS GREATER THAN ZERO. 7. DESIGN COMPLIES WITH THE CONDITIONS OF EXCEPTION 1 OF ASCE 7-16 SECTION 11.4.8, ITEM 2. 8. APPROVED FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS SHALL EXTEND TO WITHIN 150 FEET OF ALL PORTIONS OF THE PERIMETER OF THE STRUCTURE PER CFC 503.1.1. ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS: RELATED BUILDING CODES AND STANDARDS:TITLE 24 CODES: 2022 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE (CAC)..........................(PART 1, TITLE 24, CCR) 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC), VOLUMES 1 AND 2 (PART 2, TITLE 24, CCR) (2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE ..............................................(PART 3, TITLE 24, CCR) (2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) ............................(PART 4, TITLE 24, CCR) (2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) ..................................(PART 5, TITLE 24, CCR) (2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE ..................................................(PART 6, TITLE 24, CCR)2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) .............................................(PART 9, TITLE 24, CCR) (2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS)2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE (CEBC).......................(PART 10, TITLE 24, CCR) 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE...................(PART 11, TITLE 24, CCR)2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE ...................... (PART 12, TITLE 24, CCR)TITLE 19 CCR, PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS NFPA 13 - 2022 NFPA 72 - 2022 REFERENCE CODE SECTIONS FOR APPLICABLE STANDARDS: 2022 CBC, CHAPTER 35 2022 CFC, CHAPTER 80 SCOPE OF WORK NARRATIVE: THESE DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATE THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR A FREE-STANDING PREFABRICATED STEEL SHADE STRUCTURE. THE ENTIRE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM IS COMPRISED OF TUBULAR STEEL MEMBERS SUPPORTED ON CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS. THE FLEXIBILITY INCLUDED HEREIN ALLOWS THIS STRUCTURE TO COMPLY WITH A WIDE VARIETYOF PROJECT SITES AND LOADING REQUIREMENTS. SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 STRUCTURE DESCRIPTIONA. STRUCTURE(S) BASED ON THE FOLLOWING PC DESIGN(S):1. MONOSLOPE (MSL) 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTSA. MEET THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN ON THE PC DRAWINGS APPROVED FOR THIS PROJECT.1. DESIGN CRITERIA2. MEMBERS SIZES3. HIDDEN BOLTED CONNECTIONS BETWEEN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS4. COLUMN ANCHORAGE SHALL INCLUDE FOUR (4) BOLTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH OSHA 1926.755(A)(1).5. NO FIELD WELDING PERMITTED6. NO FIELD PAINTING PERMITTED7. ROOF DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES8. EXPOSED STEEL ROOF FASTENERS (IF APPLICABLE) POWDER COATED BY MANUFACTURER9. ROOF DECK SPANS FROM PEAK TO EAVE AND PERMITS PROPER DRAINAGE WITHOUT DEBRIS BUILD- UP. 1.3 SUBMITTALSA. DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE APPROPRIATE STATE. B. ONLY MANUFACTURERS THAT SUBMIT DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS PRIOR TO BID SHALL BE CONSIDERED C. MANUFACTURER MUST BE ABLE TO SUBMIT APPROPRIATE LABORATORY TESTS FOR THE FOLLOWING:1. FRAME FINISH REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN PART 2 OF THIS SPECIFICATION.2. CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORTS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL (DESCRIBING THE CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES).3. CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORTS FOR STRUCTURAL BOLTS. 1.4 TECHNICAL SUPPORTA. MANUFACTURER MUST HAVE IN-HOUSE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AND A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE APPROPRIATE STATE TO ANSWER TECHNICAL QUESTIONS. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. GENERAL1. FABRICATION PROCEDURES SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.2. REQUIRED STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS INCLUDED ON THE PROJECT DSA-103 FORM.B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS1. MINIMUM (10) YEARS ENGINEERING AND FABRICATING PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES2. MANUFACTURER OWNED AND OPERATED POWDER COAT PAINT FINISH SYSTEM3. ALL AWS CERTIFIED WELDERS4. FULL-TIME PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ON STAFF LICENSED IN THE APPROPRIATE STATE5. FULL-TIME AWS CERTIFIED ASSOCIATE WELDING INSPECTOR ON STAFF6. FULL-TIME QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGER ON STAFF7. FULL-TIME LEED AP ON STAFFC. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATIONS 1. PCI 4000 CERTIFICATION THROUGH POWDER COATING INSTITUTE (PCI) 2. AISC CERTIFIED FABRICATOR 1.6 MANUFACTURER WARRANTYA. STRUCTURE MUST HAVE (10) YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY ON STEEL FRAME MEMBERS.B. STRUCTURE MUST HAVE (10) YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY ON PAINT SYSTEM.C. PASS THROUGH WARRANTY OF ROOFING MANUFACTURER SHALL BE PROVIDED UPON REQUEST.PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERA. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS1. POLIGON, A DIVISION OF PORTERCORP. A. 4240 N 136TH AVE., HOLLAND, MI 49424; (616) 399-1963; WWW.POLIGON.COM . I. FOR POLIGON STRUCTURES IN NORTHERN CALIFORNIA, THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE IS ALL ABOUT PLAY (WWW.PLAYGROUNDPROS.COM). EMAIL AAP@PLAYGROUNDSALES .COM OR CALL 916-923-2180 II. FOR POLIGON STRUCTURES IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE IS MIRACLE PLAYGROUND SALES (WWW.MIRACLEPLAYGROUNDSALES.COM EMAIL SALES@MIRACLEPLAYGROUND.COM OR CALL (951) 695-4515 B. SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS1. THE ENGINEERING FOR THIS STRUCTURE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IF POLIGON SUPPLIES THE MATERIAL.2. IF THE CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO SUBSTITUTE A DIFFERENT STRUCTURE, THEY ARE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY DSA APPROVAL WITH:A. NO COST TO THE DISTRICT OR ARCHITECTB. NO CHANGE TO THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3. SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED A MINIMUM OF (10) DAYS BEFORE BID.4. ALL APPROVED MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING BEFORE THE BID DATE.5. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO BID WITHOUT WRITTEN NOTIFICATION.6. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MUST MEET “MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS” LISTED IN PART 1 OF THIS SPECIFICATION.7. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MUST PROVIDE PROOF OF “MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATIONS” ABOVE.8. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MUST PROVIDE PAINT FINISH DESCRIBED IN “FRAME FINISH” BELOW. 2.2 FRAME A. MATERIALS1. ANCHOR BOLTS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ANCHOR BOLTS NOT PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS.3. STRUCTURAL BOLTS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS.B. FINISH 1. FRAME FINISH: POLI-5000 POWDER COAT. NO FIELD PAINTING PERMITTED.A. COMPONENTS SHALL BE CLEANED, PRE-TREATED, AND FINISHED AT A FACILITY OWNED AND DIRECTLY SUPERVISED BY THE MANUFACTURER.B. COMPONENTS SHALL BE SHOT BLASTED TO SSPC-SP10 NEAR-WHITE BLAST CLEANING. SSPC-SP2 HAND TOOL CLEANING WILL NOT BE AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE.C. COMPONENTS SHALL BE PRETREATED IN A (3) STAGE IRON PHOSPHATE OR EQUAL WASHER.D. COMPONENTS SHALL RECEIVE EPOXY PRIMER COAT FOR SUPERIOR CORROSION PROTECTION.E. COMPONENTS SHALL RECEIVE TOP COAT OF SUPER DURABLE TGIC POWDER COAT.F. FINISH SHALL NOT HAVE ANY VOC EMISSIONS. G. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE ABLE TO PRODUCE DOCUMENTATION STATING SAMPLE PRODUCTION COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN TESTED TO MEET THE FOLLOWING:I. SALT SPRAY RESISTANCE PER ASTM B 117/ ASTM D 1654 TO 10,000 HOURS WITH NO CREEP FROM SCRIBE LINE AND RATING OF 10.II. HUMIDITY RESISTANCE PER ASTM D2247-02 TO 5,000 HOURS WITH NO LOSS OF ADHESION OR BLISTERING.III. COLOR/UV RESISTANCE PER ASTM G154-04 TO 2,000 HOURS EXPOSURE, ALTERNATE CYCLES WITH RESULTS OF NO CHALKING, 75% COLOR RETENTION, COLOR VARIATION MAXIMUM 3.0 E VARIATION CIE FORMULA (BEFORE AND AFTER 2,000 HOURS EXPOSURE).2. FRAME COLOR: DETERMINED BY DISTRICT.C. FABRICATION1. FABRICATE COMPONENTS TO PERMIT BOLTED CONNECTIONS ON SITE. NO FIELD WELDING PERMITTED.2. LABEL EACH MEMBER WITH UNIQUE PART NUMBER TO STREAMLINE ERECTION. 3. WELDING REQUIREMENTS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. 2.3 ROOFA. MATERIALS1. ROOF MATERIAL: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. 2. ROOF HARDWARE: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS.B. FINISH1. ROOF FINISH: KYNAR 500 HIGH-PERFORMANCE RESIN-BASED PAINT.2. ROOF COLOR: DETERMINED BY OWNER. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUSA. MATERIALS1. CONCRETE MATERIAL: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. CONCRETE NOT PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. PROTECT MATERIAL AFTER DELIVERY FROM WEATHER, SUNLIGHT, AND DAMAGE.B. ELEVATE MATERIAL TO ALLOW CIRCULATION AND REDUCE MOLD, FUNGI DECAY, AND INSECT INFESTATION.C. HANDLE MATERIAL WITH PROTECTIVE STRAPS OR PADDED FORKLIFT. HANDLING MATERIAL WITH CHAIN OR CABLE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AND MAY VOID MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY.D. TO PREVENT MOISTURE DAMAGE TO ANY WOOD MATERIAL (IF APPLICABLE), KEEP WOOD PACKAGED BEFORE INSTALLATION AND COVER IMMEDIATELY WITH ANY SECONDARY ROOF MATERIAL. 3.2 ERECTIONA. INSTALL COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION DRAWINGS AND THESE SPECIFICATIONS.B. ANCHOR BOLT AND COLUMN LAYOUT IS CRITICAL.C. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIC BOLTING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS PROVIDED ON DRAWINGS REQUIRING THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THIS PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION WITH THE SPECIAL BOLTING INSPECTOR AND THE INSPECTOR OF RECORD PRIOR TO THE ERECTION OF THE FRAME.D. NO FIELD SLOTTING OR OPENING OF HOLES WILL BE ALLOWED. TOLERANCES ON STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE SET ACCORDING TO AISC CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, FOLLOWED DURING FABRICATION, AND CANNOT BE INCREASED.E. AFTER INSTALLATION, RESTORE DAMAGED SURFACES TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION USING TOUCH-UP PAINT PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. IF THE ARCHITECT DOES NOT ACCEPT THAT, REPLACE DAMAGED MATERIAL AT NO COST TO THE DISTRICT.F. COORDINATE AS REQUIRED WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES (ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ETC.) G. COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE OHSA REQUIREMENTS 3.3 REPAIRA. DO NOT ATTEMPT ANY FIELD CHANGES TO THE STRUCTURE WITHOUT FIRST CONTACTING THE MANUFACTURER. 3.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS DURING ERECTION ARE NOT REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER, BUT MAY BE REQUIRED BY OTHERS. B. THE PROJECT INSPECTOR, AND ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION OVERSIGHT PROCESS, SHALL COMPLY WITH DSA PR 13-01. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. STEP 1: GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION - IDENTIFY PROJECT NAME AND SCHOOL DISTRICT- IDENTIFY USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION - THE USE AND OCCUPANCY DETERMINE THE MAXIMUM SQUARE FOOTAGE OF THE STRUCTURE - THE MAXIMUM SQUARE FOOTAGE IS ALSO LIMITED BY THE NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS- IDENTIFY THE OCCUPANT LOAD PER TABLE 1004.5 IN THE CBC- IDENTIFY TOTAL ROOF AREA WHICH SHALL NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE AREA PER TABLE 506.2 IN THE CBC.- IDENTIFY EXPECTED NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS BASED ON THE ESTIMATED OCCUPANT LOAD - TOTAL ROOF AREA DIVIDED BY OCCUPANT LOAD CAN DETERMINE NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS STEP 2: DESIGN OPTIONS - SELECT ROOF DECK FOR YOUR PROJECT - "MR" REPRESENTS MCELROY METAL "MULTI-RIB" ROOF DECK - "SS" REPRESENTS MCELROY METAL "MEDALLION-LOK" 16" STANDING SEAM ROOF DECK - SELECT WHETHER GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS FROM POLIGON IS NEEDED FOR YOUR PROJECT - IF "YES", THEN INCLUDE SHEET MSL7.0 IN THE DRAWING SET -SELECT WHETHER ELECTRICAL CUTOUTS ARE NEEDED FOR YOUR PROJECT - SHEET MSL7.0 SHOWS ELECTRICAL CUTOUT SIZE AND LOCATION CUTOUTS IN COLUMNS - SHEET MSL7.1 HAS INSTRUCTIONS AND SHEET TO IDENTIFY WHICH COLUMNS - SHEET MSL7.1 MUST BE FILLED OUT IN THE SUBMITTAL SET APPROVED BY DSA - IF NOTHING IS FILLED IN ON MSL7.1, POLIGON WILL ASSUME CUTOTUS ARE ONLY IN COLUMN A1 (SEE 'FRAMING PLAN' FOR REFERENCE)- SELECT CLEAR HEIGHT (SEE 'ARCHITECTURAL VIEWS' SHEET FOR REFERENCE) - MIN 7’-1”; MAX 10'-0"- IF NOTHING IS SELECTED, POLIGON WILL ASSUME THE DEFAULT FOR EACH DESIGN OPTION STEP 3: IDENTIFY THE Ss & S1 ACCELERATION (g) FOR YOUR PROJECT AND GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION - Ss & S1 VALUE DETERMINES THE REQUIRED SEISMIC DESIGN FORCES- Ss & S1 VALUE DEPENDS ON PROJECT'S GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION - FIND Ss & S1 VALUES FOR YOUR PROJECT IN THE SITE SPECIFIC GEOTECHNICAL REPORT - FIND Ss & S1 VALUES FOR YOUR PROJECT USING https://asce7hazardtool.online/- THIS PC IS NOT APPROVED FOR Ss VALUES GREATER THAN 2.063 (CONTACT POLIGON FOR ADDITIONAL OPTIONS) STEP 4: IDENTIFY THE SEISMIC REGION FOR YOUR PROJECT - THE REGIONS ARE DEPENDANT ON THE Ss & S1 VALUES DETERMINED IN STEP 3- THE SEISMIC REGION DICTATES THE MAXIMUM DEAD LOAD PERMITTED (SEE TABLE TO THE LEFT) STEP 5: IDENTIFY THE ROOF DEAD LOAD FOR YOUR PROJECT - THE ROOF DECK DEAD LOAD WILL ALWAYS BE INCLUDED- THE COLLATERAL LOAD REPRESENTS ADDITIONAL LOAD THAT CAN BE SUPPORTED BY THE FRAME- TOTAL ROOF DEAD LOAD MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE MAX DEAD LOAD SHOWN IN STEP 4- CUT SHEETS OF ANY BOARDS, BOXES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED ON THE STRUCTURE, INCLUDING WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS ARE REQUIRED STEP 6: IDENTIFY THE LOAD SCENARIO - REFERENCE THE STEP 4 COLOR AND SELECT THE APPLICABLE LOAD SCENARIO- LOAD SCENARIOS HAVE NO IMPACT ON FRAME DESIGN OR COST, BUT DO AFFECT FOUNDATION SIZE STEP 7: IDENTIFY PC STRUCTURE - ROOF WIDTHS UP TO 15' WIDE USE THE "MSL 15" - ROOF WIDTHS UP TO 25' WIDE USE THE "MSL 25" - ROOF WIDTHS UP TO 35' WIDE USE THE "MSL 35" - THE 15', 25', AND 35' WIDTHS ARE SUGGESTED BECAUSE THEY ARE THE MOST ECONOMICAL- MAXIMUM WIDTH IS 35'; (SEE 'ARCHITECTURAL VIEWS' SHEET FOR REFERENCE) STEP 8: IDENTIFY SITE SPECIFIC ROOF WIDTH AND LENGTH - DO NOT EXCEED THE TOTAL ROOF AREA FROM STEP 1 (ROOF WIDTH MULTIPLIED BY ROOF LENGTH) STEP 9: FOUNDATION TYPE - SELECT A FOUNDATION BASED THE DESIRED FOUNDATION TYPE- SELECT EITHER SPREAD PAD OR DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION PRIOR TO APPROVAL- FOUNDATION TYPE IMPACTS CONSTRUCTION (TIMING, SEQUENCE, COST, ETC.)- FOUNDATION TYPE IMPACTS ANCHOR BOLT LENGTH (NOT PROVIDED BY POLIGON)- REVIEW OF SITE-SPECIFIC SOILS REPORT TO EVALUATE APPLICABILITY OF FOUNDATION OPTIONS AVAILABLE STEP 10: FOUNDATION SUMMARY - USE THE SELECTIONS FROM STEP 6 AND STEP 9 TO SELECT THE APPROPRIATE FOUNDATION STEP 11: SELECT APPLICABLE SHEET INDEX FOR YOUR PROJECT - IDENTIFY THE APPLICABLE SHEET INDEX- INCLUDE APPLICABLE SHEETS WITH YOUR DSA SUBMITTAL- EXCLUDE 'MISC DESIGN OPTIONS' SHEET FOR PROJECTS WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CUTOUTS OR GUTTERS- EXCLUDE 'ELECTRICAL CUTOUTS' SHEET FOR PROJECTS WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CUTOUTS STEP 12: MULTIPLE STRUCTURES WITH THE SAME PC# - FILL IN ROOF LENGTH AND WIDTH OF STRUCTURES AS WELL AS QUANTITY- UNO ON THE POLIGON DRAWINGS, POLIGON WILL ASSUME ALL DESIGN CRITERIA FOR EACH STRUCTURE IS THE SAME- CONTACT POLIGON FOR FURTHER INFORMATION STEP 13: COULMN BASE PROTECTION - SELECT THE METHOD OF COLUMN INSTALLATION ON APPLICABLE FOUNDATION PLAN SHEET, DETAIL 2, NOTE 3. INSTRUCTIONS FOR ARCHITECTS PLANNING TO SUBMIT THESE PRE-CHECKED DRAWINGS TO DSA: BEFORE SUBMITTING THESE PRE-CHECKED DRAWINGS FOR YOUR PROJECT, FOLLOW THE STEPS BELOW TO PROPERLY DEFINE THE APPROVED OPTIONS: THE POLIGON ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT IS AVAILABLE TO HELP YOU COMPLETE THESE STEPS (616) 888-3500 ABBREVIATIONS: JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . MS L 1 . 1 NO T E S A N D S P E C I A L IN S P E C T I O N S MO N O S L O P E - M S L GENERAL: GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL APPLY TO ALL PARTS OF THE JOB EXCEPT WHERE THEY MAY 1.CONFLICT WITH DETAILS AND NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR THIS PROJECT. WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS, AS AMENDED TO DATE, OF THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE 2.CBC, C.A.C. TITLE 24, AND ALL OTHER LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. OMISSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE WORKING DRAWINGS AND/OR 3.SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR THIS PROJECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK INVOLVED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE WORK OF ALL TRADES AND SHALL CHECK ALL 4.DIMENSIONS. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE CALLED TO THE ATTENTION OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR THIS PROJECT AND BE RESOLVED BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. THESE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE AND DO NOT 5.INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT THE WORK AND SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BRACING, TEMPORARY SUPPORTS, AND SHORING. OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY FIELD REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL NOT INCLUDE INSPECTIONS OF THE PROTECTIVE MEASURES OR THE CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES. ANY SUPPORT SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER DURING THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DISTINGUISHED FROM CONSTRUCTION AND DETAILED INSPECTION SERVICES WHICH ARE FURNISHED BY OTHERS. THESE SUPPORT SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, WHETHER OF MATERIAL OR WORK, ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ASSISTING IN QUALITY CONTROL AND IN ACHIEVING CONFORMANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, BUT DO NOT GUARANTEE CONSTRUCTION. ASTM DESIGNATIONS AND ALL STANDARDS REFER TO THE LATEST AMENDMENTS.6. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CAL/OSHA CONSTRUCTION SAFETY REGULATIONS FOR ALL WORK PERFORMED 7.DURING CONSTRUCTION. JOB SITE SAFETY IS STRICTLY THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND NOT THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OR OWNER. THE ENGINEER AND THEIR CONSULTANTS SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DISCOVERY, HANDLING, 8.REMOVAL OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AT THE PROJECT SITE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED, TO ASBESTOS, ASBESTOS PRODUCTS, POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL (PCB) OR OTHER TOXIC SUBSTANCES. SHOULD ANY CONDITIONS DEVELOP NOT COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR IF A CHANGE IN THE 9.SCOPE OF WORK IS PROPOSED, A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DOCUMENT DETAILING AND SPECIFYING THE REQUIRED CHANGE(S) SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY DSA BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 10. THE SCHOOL DISTRICT'S INSPECTOR OF RECORD SHALL INSPECT AND APPROVE THE ERECTED FRAME PRIOR TO ROOF INSTALLATION. 11. SEE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCATION IN ANY FIRE HAZARD SEVERITY ZONE FOR WILDLAND URBAN INTERFACE AREAS (WUI) AS SPECIFIED IN THE APPLICABLE VERSION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. PROVIDE PROTECTION AND DETAILS OF ALL AREAS COMPLYING WITH THE WUI REQUIRMENTS. 12. LOCATING THIS STRUCTURE CLOSER THAN 20 FEET TO OTHER STRUCTURES MAY AFFECT THE ALLOWABLE AREA FOR THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION PER THE APPLICABLE VERSION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 13. VIEWS AND DETAILS ARE NOT DRAWN TO SCALE (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). DO NOT SCALE THESE DRAWINGS. 14. OTHER SITE SPECIFIC ITEMS MAY BE REQUIRED. 15. WHEN A SITE-SPECIFIC PROJECT IS LOCATED IN A FLOOD ZONE OTHER THAN ZONE X, A LETTER STAMPED AND SIGNED FROM A SOILS ENGINEEER IS NEEDED TO VALIDATE THE ALLOWABLE SOIL VALUES SPECIFIED IN THE PC ARE STILL APPLICABLE. STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL: ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED, FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICAN 1.INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC) 360-16 AND 303-16 REFERENCED BY THE 2022 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. PIPE SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A53, Fy = 35 ksi, GRADE B UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.2. STRUCTURAL TUBING (HSS SHAPES) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE B (OR HIGHER), Fy = 46 KSI.3. IF MATERIAL AVAILABILITY IS LIMITED, MEMBER THICKNESSES CAN BE INCREASED BEYOND WHAT IS SHOWN IN THESE 4.DRAWINGS (MAXIMUM INCREASE OF 1/8”). 5. ALL CHANNELS, ANGLES, PLATES AND MISC. STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36, Fy = 36 KSI. 6. ALL COLD FORM STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A653, CS = TYPE B, Fy = 50 KSI. 7. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND DECK SHALL BE IDENTIFIED FOR CONFORMITY PER CBC 2202A.1. 8. ROOF DECK SHALL HAVE KYNAR 5000 METAL COATING. 9. ROOF DECK SHALL CONFORM TO ATSM A792, Fy = 50 KSI. 10. MR ROOF SCREWS MEET ASTM A510 WITH A HEAD DIMENSION OF 0.31” (FLAT-TO-FLAT) AND INTEGRAL WASHER DIMENSION OF 0.58” (OUTSIDE DIAMETER). 11. SS ROOF SCREWS MEET ASTM A510 WITH A HEAD DIMENSION OF 0.437” (OUTSIDE DIAMETER). WELDING: 1. ALL WELDING SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1 SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE DONE BY AWS QUALIFIED WELDERS CERTIFIED FOR THE TYPE OF WELDING TO BE PERFORMED. 2. ALL WELDING SHALL BE DONE BY GAS METAL ARC PROCESS WITH E70XX ELECTRODES. FLUX CORE ARC WELD SHALL CONFORM TO CHARPY NOTCH TOUGHNESS RATING OF 20 ft-lb @ (O° F). 3. ALL WELDING SHALL BE DONE IN THE SHOP WITH REQUIRED INSPECTION, PRE-APPROVED BY DSA, TO ENSURE PROPER MATERIAL ID AND WELDING. 4. WELD FILLER METAL MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH CODE AND SPECIFICATIONS. BOLTING: 1. ALL BOLTS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE ASTM F3125 (A325 TYPE 1) HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS (UNO) AND SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM F2329. 2. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL BE SAMPLED AND TESTED IN COMPLANCE WITH CBC 2213A.1. 3. BEFORE ERECTING THE FRAME, VERIFY ALL BOLTS AND NUTS ARE CLEAN OF DEBRIS AND BURRS - INCLUDING THE HARDWARE ALREADY FASTENED INSIDE THE MEMBERS. CHASING SOME OF THE BOLTS AND NUTS MAY BE REQUIRED. 4. ANCHOR BOLTS (HEAVY HEX HEAD, ASTM F1554, GRADE 55) SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM F2329. ANCHOR BOLTS MAY BE HEADED OR THREADED WITH A NUT THAT IS PREVENTED FROM ROTATING. 5. HIGH STRENGTH NUTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A563 AND SHALL BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM F2329. 6. HIGH STRENGTH WASHERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F436 AND SHALL BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM F2329. 7. THE BOLTING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED BELOW ARE CRITICAL TO THE STRUCTURE’S DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE. THE INSTALLER IS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE THIS PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION WITH THE SPECIAL BOLTING INSPECTOR AND THE INSPECTOR OF RECORD PRIOR TO THE ERECTION OF THE FRAME. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND INSPECTED PER THE APPLICABLE VERSION OF AISC’S “SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS”, CBC 1705A.2.1; AISC 341-16 J7; AISC 360-16 N5.6. A. PRETENSIONED JOINTS (IDENTIFIED ON THE FRAME CONNECTION DETAILS WITH A “PJ REQUIRED”) MUST BE INSTALLED AND INSPECTED TO MEET ONE OF FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. TURN-OF-NUT PRETENSIONING 2. CALIBRATED WRENCH PRENTENSIONING 3. DIRECT-TENSION-INDICATOR PRETENSIONING (CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PURCHASE OF REQUIRED WASHERS) B. ALL OTHER JOINTS MUST BE INSTALLED AND INSPECTED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SNUG-TIGHTENED JOINTS. NOTE TO INSTALLER AND INSPECTOR(S): THE SNUG-TIGHT CONDITION EXISTS, IN PART, WHEN ALL THE BOLTS IN THE JOINT HAVE BEEN TIGHTENED SUFFICIENTLY TO PREVENT THE REMOVAL OF THE NUTS WITHOUT THE USE OF A WRENCH. THE CONTRACTOR, SPECIAL BOLTING INSPECTOR AND THE INSPECTOR OF RECORD MUST ALL AGREE ON WHICH APPROACH WILL BE USED TO PRETENSION THE BOLTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DOCUMENTING THE APPROACH AGREED TO BY ALL PARTIES LISTED ABOVE. SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES: THE PROJECT INSPECTOR AND TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE SCHOOL DISTRICT AND APPROVED BY DSA AND THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD.1. 2. COSTS OF THE PROJECT INSPECTOR AND THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE BORN BY THE SCHOOL DISTRICT. 3. THE PROJECT INSPECTOR, AND ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION OVERSIGHT PROCESS, SHALL COMPLY WITH DSA PR 13-01. 4. ON APPROVED PC DRAWINGS, THE STATEMENT OF STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS (FORM DSA-103) BELOW IS ONLY AN EXAMPLE. ON APPROVED PC DRAWINGS, THE EXAMPLE FORM DSA-103 MUST BE CROSSED OUT BEFORE THE PC DRAWINGS CAN BE APPROVED AS PART OF A SITE-SPECIFIC (OR STOCKPILE) PROJECT SO THEY WILL NOT CONFLICT WITH THE OFFICIAL FORM DSA-103 FOR THE PROJECT. FOUNDATIONS: 1. ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURES ASSUME CLASS 5 SOIL CLASSIFICATION PER 2022 CBC TABLE 1806A.2 2. FILL AND BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAX. DENSITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM TEST METHOD D1557. FLOODING NOT PERMITTED. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SHORING, ETC. NECCESSARY TO SUPPORT CUT AND/OR FILL BANKS DURING EXCAVATION, AND FORMING AND PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. 4. STRUCTURES SHALL BE SETBACK FROM ADAJCENT SLOPES TO PROVIDE FIRM MATERIAL FOR EMBEDMENT AND FOR PROTECTION FROM SLOPE DRAINAGE, EROSION, AND SHALLOW FAILURES. A. BOTTOM OF ASCENDING SLOPE: THE SMALLER OF HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE SLOPE AND 15FT MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE STRUCTURE TO THE TOE OF THE SLOPE B. TOP OF DECENDING SLOPE: THE SMALLER OF A THIRD OF THE HEIGHT OF THE SLOPE AND 40 FT MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE FOOTING TO THE TOP OF THE SLOPE ALTERNATE SETBACKS ARE PERMITTED, SUBJECT FOR APPROVAL. A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION MAY BE REQUIRED. 5. STRUCTURES PLACED ON LIQUIFIABLE SOILS OR SITE CLASS F MAY NOT BE SUBMITTED FOR AN OVER THE COUNTER REVIEW CONCRETE: MIX DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: (NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE)1. CHANGES TO THE MIX DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD AND DSA2. AGGREGATES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C33. MAX AGGREGATE SIZE = 1".3. CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C150 (TYPE V) WITH A MAXIMUM EXPANSION OF 0.040%, FOR SULFATE 4.RESISTANCE. ADMIXTURES CONTAINING CALCIUM CHLORIDE ARE PROHIBITED.5. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZING-AND-THAWING CYCLES SHALL BE AIR ENTRAINED PER ACI 318-19 SECTION 6.19.3.3. CONCRETE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A MOIST CONDITION FOR A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS AFTER PLACEMENT. 7.ALTERNATE METHODS WILL BE APPROVED IF SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE CAN BE ASSURED. CONCRETE SHALL NOT FREE FALL MORE THAN FIVE FEET. 8. CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPORTIONED PER ACI 318-19 26.4.9. CONCRETE SHALL BE TESTED PER CBC 1910A.1, 1705A.3, AND ACI 318-19 26.13. BATCH PLANT INSPECTION NOT10. REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT WEIGHTMASTER AND BATCH TICKET REQUIREMENTS OF CBC 1705A.3.3.1. REINFORCING STEEL: REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED STEEL CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A615, 1. (DEFORMATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A305) AS FOLLOWS: GR 60: (#4 BARS AND LARGER) GR 40: (#3 BARS) DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL CONFORM TO THE ACI "MANUAL OF 2. STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETAILING REINFORCING CONCRETE STRUCTURES." MIN. COVER FOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:3. A. CAST AGAINST EARTH............................................... 3"B. CAST AGAINST FORM BELOW GRADE...................... 2"C. FORMED SLABS (#11 BAR & SMALLER)..................... 3/4"D. SLABS ON GRADE (FROM TOP OF SLAB)................... 1"E. COLUMNS AND BEAMS (MAIN BARS)...................... 2"F. WALLS EXPOSED TO WEATHER (#6-#18 BARS)......... 2" (#5 & SMALLER)......... 11/2"G. NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER (#11 & SMALLER)........ 3/4" BARS SHALL BE CLEAN OF RUST, GREASE OR OTHER MATERIAL LIKELY TO IMPAIR BOND. BENDS SHALL BE MADE 4.COLD. FOR #6 BARS AND SMALLER, REINFORCING SHALL BE LAP SPLICED 45 BAR DIA MINIMUM IN CONCRETE. FOR #7 5.BARS AND LARGER, REINFORCING SHALL BE LAP SPLICED 55 BAR DIAMETERS MINIMUM IN CONCRETE. ALL LAP SPLICES MUST COMPLY WITH ACI 318-19. PRIOR TO PLACING OF CONCRETE, REINFORCING STEEL AND EMBEDDED ITEMS SHALL BE WELL SECURED IN 6.POSITION. WELDING OF REINFORCING IS NOT ALLOWED7. 8. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE SAMPLED AND TESTED PER CBC 1910A.2. POWDER COATED AND EPOXY PRIMED FINISH: ENTIRE POWDER COATING PROCESS COMPLETED IN SAME FACILITY AS STEEL FABRICATION.1. ALL CARBON STEEL MEMBERS (COLUMNS, BEAMS, PLATES, ETC.) PAINTED WITH PRIME COAT PER THE "AISC CODE OF 2. STANDARD PRACTICE" AND THE "AISC SPECIFICATION SECTION M3" (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). PARTS PRETREATED IN A 3 STAGE IRON PHOSPHATE WASHER (OR EQUAL).3. EPOXY PRIMER POWDER COAT APPLIED TO PARTS FOR SUPERIOR CORROSION PROTECTION.4. TOP POWDER COAT OF SUPER DURABLE TGIC (COLOR SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OPTIONS OR 5. CUSTOM COLOR). SAMPLE PRODUCTION PARTS TESTED TO MEET THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA:6.A. SALT SPRAY RESISTANCE PER ASTM B 117/ ASTM D 16541. 10000 HOURS WITH NO CREEP FROM SCRIBE LINE AND RATING OF 10B. HUMIDITY RESISTANCE PER ASTM D2247-021. 5000 HOURS WITH NO LOSS OF ADHESION OR BLISTERINGC. COLOR/UV RESISTANCE PER ASTM G154-041. 2000 HOURS EXPOSURE ALTERNATE CYCLES WITH NO CHALKING, 75% COLOR RETENTION, AND COLOR VARIATION MAXIMUM 3.0 E VARIATION CIE FORMULA (BEFORE AND AFTER 2000 HOURS EXPOSURE CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. A DSA-CERTIFIED CLASS 2 INSPECTOR IS REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. 2. CHANGES TO THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE BY ADDENDA OR CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DOCUMENT (CCD) APPROVED BY DSA, AS REQURIED BY SECTION 4-338, PART 1, TITLE 24 CCR AND DSA IR A-6. 3. A “DSA-CERTIFIED” PROJECT INSPECTOR EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER (E.G. DISTRICT, ETC.) AND APPROVED BY DSA SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION OF WORK. THE DUTIES OF THE INSPECTOR ARE DEFINED IN SECTION 4-342, PART 1, TITLE 24, CCR. 4. A DSA ACCEPTED TESTING LABORATORY DIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER (E.G. DISTRICT, ETC.) SHALL CONDUCT ALL THE REQUIRED TEST AND INSPECTIONS FOR THE PROJECT. NOTICE OF DISCLAIMER FOR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER RESPONIBILITY 1. FOR THE SITE-SPECIFIC PROJECT, NEITHER POLIGON OR GHD ARE THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN GENERAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. 2. FOR THE SITE-SPECIFIC PROJECT, GHD AND POLIGON’S RESPONSIBILITY IS LIMITED TO THE PREPARATION OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STRUCTURES OF THIS PC ONLY. 3. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION OF CONSTRUCTION IS SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED FROM GHD AND POLIGON’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SITE-SPECIFIC PROJECT. 4. ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES RELATED TO STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING MAY BE DELEGATED TO A QUALIFIED ENGINEER BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN GENERAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. THESE ACTIVITIES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, APPROVAL OF INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS, STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION, REVIEW OF INSPECTIONS REPORTS, AND SIGNING OFF ON THE VERIFIED REPORT FOR COMPLETED WORK. 5. POLIGON WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RESPONDING TO QUESTIONS PERTAINING TO THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STRUCTURES OF THIS PC WHICH ARISE DURING PLAN REVIEW AND CONSTRUCTION. JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC 3COLUMN BASEPLATE DETAIL 3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 12'-0" 20'-0" MAX TYP OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT MSL2.0 1 FOUNDATION PLAN (SPREAD PAD) SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 5 1/2" 11" 1'-2" 4 1/2" 9" 1'-0" 4X 7/8" THRU ANCHOR BOLT HOLE 3 3/4" THRU ELECTRICAL ACCESS HOLE WIDTH (D) LENGTH (L) A A DETAIL 1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 3"CLR MIN 3"CLR MIN 3"CLR MIN THICKNESS (T) 3"CLR MIN 8"(ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) 1'-6" MSL2.0 2 COLUMN FINISH GRADE (ASSMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) TOP OF FOUNDATION SEE SCHEDULE CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON)COMPRESSIBLE SLEEVE AROUND CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) SECTION A-A SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 14" MIN EMBEDMENT INTO FOUNDATION 4"+-1/2"0" 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) DETAIL 2 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" FOUNDATION 3/4" ANCHOR BOLT (4X) NOT BY POLIGON) 3/4" NUTS (4X) 3/4" WASHER (4X) BELOW BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) TOP OF FOUNDATION BASEPLATE(3/4"X12"X14") SEE DETAIL 3 3/4" NUTS (4X) 3/4" WASHER (4X) ABOVE BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) COLUMN GROUT UNDER BASEPLATE (1-1/2" MAX THICKNESS) FINISH GRADE - SEE NOTE 3 OPTIONAL CONCEALING SLAB (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) 3/16 COLUMN BASE PROTECTION BELOW SURFACE COLUMN INSTALLATION [ ] CONCRETE SLAB - 3" MIN ANCHOR BOLT COVER [ ] MASTIC COATING - 1/4" THICK MIN COATING ON ALL STEEL SURFACES BELOW GRADE MS L 2 . 0 FO U N D A T I O N P L A N SP R E A D P A D MO N O S L O P E - M S L 1 5 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: TOP OF ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AT ONE COMMON ELEVATION (COORDINATE WITH 1.SITE PLANS - NOT BY POLIGON) ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS (UNO).2. SEE SHEET MSL1.1 FOR CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS.3. PRIOR TO FORMING AND CASTING FOUNDATIONS, REVIEW FOUNDATION PLAN FOR REQUIRED 4.ORIENTATION. FOUNDATION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION NOT BY POLIGON.5. VIBRATE CONCRETE FULL DEPTH OF FOUNDATION.6. NOTES: 1. GROUT SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT WITH MINIMUM f'c=6500 PSI. 2. COLUMNS FABICATED ASSUMING 1-1/2" GROUT PAD. 3. COLUMN BASES BELOW FINISH GRADE SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM CORROSION, SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS BELOW. 1SPREAD PAD FOUNDATION 2COLUMN BASEPLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC 3COLUMN BASEPLATE DETAIL 3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 12'-0" 20'-0" MAX TYP OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT MSL2.1 1 FOUNDATION PLAN (DRILLED PIER) SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 5 1/2" 11" 1'-2" 4 1/2" 9" 1'-0" 4X 7/8" THRU ANCHOR BOLT HOLE 3 3/4" THRU ELECTRICAL ACCESS HOLE 6" MIN FROM EACH TIES DIMAMETER () A A DETAIL 1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" DIMAMETER () DEPTH (D) 3" CLEAR MIN 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) 1'-6" MSL2.1 2 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" SECTION A-A COLUMN SEE SCHEDULE FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) TOP OF FOUNDATION #4 HORIZONTAL TIES @ 4-1/2" OC W/2 TIES IN TOP 5'' COMPRESSIBLE SLEEVE AROUND CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON 4"+-1/2"0" 26" MIN EMBEDMENT INTO FOUNDATION 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) DETAIL 2 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" FOUNDATION 3/4" ANCHOR BOLTS (4X) (NOT BY POLIGON) 3/4" NUTS (4X) 3/4" WASHERS (4X) BELOW BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) TOP OF FOUNDATION GROUT UNDER BASEPLATE (1-1/2" MAX THICKNESS) 3/4" NUTS (4X) 3/4" WASHERS (4X) ABOVE BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) COLUMN BASEPLATE (3/4"X12X14") SEE DETAIL 3 FINISH GRADE - SEE NOTE 3 OPTIONAL CONCEALING SLAB (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) 3/16 COLUMN BASE PROTECTION BELOW SURFACE COLUMN INSTALLATION [ ] CONCRETE SLAB - 3" MIN ANCHOR BOLT COVER [ ] MASTIC COATING - 1/4" THICK MIN COATING ON ALL STEEL SURFACES BELOW GRADE MS L 2 . 1 FO U N D A T I O N P L A N DR I L L E D P I E R MO N O S L O P E - M S L 1 5 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: TOP OF ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AT ONE COMMON ELEVATION (COORDINATE WITH 1.SITE PLANS - NOT BY POLIGON) ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS (UNO).2. SEE SHEET MSL1.1 FOR CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS.3. PRIOR TO FORMING AND CASTING FOUNDATIONS, REVIEW FOUNDATION PLAN FOR REQUIRED 4.ORIENTATION. FOUNDATION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION NOT BY POLIGON.5. VIBRATE CONCRETE FULL DEPTH OF FOUNDATION.6. FOR DRILLED PIER FOUNDATIONS, PREVENT SOIL FROM ENTERING EXCAVATED HOLE (FORM, ETC).7. NOTES: 1. GROUT SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT WITH MINIMUM f'c=6500 PSI. 2. COLUMNS FABICATED ASSUMING 1-1/2" GROUT PAD. 3. COLUMN BASES BELOW FINISH GRADE SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM CORROSION, SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS BELOW. 1DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION 2COLUMN BASEPLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 3COLUMN BASEPLATE DETAIL 3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 20'-0" 20'-0" MAX TYP OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT MSL2.2 1 FOUNDATION PLAN (SPREAD PAD) SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 7" TYP. 1'-2" TYP. 1'-6" 4X 1 1/8" THRU ANCHOR BOLT HOLE 3 3/4" THRU ELECTRICAL ACCESS HOLE 6" 1'-0" TYP. 1'-4" WIDTH (W) LENGTH (L) A A DETAIL 1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 3"CLR MIN THICKNESS (T) 3"CLR MIN 3"CLR MIN 3"CLR MIN 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) 1'-6" MSL2.2 2 SECTION A-A SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" COLUMN FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) TOP OF FOUNDATION SEE SCHEDULE CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) COMPRESSIBLE SLEEVE AROUND CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) EQUALLY SPACED EACH WAY, TOP AND BOTTOM1 14" MIN EMBEDMENT INTO FOUNDATION 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) DETAIL 2 FOUNDATION 1" ANCHOR BOLT (4X) (NOT BY POLIGON) 1" NUTS (4X) 1" WASHERS (4X) BELOW BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) TOP OF FOUNDATION GROUT UNDER BASEPLATE (1-1/2" MAX THICKNESS) BASEPLATE (1"X18"X16") SEE DETAIL 3 1" NUTS (4X) 1" WASHERS (4X) ABOVE BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) COLUMN SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" FINISH GRADE - SEE NOTE 3 OPTIONAL CONCEALING SLAB (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) 1/4 COLUMN BASE PROTECTION BELOW SURFACE COLUMN INSTALLATION [ ] CONCRETE SLAB - 3" MIN ANCHOR BOLT COVER [ ] MASTIC COATING - 1/4" THICK MIN COATING ON ALL STEEL SURFACES BELOW GRADE MS L 2 . 2 FO U N D A T I O N P L A N SP R E A D P A D MO N O S L O P E - M S L 2 5 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: TOP OF ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AT ONE COMMON ELEVATION (COORDINATE WITH 1.SITE PLANS - NOT BY POLIGON) ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS (UNO).2. SEE SHEET MSL1.1 FOR CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS.3. PRIOR TO FORMING AND CASTING FOUNDATIONS, REVIEW FOUNDATION PLAN FOR REQUIRED 4.ORIENTATION. FOUNDATION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION NOT BY POLIGON.5. VIBRATE CONCRETE FULL DEPTH OF FOUNDATION.6. COLUMN BASEPLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS 2SPREAD PAD FOUNDATION 1 NOTES: 1. GROUT SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT WITH MINIMUM f'c=6500 PSI. 2. COLUMNS FABICATED ASSUMING 1-1/2" GROUT PAD. 3. COLUMN BASES BELOW FINISH GRADE SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM CORROSION, SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS BELOW. JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC DIAMETER (Ø)DETAIL 1SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"AAAADIAMETER (Ø)DETAIL 1SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"AAAADIAMETER (Ø)DETAIL 1SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"AAAA STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 3COLUMN BASEPLATE DETAIL 3 SCALE: 1/6" = 1'-0" 20'-0" 20'-0" MAX TYP OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT MSL2.3 1 FOUNDATION PLAN (DRILLED PIER) SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 7" TYP. 1'-2" TYP. 1'-6" 4X 1 1/8" THRU ANCHOR BOLT HOLE 3 3/4" THRU ELECTRICAL ACCESS HOLE 1'-4" 1'-0" TYP. 6" 6" MIN FROM EACH TIES DIAMETER () A A DETAIL 1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" DEPTH (D) DIAMETER () 3" CLR MIN 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) 1'-6" MSL2.3 2FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) TOP OF FOUNDATION CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) #4 HORIZONTAL TIES @ 6" OC W/2 TIES IN TOP 5" COMPRESSIBLE SLEEVE AROUND CONUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) SEE SCHELDUE SECTION A-A SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" COLUMN 33" EMBEDMENT INTO FOUNDATION 4 1/2"+-1/2"0" 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) DETAIL 2 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" FOUNDATION 1" ANCHOR BOLT (4X) NOT BY POLIGON) 1" NUTS (4X) 1" WASHERS (4X) BELOW BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) TOP OF FOUNDATION GROUT UNDER BASEPLATE (1-1/2" MAX THICKNESS) BASEPLATE (1"X18"X16") SEE DETAIL 3 1" NUTS (4X) 1" WASHERS (4X) ABOVE BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) COLUMN FINISH GRADE - SEE NOTE 3 OPTIONAL CONCEALING SLAB (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) 1/4 COLUMN BASE PROTECTION BELOW SURFACE COLUMN INSTALLATION [ ] CONCRETE SLAB - 3" MIN ANCHOR BOLT COVER [ ] MASTIC COATING - 1/4" THICK MIN COATING ON ALL STEEL SURFACES BELOW GRADE MS L 2 . 3 FO U N D A T I O N P L A N DR I L L E D P I E R MO N O S L O P E - M S L 2 5 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: TOP OF ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AT ONE COMMON ELEVATION (COORDINATE WITH 1.SITE PLANS - NOT BY POLIGON) ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS (UNO).2. SEE SHEET MSL1.1 FOR CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS.3. PRIOR TO FORMING AND CASTING FOUNDATIONS, REVIEW FOUNDATION PLAN FOR REQUIRED 4.ORIENTATION. FOUNDATION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION NOT BY POLIGON.5. VIBRATE CONCRETE FULL DEPTH OF FOUNDATION.6. FOR DRILLED PIER FOUNDATIONS, PREVENT SOIL FROM ENTERING EXCAVATED HOLE (FORM, ETC).7. COLUMN BASEPLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS 2DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION 1 NOTES: 1. GROUT SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT WITH MINIMUM f'c=6500 PSI. 2. COLUMNS FABICATED ASSUMING 1-1/2" GROUT PAD. 3. COLUMN BASES BELOW FINISH GRADE SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM CORROSION, SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS BELOW. JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 3COLUMN BASEPLATE DETAIL 3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 30'-0" 20'-0" MAX TYP OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT MSL2.4 1 FOUNDATION PLAN (SPREAD PAD) SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 8" 1'-4" TYP. 1'-8" SQ. 4X 1 1/8" THRU ANCHOR BOLT HOLE 3 3/4" THRU ELECTRICAL ACCESS HOLE WIDTH (W) LENGTH (L) A A DETAIL 1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" THICKNESS (T) 3"CLR MIN 3"CLR MIN 3"CLR MIN3"CLR MIN 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) 1'-6" MSL2.4 2 SECTION A-A SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" TOP OF FOUNDATION CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) COMPRESSIBLE SLEEVE AROUND CONDUIT (NOT BY POLIGON) COLUMNFINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) SEE SCHEDULE 14" MIN EMBEDMENT INTO FOUNDATION 4-1/2""+-1/2"0" 8" (ASSUMED CONSTANT UNO) DETAIL 2 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" FOUNDATION 1" ANCHOR BOLT (4X) (NOT BY POLIGON) 1" NUTS (4X) 1" WASHER (4X) BELOW BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON) TOP OF FOUNDATION GROUT UNDER BASEPLATE (1-1/2" MAX THICKNESS) BASEPLATE (1-1/4"X20"X20") SEE DETAIL 3 1" NUTS (4X) 1" WASHER (4X) ABOVE BASEPLATE (NOT BY POLIGON COLUMN FINISH GRADE - SEE NOTE 3 OPTIONAL CONCEALING SLAB (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION) 1/4 COLUMN BASE PROTECTION BELOW SURFACE COLUMN INSTALLATION [ ] CONCRETE SLAB - 3" MIN ANCHOR BOLT COVER [ ] MASTIC COATING - 1/4" THICK MIN COATING ON ALL STEEL SURFACES BELOW GRADE MS L 2 . 4 FO U N D A T I O N P L A N SP R E A D P A D MO N O S L O P E - M S L 3 5 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: TOP OF ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AT ONE COMMON ELEVATION (COORDINATE WITH 1.SITE PLANS - NOT BY POLIGON) ALL FOUNDATIONS MUST BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS (UNO).2. SEE SHEET MSL1.1 FOR CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS.3. PRIOR TO FORMING AND CASTING FOUNDATIONS, REVIEW FOUNDATION PLAN FOR REQUIRED 4.ORIENTATION. FOUNDATION MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION NOT BY POLIGON.5. VIBRATE CONCRETE FULL DEPTH OF FOUNDATION.6. COLUMN BASEPLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS 2SPREAD PAD FOUNDATION 1 NOTES: 1. GROUT SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT WITH MINIMUM f'c=6500 PSI. 2. COLUMNS FABICATED ASSUMING 1-1/2" GROUT PAD. 3. COLUMN BASES BELOW FINISH GRADE SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM CORROSION, SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS BELOW. JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2'-0" NOTE: COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF TAIL, SEE MSL5.0 FOR EDGE OF ROOF SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.0/MSL2.1 11'-8 3/4" MAX FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 14'-10 1/8" OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT 1'-5" (COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF BEAM, SEE MSL5.0 FOR EDGE OF ROOF) MSL4.0 2 2" 4'-10" 4'-10" 4'-10" 1'-5" NOTE: COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF BEAM, SEE MSL5.0 FOR EDGE OF ROOF 10'-0" MAX 7'-1" MIN CLEAR 12 1 MSL4.0 3 MSL4.0 4 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A B C 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 4 6 7 6 PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ITEM QTY.PART NO.DESCRIPTION MATERIAL WEIGHT 7 4 -PURLIN TAIL ASM HSS6x4x1/8 16.92 6 4 -EBEAM TAIL ASM HSS6x4x1/8 18.13 5 4 -PURLIN ASM HSS6x4x1/8 161.76 4 4 -EAVE BEAM ASM HSS6x4x1/8 164.19 3 3 -GABLE BEAM_1 ASM HSS6X6X3/16 249.59 2 3 -COL_2 ASM HSS8X6X3/16 245.60 1 3 -COL_1 ASM HSS8X6X3/16 228.63 MS L 3 . 0 FR A M I N G P L A N MO N O S L O P E - M S L 1 5 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2'-0" NOTE: COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF TAIL, SEE MSL5.1 FOR EDGE OF ROOF SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.2/MSL2.3 12'-10 3/4" MAX FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT 24'-10 9/16" 2'-5 1/16" (COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF BEAM, SEE MSL5.1 FOR EDGE OF ROOF) MSL4.1 2 4'-11 3/16" 4'-10 11/16" 4'-10 11/16" 4'-10 11/16" 4'-11 3/16" 2" 2'-5 1/16" NOTE: COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF BEAM, SEE MSL5.1 FOR EDGE OF ROOF 10'-0" MAX 7'-1" MIN CLEAR 12 1 MSL4.1 3 MSL4.1 4 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A B C 1 2 1 2 3 7 6 4 4 5 6 ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ITEM QTY.PART NO.DESCRIPTION MATERIAL WEIGHT 7 8 -PURLIN TAIL ASM HSS6X4X1/8 16.39 6 4 -EBEAM TAIL ASM HSS6X4X1/8 17.51 5 8 -PURLIN ASM HSS6X4X1/8 160.58 4 4 -EAVE BEAM ASM HSS6X4X1/8 162.84 3 3 -GABLE_1 ASM HSS10X8X3/16 594.19 2 3 -COL_2 ASM HSS10X8X3/16 339.19 1 3 -COL_1 ASM HSS10X8X3/16 302.45 MS L 3 . 1 FR A M I N G P L A N MO N O S L O P E - M S L 2 5 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2'-0" NOTE: COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF TAIL, SEE MSL5.2 FOR EDGE OF ROOF SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.4 14'- 3/4" MAX FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT 34'-10 13/16" 2'-5 13/16" (COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF BEAM, SEE MSL5.2 FOR EDGE OF ROOF) MSL4.2 2 2" 4'-11 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" 2'-5 13/16" NOTE: COLUMN CENTERLINE TO EDGE OF BEAM, SEE MSL5.2 FOR EDGE OF ROOF 10'-0" MAX 7'-1" MIN CLEAR 12 1 MSL4.2 3 MSL4.2 4 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A B C 1 2 1 2 6 7 3 4 4 5 6 ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ITEM QTY.PART NO.DESCRIPTION MATERIAL WEIGHT 7 12 -PURLIN TAIL ASM HSS6X4X1/8 15.69 6 4 -EBEAM TAIL ASM HSS6X4X1/8 16.16 5 12 -PURLIN ASM HSS6X4X1/8 159.23 4 4 -EBEAM ASM HSS6X4X1/8 160.18 3 3 -GABLE BEAM_1 ASM HSS14X10X1/4 1427.07 2 3 -COL_1 ASM HSS10X10X1/4 576.19 1 3 -COL_1 ASM HSS10X10X1/4 495.13 MS L 3 . 2 FR A M I N G P L A N MO N O S L O P E - M S L 3 5 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC ALL HIDDEN NUTS AND BOLTS (INSTALLED IN SHOP DURING FABRICATION) ARE SECURED WITH THIS NUT AND BOLT RESTAINING SYSTEM. 1 -.015.643 +.015-.015.3751" BOLT +.000 +.0001" NUT +.015-.0151.012 -.015 .180 +.015.403 +.0005/8" BOLT .250 -.015+.015 -.015+.015 -.015 .758 .483 +.000-.015 +.000-.015 -.015 3/4" NUT 3/4" BOLT .375 .180 +.015-.015.631 -.015+.000 DIM A 5/8" NUT .180 DIM BFASTENER DIMENSION SCHEDULE 14 GA SHEET METAL SHEET A569TACK WELD 4 SIDES .750 -.015 +.015 .500 +.015 "B" (SEE SCHEDULE) -.015 "A"(SEE SCHEDULE) 60° NUT & BOLT RESTRAINING SYSTEM PURLIN AND PURLIN TAIL CONNECTIONS 4 STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2 1/2" 2 3/4" TYP. COLUMN (HSS8X6X3/16) 3/8"x6"x8" PLATE w/ 3/8"x6"x8-3/4" FLG. PLT. NUT, HEX, 5/8-11 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2-1/2 SPACING) 4"x4" HAND ACCESSGABLE BEAM (HSS6X6X3/16) (3/16) (3/16) (3/16) (3/16) 3/16(3/16) 1" 2" R3/4" 5/8"x6"x4" PLT 5/8"x6"x4-3/8" PLT 4"x4" HAND ACCESS GABLE BEAM (HSS6X6X3/16) 5/8"x6"x4-3/8" PLT 3/8"x6"x4" PLTEAVE TAIL (HSS6X4X1/8) BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2-1/4 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-1/2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2-1/2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-1/2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED EAVE BEAM (HSS6X4X1/8) 1/8" SHIM (IF REQUIRED) 10GA (.1345") COVER PLATE 1/8(1/8) 1/8(1/8) 3/16 (3/16) 3/16 (3/16) 1/8 3/16(3/16) 3/16(3/16) 2" TYP. 1" 3/8"x6"x4" PLT 1/4"x6"x4-3/4" PLT 4"x4" HAND ACCESS GABLE BEAM (HSS6X6X3/16) 1/4"x6"x4-3/4" PLT 3/8"x6"x4" PLT PURLIN TAIL (HSS6X4X1/8) BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x1-3/4 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED PURLIN (HSS6X4X1/8) 1/8" SHIM (IF REQUIRED) 1/8(1/8) 1/8(1/8) (3/16) (3/16) (3/16) (3/16) 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 MS L 4 . 0 FR A M E CO N N E C T I O N DE T A I L S MO N O S L O P E - M S L 1 5 EAVE BEAM AND EAVE TAIL CONNECTIONS 3 GABLE BEAM CONNECTION @ COLUMN 2 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC ALL HIDDEN NUTS AND BOLTS (INSTALLED IN SHOP DURING FABRICATION) ARE SECURED WITH THIS NUT AND BOLT RESTAINING SYSTEM. 1 -.015.643 +.015-.015.3751" BOLT +.000 +.0001" NUT +.015-.0151.012 -.015 .180 +.015.403 +.0005/8" BOLT .250 -.015+.015 -.015+.015 -.015 .758 .483 +.000-.015 +.000-.015 -.015 3/4" NUT 3/4" BOLT .375 .180 +.015-.015.631 -.015+.000 DIM A 5/8" NUT .180 DIM BFASTENER DIMENSION SCHEDULE 14 GA SHEET METAL SHEET A569TACK WELD 4 SIDES .750 -.015 +.015 .500 +.015 "B" (SEE SCHEDULE) -.015 "A"(SEE SCHEDULE) 60° NUT & BOLT RESTRAINING SYSTEM STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . PURLIN AND PURLIN TAIL CONNECTIONS 4 3 9/16" 3 1/4" TYP. COLUMN (HSS10X8X3/16) 3/8"x8"x10-1/16" PLATE w/ 3/8"x8"x10-13/16" FLG. PLT. NUT, HEX, 5/8-11 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-9/16" SPACING) 5"x5" HAND ACCESSGABLE BEAM (HSS10X8X3/16) 3/16 3/16 (3/16) (3/16) 3/16(3/16) 2" TYP. R3/4" 1 1/2" TYP. BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2-1/2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-1/2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2-1/2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-1/2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED EAVE TAIL (HSS6X4X1/8) 3/8"x6"x4" PLT 5/8"x6-3/8""x4-3/8" PLT GABLE BEAM (HSS10X8X3/16) 5"x5" HAND ACCESS 5/8"x6-3/8""x4-3/8" FLG PLT 5/8"x6"x4" PLT EAVE BEAM (HSS6X4X1/8) 1/8" SHIM (IF REQUIRED) GABLE BEAM (HSS10X8X3/16) 1/8(1/8) 1/8(1/8) (3/16) 3/16 (3/16) 3/16 3/16(3/16) 3/16(3/16) 2" TYP. R3/4" 1 1/2" TYP. 3/8"x6"x4" PLT 1/4"x6"x4-3/4" PLT GABLE BEAM (HSS10X8X3/16) 5"x5" HAND ACCESS 1/4"x6"x4-3/4" PLT 3/8"x6"x4" PLT PURLIN (HSS6X4X1/8) BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2" SPACING) BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED PURLIN TAIL (HSS6X4X1/8) 1/8" SHIM (IF REQUIRED) 1/8(1/8) (1/8)(1/8) 1/83 SIDES (1/8) 1/8 1/83 SIDES MS L 4 . 1 FR A M E CO N N E C T I O N DE T A I L S MO N O S L O P E - M S L 2 5 GABLE BEAM CONNECTION @ COLUMN 2 EAVE BEAM AND EAVE TAIL CONNECTIONS 3 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC ALL HIDDEN NUTS AND BOLTS (INSTALLED IN SHOP DURING FABRICATION) ARE SECURED WITH THIS NUT AND BOLT RESTAINING SYSTEM. 1 -.015.643 +.015-.015.3751" BOLT +.000 +.0001" NUT +.015-.0151.012 -.015 .180 +.015.403 +.0005/8" BOLT .250 -.015+.015 -.015+.015 -.015 .758 .483 +.000-.015 +.000-.015 -.015 3/4" NUT 3/4" BOLT .375 .180 +.015-.015.631 -.015+.000 DIM A 5/8" NUT .180 DIM BFASTENER DIMENSION SCHEDULE 14 GA SHEET METAL SHEET A569TACK WELD 4 SIDES .750 -.015 +.015 .500 +.015 "B" (SEE SCHEDULE) -.015 "A"(SEE SCHEDULE) 60° NUT & BOLT RESTRAINING SYSTEM STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . PURLIN AND PURLIN TAIL CONNECTIONS 4 3 1/16" 3 1/2" TYP. NUT, HEX, 5/8-11 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-3/16" SPACING) 3/8"x10"x10-1/16" PLT w/ 3/8"x10"x10-13/16" FLG PLT COLUMN (HSS10X10X1/4) GABLE BEAM (HSS14X10X1/4) 5"x5" HAND ACCESS 1/4(1/4) (3/16) (3/16) 3/16 3/16 2" R3/4" 2 1/2" TYP. BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2-1/2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-1/2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED GABLE BEAM (HSS14X10X1/4) EAVE BEAM (HSS6X4X1/8) 5/8"x6"x4" PLT BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2-1/2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (3-1/2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED 3/8"x6"x4" PLTEAVE TAIL (HSS6X4X1/8) 5"x5" HAND ACCESS 5/8"x6-3/8"x4-3/8" PLT 5/8"x6-3/8""x4-3/8" FLG PLT 1/8(1/8)) 1/8(1/8) 3/16 3/16 (3/16) (3/16) 3/16(3/16) 3/16(3/16) 2" R3/4" 2 1/2" TYP. BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2" SPACING) PJ REQUIRED GABLE BEAM (HSS14X10X1/4) PURLIN (HSS6X4X1/8) 3/8"x6"x4" PLT w/ 1/4"x6"x4-3/4" FLG. PLT BOLT, HEX, 5/8-11x2 (2) PLCS EACH CONNECTION (2" SPACING) 3/8"x6"x4" PLT w/ 1/4"x6"x4-3/4" FLG. PLT PURLIN TAIL (HSS6X4X1/8) 5"x5" HAND ACCESS 1/8(1/8) 1/8(1/8) (1/8) 1/83 SIDES 1/83 SIDES (1/8) MS L 4 . 2 FR A M E CO N N E C T I O N DE T A I L S MO N O S L O P E - M S L 3 5 EAVE BEAM AND EAVE TAIL CONNECTIONS 3 GABLE BEAM CONNECTION @ COLUMN 2 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2'-0" NOTE: MAX EDGE OF ROOF SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.0/MSL2.1 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 15'-0" OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT 1'-6" NOTE: EDGE OF ROOF 11'-10 1/8" MAX 10'-0" MAX 7'-1" MIN CLEAR 12 1 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A B C 1 2 ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" MS L 5 . 0 AR C H I T E C T U R A L VI E W S MO N O S L O P E - M S L 1 5 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2'-0" NOTE: MAX EDGE OF ROOF SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.2/MSL2.3 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 25'-0" OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT 2'-6" NOTE: EDGE OF ROOF 13'- 1/8" MAX 10'-0" MAX 7'-1" MIN CLEAR 12 1 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 1 2 A B C ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" MS L 5 . 1 AR C H I T E C T U R A L VI E W S MO N O S L O P E - M S L 2 5 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . 2'-0" NOTE: MAX EDGE OF ROOF SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.4 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 35'-0" OVERALL DIMENSION VARIES PER PROJECT 2'-6" NOTE: EDGE OF ROOF 14'-2 1/8" MAX 10'-0" MAX 7'-1" MIN CLEAR 12 1 FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 1 2 A B C ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"" MS L 5 . 2 AR C H I T E C T U R A L VI E W S MO N O S L O P E - M S L 3 5 JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC EACH RIBDRILLING SCREW#12-14 X 3/4" SELF EACH SIDE OF RIB & CENTERED#12-24 X 1-1/4" SELF DRILLING SCREW (4) TOP & (4) BOTTOM1/8" X 5/16" POP RIVET (8) PLCS MULTI RIB PANEL SPLICE CHANNEL GAP FROM MR PANEL)(INSTALL WITH 1/2"J-CHANNEL GAP FROM MR PANEL) (INSTALL WITH 1/2"J-CHANNEL EAVE BEAM 2013B EAVE DETAIL MR-102 2013B HIGHSIDE DETAIL (VIEWING FROM ABOVE)MR-202 RAKE TRIM RAKE TRIM (1) CENTERED BETWEEN EACH RIB(1) EACH SIDE OF RIB &#12-24 X 1-1/4" SELF DRILLING SCREW EACH RIBDRILLING SCREW#12-14 X 3/4" SELF EAVE BEAM MULTI RIB PANEL EACH SIDE OF RIBDRILLING SCREW #12-24 X 1-1/4" SELF TAILAND/ OR PURLIN MULTI RIB PANEL 2013B PURLIN DETAIL MR-600 GENERAL: GAGE = 24 Fy = 50 KSI TOP IN COMPRESSION;Ix=0.052 IN^4Se=0.0575 IN^3Ma=1.723 IN-KIPS BOTTOM IN COMPRESSION:Ix=0.031 IN^4Se=0.0495 IN^3Ma=1.483 IN-KIPS 1 3/16" 1 1/2"3 3/16" 1'-0"1'-0"1'-0" 3'-0" MR-951MR ROOF DECK SECTION PROPERTIES SEALING MATERIAL NOT VISIBLE AROUND METAL WASHER SEALING MATERIALSLIGHTLY VISIBLE AROUND METAL WASHER CORRECT TOO LOOSE SEALING MATERIALDEFORMED BEYONDEDGE OF METALWASHER TOO TIGHT ROOF FASTENER TIGHTENING MR-950 12" O.C. #12-14 X 3/4" SELF DRILLING SCREW RAKE TRIM MULTI RIB PANEL TRUSS 2013B RAKE DETAIL MR-400 STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . MSL6.0 MR-102 MSL6.0 MR-202 MSL6.0 MR-400 MSL6.0 MR-600 MS L 6 . 0 RO O F C O N N E C T I O N DE T A I L S MO N O S L O P E - M S L MULTI-RIB NOTES: THE DETAILS SHOWN ARE SUGGESTIONS OR GUIDELINES ON HOW TO ERECT THE SYSTEMS. THE INFORMATION SHOWN IS ACCURATE, BUT IT IS NOT INTENDED TO COVER ALL INSTANCES, BUILDING REQUIREMENTS, DESIGNS OR CODES. THE DETAILS MAY REQUIRE CHANGES OR REVISIONS DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ERECTOR TO ENSURE THAT THE DETAILS MEET PARTICULAR BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND TO ASSURE ADEQUATE WATER TIGHTNESS. THE ERECTOR SHOULD THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF/HERSELF WITH ALL ERECTION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. THE PANELS SHOULD BE INSTALLED PLUMB, STRAIGHT, AND ACCURATELY TO THE ADJACENT WORK. FLASHING AND TRIM SHALL BE INSTALLED TRUE, AND IN PROPER ALIGNMENT, WITH ANY EXPOSED FASTENERS EQUALLY SPACED FOR THE BEST APPEARANCE. SEALANT SHALL BE FIELD APPLIED ON DRY, CLEAN SURFACES. SOME FIELD CUTTING AND FITTING OF PANELS AND FLASHING IS TO BE EXPECTED BY THE ERECTOR AND MINOR FIELD CORRECTIONS ARE A PART OF NORMAL ERECTION WORK. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE BEST INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXPERIENCED METAL CRAFTSMEN. METAL SHAVINGS FROM DRILLING OR INSTALLATION OF ROOF FASTENERS MUST BE CAREFULLY REMOVED FROM THE ROOF BY BRUSHING OR SWEEPING AT THE END OF EACH DAY DURING INSTALLATION. SHAVINGS LEFT ON THE ROOF WILL QUICKLY RUST AND STAIN THE ROOF FINISH. COVER ACCESS HOLES WITH GRACE ICE AND WATER SHIELD BEFORE ATTACHING ROOF DECK. METAL ROOFING PRODUCT AND INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF UL 580. JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC SLIDE AROUND CLEATFIELD BEND PANEL (OVERHANG 1")OFFSET CLEAT STANDING SEAM PANEL SELF-DRILLING SCREWS#10x1" PANCAKE HEAD ROOF CLIP EAVE BEAM 2013C EAVE DETAIL SS-102 AND SIDES)(ALONG TOP, BOTTOM,BUTYL TAPE EACH SIDE OF RIBDRILLING SCREW#12-14 X 3/4" SELF STANDING SEAM PANEL C-CLOSURE 12" O.C.DRILLING SCREW#12-14 X 3/4" SELF RAKE TRIM EAVE BEAM 2013C HIGH SIDE DETAIL (VIEWING FROM ABOVE)SS-202 PURLIN ROOF CLIP SELF-DRILLING SCREWS#10x1" PANCAKE HEAD TAILAND/ OR STANDING SEAM PANEL SS-600PURLIN DETAIL 2013C 16" 3/8"1/8" 1 3/4" SS-950ROOF DECK SECTION PROPERTIES GENERAL:GAGE = 22 Fy = 50 KSI TOP IN COMPRESSION;Ix=0.12000 IN^4Se=0.0803 IN^3Ma=2.4050 IN-KIPS BOTTOM IN COMPRESSION:Ix=0.0570 IN^4Se=0.0729 IN^3Ma=1.722 IN-KIPS BEND DOWNTRIM THE RIBS BACK 1-1/2" HEMMING DETAIL SS-HEM 1 1/2" SS-CLP 2013C CLIP DETAIL NOTES:1. CLIPS MUST BE PROVIDED BY ROOF PANEL MANUFACTURER AS PART OF ROOF SYSTEM, 2. MATERIAL THICKNESS MUST BE 18 GAGE (0.048"-0.053") 1.875 .85 1.161.500 1.16 3.750 3.500 THRU.246Ø2X 1.300 1.225 .45 AND ENDS)(ALONG TOP, BOTTOM,BUTYL TAPE 12" O.C.1/8" X 5/16" POP RIVET RAKE CLOSURE TOP AND SIDE12" O.C.DRILLING SCREW#12-14 X 3/4" SELF RAKE TRIM STANDING SEAM PANEL TRUSS SS-400RAKE DETAIL 2013C STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . MSL6.1 SS-102 MSL6.1 SS-202 MSL6.1 SS-400 MSL6.1 SS-600 MS L 6 . 1 RO O F C O N N E C T I O N DE T A I L S MO N O S L O P E - M S L STANDING SEAM INSTALLATION NOTES: THE DETAILS SHOWN ARE SUGGESTIONS OR GUIDELINES ON HOW TO ERECT THE SYSTEMS. THE INFORMATION SHOWN IS ACCURATE, BUT IT IS NOT INTENDED TO COVER ALL INSTANCES, BUILDING REQUIREMENTS, DESIGNS OR CODES. THE DETAILS MAY REQUIRE CHANGES OR REVISIONS DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ERECTOR TO ENSURE THAT THE DETAILS MEET PARTICULAR BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND TO ASSURE ADEQUATE WATER TIGHTNESS. THE ERECTOR SHOULD THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF/HERSELF WITH ALL ERECTION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. THE PANELS SHOULD BE INSTALLED PLUMB, STRAIGHT, AND ACCURATELY TO THE ADJACENT WORK. FLASHING AND TRIM SHALL BE INSTALLED TRUE, AND IN PROPER ALIGNMENT, WITH ANY EXPOSED FASTENERS EQUALLY SPACED FOR THE BEST APPEARANCE. SEALANT SHALL BE FIELD APPLIED ON DRY, CLEAN SURFACES. SOME FIELD CUTTING AND FITTING OF PANELS AND FLASHING IS TO BE EXPECTED BY THE ERECTOR AND MINOR FIELD CORRECTIONS ARE A PART OF NORMAL ERECTION WORK. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE BEST INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXPERIENCED METAL CRAFTSMEN. METAL SHAVINGS FROM DRILLING OR INSTALLATION OF ROOF FASTENERS MUST BE CAREFULLY REMOVED FROM THE ROOF BY BRUSHING OR SWEEPING AT THE END OF EACH DAY DURING INSTALLATION. SHAVINGS LEFT ON THE ROOF WILL QUICKLY RUST AND STAIN THE ROOF FINISH. COVER ACCESS HOLES WITH GRACE ICE AND WATER SHIELD BEFORE ATTACHING ROOF DECK. METAL ROOFING PRODUCT AND INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ICC-ES REPORT ESL-1082. JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC ELECTRICAL CUTOUT NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM ONE CUTOUT PERMITTED IN EACH MEMBER. 2. CUTOUTS CAN BE PLACED ON ANY SIDE OF A MEMBER. 3. CUTOUTS CAN BE PLACED ALONG MEMBERS AS INDICATED IN THE DETAILS. 4. ARCHITECTS REQUESTING CUTOUTS MUST MARKUP APPROVED PC DRAWINGS TO LOCATE CUTOUTS FOR APPROVAL AND FABRICATION. POLIGUARD GUTTER SYSTEM NOTES: 1. PREFABRICATED GUTTER SYSTEM IS ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE AFTER ROOF IS INSTALLED. 2. DETAILED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ARE SHIPPED WITH THE STRUCTURE. 3. DOWNSPOUTS REQUIRED AT EACH COLUMN. SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET MSL2.X 2'-0" 8" 4" 2 1/4" 4" 2 1/4" FINISH GRADE (ASSUMED AT CONSTANT ELEVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) COLUMN GABLE BEAM EC-100ELECTRICAL CUTOUT IN COLUMNS R 1/8" TYP. R 1/8" TYP. GS-100GUTTER DETAIL ROOF PANEL EAVE BEAM(VARIES) POLIGUARD GUTTER(SLOPE PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS) POLIGUARD GUTTER HANGER4" FROM ENDS@ 24" OC MAX 1/2" 3/4" 1-3/4" GUTTER GUTTER FASIC HANGER ROOF TRUSS EAVE BEAM ATTACH (2) #10X1" PANCAKE HEAD SELF-DRILLING SCREWS 5 3/4"EGDE OF ROOF TO FACE OF GUTTER GUTTER DETAIL GS-200 7'-1" MIN CLEAR TO BOTTOM OF DOWNSPOUT FINISH GRADE GS-300DOWNSPOUT DETAIL ROOF PANEL POLIGUARD GUTTER(SLOPE PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS) POLIGUARD DOWNSPOUT POLIGUARD DOWNSPOUT BRACKET 6" FROM ELBOW COLUMN(VARIES) EAVE BEAM(VARIES) STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . MS L 7 . 0 MI S C D E S I G N OP T I O N S MO N O S L O P E - M S L JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC STATE APPROVALS-PC STATE APPROVALS-SITE PR E - C H E C K ( P C ) DO C U M E N T CO D E : 2 0 2 2 C B C A S E P A R A T E P R O J E C T AP P L I C A T I O N F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N I S R E Q U I R E D . A B C 2 1 MS L 7 . 1 EL E C T R I C A L CU T O U T S MO N O S L O P E - M S L JESSICA E. NAPIER No. S5476 S T R U C T U R A L DSA D E P A R T M E N T O F G E N E R A L S E R V I C E S DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT DSA DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT IDENTIFICATION STAMP DIV. OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP: REVIEWED FOR SS FLS ACS DATE: CG444 02-121212 7/18/2023 PC S T R U C T U R A L & C I V I L E N G I N E E R S TEL: (213) 596 - 4500 FAX: (213) 596 - 4599 Riverside, CA 92501 BRANDOW & JOHNSTON (B&J HBK, INC) 3801 University Avenue, Suite 600 St. Barbara Catholic School B&J #: C24-0036 March 7, 2025 700 S. FLOWER ST. SUITE 1200, LA, CA 90017 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR PREPARED FOR DLR Group Flagpole Footing BRANDOW AND JOHNSTON STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERS | LOS ANGELES NEWPORT BEACH 7 FOR BRANDOW & JOHNSTON (B&J HBK, INC.) 03/07/25 all BRANDOW & JOHNSTON PROJECT j_�-._-.JGr COI rOi— PROJECT NO... CZ� - U1 (P ITEM Fla okZ FDohn citst C -- Mnd 5peed = `J v c5 mph ?tee- -NNNMM FF tool G = 1.19 (Egtici, ►0I 1 Nokc s� Cd C-45 (T000te, �•�.4� CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency HEET NO.._._-_ DATE -jij&-ftied_I FOR PEXNT ISSUANC NGINEER . I u 3p av9 dea = 23 1 mA F161Vote. vJ1nd. 12re55LAY-e = P = 0-001,56 VZCci Ct, C-t _ it.0 ?:4 (sqn FlajFok c Wtnd Fovc.ee = VV? =- PA Cd (Eyn 3`) wp lea e 30 - pa)-Loo,4 — WF = O.CO14 VZ Cv, G AF (64ln 5) wr = 0.001 (�s�e.a�,�c �.l � ��.o� X�.o . -.) o 89 Iw 5 L> Assum" poly,,3kx- �'Cn To+zL L-0,4-tral L.oG1c.1, - Wp �- 1rJF v 39b 1105 (LWt>) = 2-bLA 110 (Pr26L MOMk,Al s� - 1� ( + Vvjz -70a3 t�At a� _ os� jtj� (Asti) Ar_- S2,e, �vtlovtra►� �j 5kte.��l- -�r ate. �o�n� Ct��,�n „ MIIrt for, � x 41- 0 NZ2 O y— Relq C,he.ck ��8) S 6ars� A9 = 'y,, (3 b in) I-- I o 17. 6 I n Z Aretn� = 8 (D.iq in') = (0.32 InZ o�- BRANDOW & JOHNSTON STRUCTURAL + CIVIL ENGINEERS LOS ANGELES NEWPORT BEACH Pole Footing Design Column Size= Location= Flagpole bfooting =3.0 ft [footing diameter] qa= 267 psf /ft [Allowable lateral soil-bearing pressure per Geotechnical Report] qa,max= 2400 psf [Maximum Allowable lateral soil-bearing pressure per Geotechnical Report] Satisfy 1806.3.4? Yes design qa= 534 psf /ft h= 30.00 ft [height from ground surface to point of application of P] Equiv. Lateral P=284 lbs [ASD Level Applied Lateral Force at midheight of Column] Mg=5059 lb-ft [Moment in the post at grade: Pxh] Axial PV= A. NON-CONSTRAINED Embedment depth required to resist lateral loads: assumed d= 4.00 ft OK S1=712 psf [Allowable lateral soil-bearing pressure based on d/3] A= 2.34P/(S1b)=0.31 ft d= 3.35 ft [Required depth, d= 0.5A{1+(1+4.36*h/A)1/2 } ] Use depth =4.00 ft PROJECT CLIENT LOCATION ITEM SHEET NO. PROJECT NO. DATE ENGINEER St. Barbara Catholic School Flagpole Footing Design - C24-0036 3/7/2025 ALS H:\C24-0036 - DLR - St. Barbara\Engineering\Misc\Flagpole Pole Footing.xlsx BRANDOW JOHNSTON, INC structural + civil engineers Calculation p1 YES NO INSTRUCTIONS: ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY Plan Submittal Criteria COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments · Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place. · Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section. · If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA. · In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations. · Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602. Address Suite City Project Scope/Business Description 1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways, curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within 300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145) 2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation? Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124) 3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170) 4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475) 5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000 sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285) 6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card, button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520) 7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment; industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations? Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382) 8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240) 9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330) 10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335) Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement: 11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications. 12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327— Initials the building department will determine specific requirements. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true: Print Name Signature Phone Number ( ) Date / / Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE COM O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y Plan Referral Form Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”. City / County Official Requesting Review: City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________ City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________ Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________ Title: _____________________________________ ** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. ** Reason(s) for Review: Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County : OCFA COMMENTS:  No further action required on this specific plan type, based on information provided on: ____/______/______.  Project to be taken in for OCFA Review. Other: Name: _________________________________________ Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________ OCFA Authorization Updated: 06/02/2020 rs ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANUAL COVER 000101 - 1 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 5306 W. MCFADDEN AVE SANTA ANA, CA 92704 Project Manual (Bid & Permit Set) DLR Group Project No.75-24272-01 September 12, 2024 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANUAL COVER 000101 - 2 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 1 SECTION 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 — PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 003132 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA APPENDIX A - GEOTECHNICAL PERCOLATION INFILTRATION REPORT ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL 6 20 2024 APPENDIX B - GEOTECHNICAL REPORT ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL 6 21 2024 DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 - SUMMARY 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014200 - REFERENCES 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015639 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015723 - STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 018113.13 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS 024113 - SITE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 260100 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260111 - CONDUIT ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 2 260130 - BOXES 260160 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260532 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262726 - WIRING DEVICES 265619 - LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK 311000 - SITE CLEARING 312000 - EARTHWORK 312219 - FINISH GRADING DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321216 - ASPHALT PAVING 321313 - CONCRETE PAVING 323119 - DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES 334100 - STORM DRAINAGE ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GEOTECHNICAL DATA 003132 - 1 DOCUMENT 003132 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA 1.1 GEOTECHNICAL DATA A. This Document with its referenced attachments (Appendices A and B) is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for the Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of Bidders' own investigations. They are made available for Bidders' convenience and information. This Document and the Appendices are not part of the Contract Documents. B. Because subsurface conditions indicated by the soil borings are a sampling in relation to the entire construction area, and for other reasons, the Owner, the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and the firm reporting the subsurface conditions do not warranty the conditions below the depths of the borings or that the strata logged from the borings are necessarily typical of the entire site. Any party using the information described in the soil borings and geotechnical report shall accept full responsibility for its use. C. A geotechnical percolation / infiltration test report for the Project, prepared by Geotechnical Solutions, Inc., dated June 20, 2024, and a geotechnical engineering report for the Project, prepared by Geotechnical Solutions, Inc., dated June 21, 2024, is available for viewing as appended to this Project Manual. See Appendices A and B. 1. The opinions expressed in this report are those of a geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by a geotechnical engineer. Owner is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from the data. 2. Any party using information described in the geotechnical report shall make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations that may be required to determine the character of subsurface materials that may be encountered. D. Related Requirements: 1. Document 003126 "Existing Hazardous Material Information" for hazardous materials reports that are made available to bidders. END OF DOCUMENT 003132 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING PERCOLATION / INFILTRATION TEST REPORT ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT LOCATED AT 5306 WEST MCFADDEN AVENUE SANTA ANA, CA 92704 FOR - DIOCESE OF ORANGE 13280 CHAPMAN AVENUE GARDEN GROVE, CA 92840 PROJECT NO: D-6289-08 JUNE 20, 2024 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. GEOTECHNICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency A ved FOR PUNAMISSUANCE ACCREDITED Geotechnical, Structural & Environmental Engineering Master ID: Date: June 20, 2024 Project: D-6289-08 Diocese of Orange 13280 Chapman Avenue Garden Grove, California 92840 Attention: Mr. Jeff Geremia Director Re: Geotechnical Engineering — Percolation / Infiltration Report St. Barbara Catholic School Site Improvement Project 5306 West McFadden Avenue Santa Ana, California 92704 Hi Mr. Geremia: Per your authorization, we have performed our geotechnical engineering field percolation tests to evaluate the subgrade percolation and infiltration rate at the referenced project site located at 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California. The proposed development consists ' of improving or incorporating Storm Water Permanent Best Management Practice (BMP). The accompanying report presents the results of our field borings, sampling of subgrade material, field percolation tests, reviewing site plan, performing laboratory tests, analyzing field and laboratory data and our conclusions and recommendations for the project. Our services were performed using the standard of care ordinarily exercised in this locality, at the time when the report was prepared. Phone: (949) 453-0406 27 Mauchly, Suite 210, Irvine, CA 92618 Fax: (949) 453-0409 Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE The investigation was made in accordance with generally accept Oiawpohnical engineering principles and procedures and included such field and laboratory tests considered necessary in the circumstances. In the opinion of the undersigned, the accompanying report has been substantiated by data, observations, analysis, and opinions and presents fairly the design information requested by you. This completes our scope of services for the project. We have appreciated this opportunity to be of service to you on this project. Respectfully Submitted, Q�OFESs 1q_14 PS A R Syq� Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. C„ q < 7 u No. GE 2773 ��gcF�TECHN�GP�� Dharma Shakya, PhD, PE, GE TFOF CAt-IFO� Principal Geotechnical Engineer t Abraham S. Baha, PE, M. ASCE Sr. Principal Distribution: (pdf) Addressee ,e�y OFESS/0� 4z. 'AM S. W No. C053067 r cc F�F �CALIFV 2 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests TABLE OF CONTENTS Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: Introduction...........................................................................................................1 Field Exploration Methods...................................................................................1 Groundwater.........................................................................................................1 LaboratoryTesting................................................................................................ 2 PercolationTests...................................................................................................2 Resultsof the Tests................................................................................................ 4 Conclusions........................................................................................................... 7 AdditionalServices................................................................................................ 7 Closure.................................................................................................................. 8 AppendixA - Plates...............................................................................................10 Appendix B — Boring Logs (Excerpted)................................................................11 Appendix C — Pre -Tests & Percolation Test Results............................................12 Appendix D — Infiltration Rates Using Porchet Method.......................................13 Appendix E — Infiltration Rates Using Reduction Factor Method, Rf ..................14 I Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Introduction Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. (GSI) has performed field investigation CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: using borings and sampling of earth material and field percolation tests at the proposed locations as shown on Existing / Demolition Site Plan, Boring & Percolation Tests Location Map (Plate B in Appendix A) at 5306 West McFadden Avenue, California. The main purpose of this study is to provide infiltration rates of subgrade material based on field percolation tests so that an appropriate system incorporating Storm Water permanent best management practice (BMP) to manage surface water into the ground and the appropriate infiltration basins, or any other approved system may be designed, and existing drainage be improved. Field Exploration Field exploration consisted of drilling two borings, PC-1 and PC-2, 8-inches in diameter and extended to 5-feet depth below the existing ground as shown on Existing / Demolition Site Plan, Boring & Percolation Tests Location Map (Plate B). The percolation test logs are presented on Plates D-1 through D-3 in Appendix A. Borings 13- 1 through B-3 were drilled varying from 16'-6" to 51'-6" depths during our geotechnical investigation and their logs are also attached in Appendix B. The attached logs tabulate data based on laboratory classification tests and visual observation by the field engineer at the site. During drilling bulk samples of earth material obtained for further laboratory test. Groundwater Groundwater was encountered at 14 feet below the ground surface during our drilling program for St. Barbara Catholic School. The Historical high groundwater depth was found to be around 36.9 feet deep based on Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Water Data Library (Plates G-1 and G-2 in Appendix A). groundwater was found to be 5 feet in accordance with California (CGS, Previously CDMG) as shown on Plate F-3. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE , historical urvey The potential for ground water to rise to the ground surface in the site area is considered to be unlikely. Laboratory Testing Laboratory testing was programmed following a review of the field investigation data to be evaluated. Tests included physical testing to determine soil characteristics and selective tests. Test results are presented in Appendix A. Mechanical Analysis (ASTM D-422) Mechanical analyses by the hydrometer test method were performed to confirm field classifications. Test results are as follows: Perc Test Hole No. Sample Depth (ft) Sand Percent Silt Percent Clay Percent PC-1 4 75 20 5 PC-2 4 79 17 4 Field Percolation Tests We performed field percolation tests at PC-1 and PC-2 locations as shown on Existing Site Plan, Boring and Percolation Tests Location Map (Plate B). The percolation test procedure was performed in accordance with the current acceptable method, Technical Guideline documents under the supervision of registered geotechnical engineer for design, investigation, and reporting Low Impact Development Stormwater Infiltration and are listed as follows: 2 Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests • The borehole diameter was 8 inches. • The bottom elevation of test holes is at or 12 inches below the proposed invert of infiltration basin. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE • Groundwater observed was at 14 feet below the existing ground level. • Infiltration basins are supposed to be at least 10 feet above the groundwater level. • Rotate the auger until all the cuttings are removed. • Sides of the hole were not smeared after drilling and there was no caving. • The bottom of the test hole was covered with 2 inches of gravel prior to testing. • Holes were filled with clear water to appropriate depths from the ground surface (Minimum required is 5 x radius of the hole (5 x 4" = 20 inches) from the bottom. • On these two locations, two consecutive measurements showed that more than 6 inches of water seeped away in 25 minutes test (Pre -Percolation Data Sheets). No pre-soaking overnight was required. Thus, the tests were run for at least an additional hour (60 Minutes) with measurements taken every 10 minutes (Percolation Test Results). The drop that occurs during the final reading is used to calculate the percolation and then infiltration rate. Both Pre -Percolation data Sheets and Field Percolation Test Results are presented on Plates 1 through 4 in Appendix C, Infiltration calculations are presented on Plates 5 and 6 respectively for PC-1 and PC-2 in Appendix D. Infiltration results using another method, Reduction Factor Method, Rf are presented on Plates 7 and 8 for PC-1 and PC-2 respectively in Appendix E. • A sounder was used to determine the water level. • Measurements were taken with a precision of 0.25 inches or better. 3 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests • All the field percolation tests are tabulated and are presented in • After the tests were done, holes were backfilled with cuttings. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE )endix C. Master ID: Date: • The averaged drop of the stabilized rate over the last three consecutive readings is the preadjusted percolation rate at the test location, expressed in inches per hour. Results of the Tests The results obtained from the analyses are as follows: 1. Near surface material consisted of alluvium materials, silty sand and sand, medium dense in consistency. 2. The invert level of the infiltration basins should be at 4 feet. 3. Field Percolation tests show the following results: Results of Field Percolation Tests Location Coefficient of Permeability (k) inch/min inch/hour meter/second PC-1 0.1199 7.19 0.507 x E-04 PC-2 0.2496 14.97 1.056 x E-04 Average 0.18475 11.08 0.7815 x E-04 i. Based on the data presented in this report and the testing information accumulated, it is our judgment that the percolation rate is an average of 11.08 inches per hour. It takes about 5.41 minutes to percolate 1 inch. This conclusion regarding percolation rate is based on the results of our field exploration and testing. 4 Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests 2. The figure below presents typical coefficients of permeability types of classifications. It is provided as a general referena minimum corrected infiltration rate requirement is 0.3 in/hr. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE )r different soil Mast ID: no slriown, the a e: Coefficient of Permeability k (MIS) 10° 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-' 10-0 10-1 lo" 10'1 10-9 10-" 10`11 0.3 inches per our Drainage Good Poor Practically impervious Soil Clean gravel Clean sands, clean sand Very fine sands, organic and insane "Impervious" soils, e.g., homogemmus types and grovel mixtvaes silts, ixturea of rand silt End efay,glacial clays blow zone of weathering till, 5 rWried clay d-posits, etc. "Impervious" Is modified by ef%cts of vegetation and weathering Permeability and Drainage Characteristics of Sails from Terzaghi and Peck The preadjusted percolation rate as calculated before must be reduced to account for the discharge of water from both the sides and bottom of the boring (i.e. non -vertical flow) to determine Infiltration Rate (It). The following two methods have been used to calculate Infiltration rates: 1. Porchet Method (aka Inverse Borehole Method) Tested Infiltration Rate (It) is calculated, as per Porchet Method, aka Inverse Borehole Method shown on Plate 5 for PC-1 and Plate-6 for PC-2 presented in Appendix D and the results are tabulated as below: 5 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Porchet Method Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE ftA__ .... ire. Percolation Test Tested Infiltration Rate, (It) Tested Infil ign Rate with FOS = 2.0 Inch /hr Inch/hour PC-1 0.842 0.421 PC-2 1.3585 0.679 Average: 1.100 0.55 Both the test results show that It > 0.3 inch/hour, thus PASSED. 2. Reduction Factor (Rf) Method Infiltration Rate can also be determined using Reduction Factor, Rf as follows: Use the following formula to determine the infiltration rate: Reduction Factor, (Rf ) _ [(2di - Ad)/DIA} + 1 Where, di = Initial Water Depth (in) Ad = Water level Drop of the Final Period or Stabilized Rate (in) DIA = Diameter of the boring (in). Infiltration Rates as calculated by this method have been tabulated on Plates 7 and 8 and presented on Appendix E. The results are as follows: 6 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Reduction Factor Method Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Location If without FS Using (Reduction Factor Method) inch/hour If wit lVAR—Er2 Using (Red ction Factor Method) inch/hour PC-1 2.0426 1.0213 PC-2 2.9388 1.4694 AVERAGE: 2.4907 1.2453 More than 0.3 inch per hour, thus PASSED, does meet the requirement. Conclusions The subgrade soils consist of generally alluvium consisting of medium dense to dense silty sand to sand, gray in color and moist to very moist. According to the field percolation test data and converting for infiltration Rate by using Porchet Method and Reduction Factor Method, the values for infiltration rates were found to be more than the allowed rate of 0.3 inch per hour in accordance with the Orange County Technical Guidance Document and Low Impact Development Stormwater Infiltration dated 12/20/2013. However, the groundwater encountered during our field boring was at 14 feet depth and the historical high groundwater in accordance with CGS was found to be about 5 feet and in accordance with Orange County Technical Guidance Document, the infiltration basin must be constructed at least 10 feet above the groundwater depth, hence it does not meet the requirement. We recommend using other systems instead of BMP infiltration retention basin system. Additional Services This office will be available for further consultation. Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Closure Based on the data presented in this report and the testing information CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: it is the judgment of the writers of this report that BMP infiltration system seems to be infeasible at the project location. The conclusions presented in this report are based on the results of our field exploration, percolation tests, and other laboratory tests. It is the owner's responsibility to ensure that proper design and construction methods are employed. The findings of this report are valid as of the report date. However, changes in the conditions of a property can occur with the passage of time, whether due to natural processes or the works of man on this or adjacent properties. In addition, changes in applicable or appropriate standards may occur, whether they result from legislation or the broadening of knowledge. Accordingly, the findings of this report may be invalidated wholly or partially by changes outside our control. Therefore, this report is subject to review and revision as changed conditions are identified. This report has been compiled for the exclusive use of the above referenced site, for the purpose stated above. It should not be transferred to or used by another party, or applied to any other project on this site, other than as described herein, without consent and/or thorough review by this office. 8 Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests References California Building Code, 2022, California Code of Regulations, Title Part 2. California Department of Water Resources groundwater well data http://wdl.water.ca.gov. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: California Geology Survey (CGS), previously CDMG, 1997, "Seismic Hazard Evaluation of the Newport Beach 7.5-Minute 30' x 60' quadrangle, Los Angeles and Orange Counties, California, released April 17. Orange County, Technical Guidance Document (TGD) for the Preparation of Conceptual / Preliminary and/or Project Water Quality Management Plans (WQMPs) dated December 20, 2013. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: Appendix A Plates: • Vicinity Map • Existing Site Plan, Boring & Percolation Tests Location Map • Groundwater Well Data • Groundwater Map • Historical High Groundwater (CGS) • Boring Logs, PC-1 and PC-2 (Percolation Tests) 10 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency VICINITY MAP Approved = a� ' _ EDGES w >? > 9u� DO a a Z oAuo R P R 1 _ -11 S 51�J TRASK ;,t-CFTA IIOLR�=� c f 0 _u`J 7U� I I x 1py y tAI UCOfURY ti� " O _ A a..vt I AN 0_ ---_... .. U P� HW a - IAFI. T 7l TRA LOR� - F { LINNELL `�lj•HEWfTT p L � N jIf ER j7'1 __ I TN RE0.01W 1NORM -- -nxv oIN FJAL1111AM4 1ddI JqF CN _ Ww RE _T ofa 6RREY L L W 3 d -tylJY oQQ 7( CEL U�RI7 O az[ N41 u E0 rI _�RNO DA�TRO 'l1- BIRD RCCSEbA7 EOJU jwsm PAW Q. C CCRINrAI- YL - SL%9R 0 - -- ' DARI } �I F- - - T� y 0 ' 7 NADKO NN - N BM1C E T a m W YERLI,`�{- -�{ V ST RE C T r f 7 LLL 111 } - 1 2 LIXINfj70N-+ O I �z� SCH ONE ql 0 -E- I ENI = S BOL5A - min FL HIA D w i Y ORRI�Ca.7 FNOERSd� - q�� - UCICV u VRA - '!" i ADAL MN G 'i•`� O MONT{mS ` �E7TE d O i NATO IIA z SHOPGL 0 o I _I a i�s LT'ILNN �1 hVIT LIDPAC ECO E _ BEV gg RATHBURH 9 Sri _ _ T - " a NOTTING _ T �Tr as- OJJ-TON r"' O S CARNAT N �'CELAL RRu L ENRIDfl =j �o o IEHMI EI.RAt � � _lI a�l� xl1 - Q ENMT Nr OF£4iS = ht� ffi BALLAST —T STI N' . kl JI = PL AIYCH l MY PALOS VER O C�..�_ a d I c SEfdA �- - 1'`� CRY, F I x 1 w1 L, 6y. i W 0] n' � LlJVY = o y I �,�T 083L0�1N NEW FAME U PAWLET AI PEON 5T0.01TE e I 1ASQAJX SUNN INGGL iA' Q X L W c = Jj c _ OI U 7 JFT.1 C0 INP , 1r E00D -7- - TAL LPN LM LT 1 a y .ciLl%L .I I CR]U1SM = { s r . y LrILST ETOE Y IU �i s g WCUS 2EUFL R CCg AN CRC 't%r � N � C EN LLE z RCS I ru x _ UNryR3tSE� { F IC U W °p =bFFCOL x s < W FOUNTiriifLl. VALLEY' �;�•j gC A7Z&VA � \ � CLtRAL'. T K .7 W T� N W W VEHDE 4� -K C DEv A W 6 W_ f W d JU _ PONSES . o _ W U YL3 C lUN r = r OR IDR Y Y T °� yWj I W W W - CRLLELLK SUO' H T2 ( CANDYT N6 PP _ 2 3 O �,,, I e c m I -'c`' 0WjOI4_ Il RCED PINER �� TILTO I-54105It$1 a Mi0. TA G HE Q SAPf -ME &��_ pyg�. 41L OF j WA m F_ i GIR 0000� `- -`... A _.�._-__o.�..: d CRt�1 00E Ij� ELPUtNOA 5 f� .�q 4 r c c - , m FNCOCALLEM_ px"ZFk LENA oqf C t� C ° a a uCxECULO ~I q, 1 I F Li4 4����7yyy CAFUV•_ ALA.M OA A- IDACI'IC 1•- .M --- O �• EL PORTAL... '7 CRWLOOEJ AiF2�'�[4J �iYC41NC RLdEF. 'VALEN I zi a`TS o°� p�I _.Cb.CTA 61 - St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Project No. D-6289-08 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA Plate: A Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. EXISTING SITE PLAN, BORING & PERCOLATION TESTS LOCATION CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Oft dkW 40- MCFADDEN AVENUE M Oil el 2 "M CqD TIC _4� FOR PERMIT ISSUAIIJCE I Master ID: Date: Hollow Stem Auger Borings (6/12/2024) B-3 A Percolation Tests (6/12/2024) Approx. Scale I" = 30' PC-2 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL - PERCOLATION TESTS Project No. D-6289-08 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA Plate:— I B Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. CITY OF SANTA ANA I ri Mmureff'ST09 mWe I 46 K 00 C) Appil*ifed 1 '�IJ Lj :4 FOR PERMItib A 0 U < ra - n Si i c k,.so Master ID: +� c Date: ra �eww"'ay S't V) U i rbo r Rl v d S Harbor Blvd a- 0- 3 _n 73 -1 < Nib YZ' S N 1-i c� rj p IN ev., ha p e S U) ci ai ui =1 m < z cr VJ starbc.-ard 5r cu U) 7-1 a) 0 a) > -,j < Lrl 4-0 -0 (D rrCO I -c LL —Cn A S.L Firnokhurs, �( 3: (c) 0 cy) U-) • n3 cr, u V1 > - -zvi rti -a ii —E CITY OF SANTA ANA Coo 0 . AppidifIv I I FOR PERMI , A 1 � v w� o , L � I % L " Master ID: c; Z o m In r In a v In in � Date; o U cr In lan Val In In V O II a� O (6 1 LL LL v 0 �M 1 I I � 1 � W N I 4 L w ' 1 I ti c ' I I � L9 W IO .- .- N .- a W a r N Q" .. I I � Z I I 0 U F U) �/ Z —17 7 r� Ul 1C } In In 1� h h I-, ® m (D_ o c+ d In 0 In 110 In In n 0 In � � o; v o -i_ " rl ¢ /0 CB J c U Qlur V •� U L C) - "c 0 > Q U ^, O C" 0 IO O O O O O O O O O O O Q O 0 O O O O O O O 0 0> L w In In In in n In In in In In In ff nn LL I F 2 J ' W N � t 0 a v cco N ID rrn I c0 v V - O O O O O O O O O O O Q O O O O O O O O O O O 07 Lo m > ar v C W h r N h h U) r h In h In h Ul h U1 h In h Ill h h h in N In Ln m m Ey W n i m j y O O O O O 0 O O 0 O O 7 ' i O o O 0 o O 0 0 ` O o n w o 0 0 o 0 e 0 o 0 e 0 o 0 o 0 6 o 0 0 0 y N C N L u, h GI In h P If, n Gl to h N h h fP h h to w h tl, m h G� w c, ul N r h IT, Gi UI J (A - F r'• O h O h O t, 0 a N 0 N N. 0 0 In 00 �U d c. .. nl O 0'1 O O O nl O 1 _ li n_i nl O � uli uipm)p l7 --E CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Historical High GD Water Map - CGS Newport Beach W6d FOR PERMIT ISSUA • N ID at ' SITE e e e s a m 'i a J ��, '. * a I . T - m -. : ; . =. ------------- a � - , ... + i O? i J'!`t�' a • +r ------------ 1 o a +5 ■ � • i 77 4 • a -Q IN TA RK fj w a w _ s NO Af • :> .* La_ per — r1:3t• 1_2 F�;Tr_KIL,�, ■u^ `� :...ter•._ •:si=•• -._tir`wr �•�__ G.�r� -•cis• _ �.1 ,a; _c:_: •`__ tJ�t•.:.:x_ _._.__ a�s!..�� St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Project No. D-6289-08 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA Plate: I C-3 Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Location: 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA Number: D-6289-08 SAMPLES m w c y O > n a E w 0 Z 0 0 COLUMN DESCRIPTIONS Key to Log Plate U 3 o m o - a E � c � � MATERIAL DESCRIPTION c c N m rn N> o in CL c O N C d J _ a N = O U N arr ° 0 in �o a az N © [ ® 0 10 11 Elevation: Elevation in feet referenced to mean sea level (MSL) or site datum. 0 Depth: Depth in feet below the ground surface. 0 Sample Type: Type of soil sample collected at depth interval shown; sampler symbols are explained below. ® Sample Number: Sample identification number; '[NR]" after number indicates no sample recovery. 0 Blows / 6 in.: Number of blows to advance driven sampler each 6-inch drive interval, or distance notes, using a 140-lb hammer with a 30-inch drop (unless otherwise noted) © Graphic Symbol Soil Type Symbol Blows / 12 in.: Blows per 12" based on Col. 5 equal to uncorrected N-Value where SPT used TYPICAL SAMPLER GRAPHIC SYMBOLS . California (ring -lined) .Standard Penetration Test (SPT) split spoon Bulk Sample Effb Modified California (brass tube -lined) ® Shelby Tube Grab Sample ® OTHER GRAPHIC SYMBOLS First water encountered at time of drilling and sampling (ATD) 1 Static water level measured at specified time after drilling Change in material properties within a lithologic stratum Inferred contact between soil strata or gradational lithologic change CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Fest Hole n9aster ID OTHER TESTS AND REMARKS ® Material Description: Description of material encountered; may include color, moisture, grain size, and density / consistency. Approx. "and" = 35%-50%; "some" = 20%-35%; "little" = 10%-20%; "trace" = 0%-10%. F9 Moisture Content: Moisture content of sample, as percentage of dry weight of soil, meausred in lab according to ASTM D2937. 10 DryUnit Weight: Dry unit weight of soil sample, in pounds per cubic foot, measured in lab according to ASTM D422. 11 Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve: Percent of soil by weight finer than the No. 200 sieve according to ASTM D422. 12 Other Tests and Remarks: Comments and observations regarding drilling or sampling made by driller or field personnel. Other lab tests are indicated using abbreviations explained below. OTHER LABORATORY TEST ABBREVIATIONS AL Atterberg Limits Test (ASTM D4318) COMP Compaction test by modified effort (ASTM D1557) CONS One-dimensional consolidation test (ASTM D2435) DS Direct shear test (ASTM D3080) El Expansion index test (ASTM 4829), index at 50% saturation HD Hydrometer analysis (ASTM D422), %<5 micros LL Liquid Limit from Atterberg Limites test PI Plasticity Index from Atterberg Limits test SA Sieve analysis (ASTM D422), %<#200 sieve SE Sand equivalent test for fines contamination (ASTM D2419) UC Unconfined compressive strength test (ASTM D2166) WA Wash analysis (ASTM D422), %<#200 sieve Soil Classification are based on the Unified Soil Classification System. Descriptions and stratum lines are interpretive; field descriptions may have been modified to reflect lab test results. Descriptions on these logs apply only at the specific boring locations and at the time the borings were advanced; they are not warranted to be representative of subsurface conditions between samples, at other locations, or times. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project: St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Borehole N . PC-1 Project Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. D-1 A row Project Number : D-6289-08 Page 1 of 1 p p Dale(s) Dulled: June 12, 2024 Logged By: SA/ASB Checked By Dnlling Method Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size / 6-inch-Auger Total Depth of 4, Type : Borehole, feet Drill Rig Type : Mbile B-57 Drilling Larry Drilling Approx. Contractor : Surface Elevation, feet : 6D �(a f�11SL M a Ste r r Groundwater Level and Date No Ground Water Encountered Measured: Sampling California (nng), bulk Method: Hammer Data : t�Dco,wnhole wire Qua i40 ibs / 30-inch drop Borehole Backfill Drill cuttings Comments Refer to site plan for location SAMPLES to a � 3 o z c r rn= c OTHER TESTS AND to MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 2 ; o u i o v Q (0 REMARKS c > _ c N N T QGi 0 O O O N O W H Z ad' Z m 2 01 IL 60 0 Grass Silty Sand (SM), moist, beige color, medium dense 3 @4': Same as above 20 HD: 80(SA):15(SI):5(CL Drilled for Percolation lest to 4' Add 2" of gravel at the bottom Backfilled w/cuttings after percolation test. -5 10 -10 15 -15 20 -20 25 30 35 40 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. I !d UANCE CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project : St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Borehole N . PC-2 Project Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. D-2 A p p rov Project Number: D-6289-08 Page 1 of Date(s) Drilled : June 12, 2024 Logged By: BA/ASB Checked By: S Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size / 8-inch-Auger Total Depth of 4, Type Borehole, feet: Drift Rig Type : Mbile B-57 Drilling Larry Drilling Approx. Contractor: Surface Elevation, feet: MAterfa FCCSL. Groundwater Level and Date Measured: No Ground Water Encountered Sampling California (ring), bulk Hammer Data: Da fAwnhole wire Method : }¢¢pp ibs / 30-inch drop Borehole Backfill : Drill cuttings Comments . Refer to site plan for location SAMPLES to Z v L °� OTHER TESTS AND m MATERIAL DESCRIPTION " > u o LD REMARKS c o a�i •� o '� c > o i w a a ~ E Z c a� z m o EL 60 0 Grass Silty Sand (SM), moist, beige color, medium dense 3 @4': Same as above 20 HD: 78(SA)A8(SI)A(CL Drilled for Percolation test to 4' Add 2" of gravel at the bottom Backfilled w/cuttings after percolation test. -5 10 -10 15 -15 20 -20 25 30 35 40 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. !d UANCE CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Appendix B Boring Logs (Excerpted) • B-1 • B-2 • B-3 Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project: St Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole No. B-1 Project Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. I-1 Appro Project Number: D-6289-02 Page 1 of Date(s) Drilled: June 12, 2024 Logged By: BA/AB Checked By: DXS Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size / 6„ Total Depth of 16.5 Type: Borehole, feel Drill Rig Type: B-61 Drilling Larry Drilling Approx. Suda Ma�2e�ei�>_ Contractor: Elevation, feel Groundwater Level and Date Groundwater Sampling atl%lbs encountered 14' Measured: California (ring), bulk, SPT Hammer Method : ( g)� Data dropping 30 inches Borehole Backfill : Drill cuttings Comments: Refer to plot plan for location. SAMPLES io o t OTHER TESTS d m MATERIAL DESCRIPTION m y v w g 0 a n AND REMARKS 4 .> d N U C C .J n n L E W h c d 3 y = U N w 0 H I z' I a-(If0 m 21 01 az 60 0 Grass Silty SAND (SM), gray, slightly moist, fine to medium Bag #1 27 HD:73(SA):20 (SI):7 (CL) 2 DS: P=Peak I Ult=Ultimate C-1 14-16-16 32 3 86 = 34u , c = 300 psf (P) @2': SAND (SP), silty, beige color, slightly moist, medium dense = 330, c = 150 psf (Ult) 555 C-2 6-16-20 36 @5':Sand (SP), fine grained, light gray, moist, medium dense 5 89 50 10 @10':Silty Sand (SM), light brown, moist, medium dense C-3 3-6-7 13 13 84 Ground Water Encountered @ 14' — 45 15 S-1 2-2-5 7 @15': Same as above, loose 10 40 20 Total Depth = 16'-6" Groundwater encountered at 14' No Caving but possible for bigger diameter hole 35 25 30 30 25 35 20 40 15 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. -ad -3UANCE CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ject : St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole No. B-2 A„ nrov d ject Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate NO 1-2 p M jectNumber: D-6289-02 Page 1 o FOR PERMIT IS UANCE !(s) Drilled: June 12. 2024 Logged By: BA/AB Checked By: DXS ng Method: Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size I 6„ Total Depth or 21.5 Type: Borehole, fee RigType yp B-61 Drilling Larry Drilling Approx. Surf u s e r fee SL Contractor: Elevation, fe : indwaler Level and Date sured: Groundwater encountered @ 14' Sampling Method California (ring), bulk, SPT Hammer Dal : 140 Ibs dropping 30 inches hole Backfill : Drill cuttings Comments: Refer to plot plan for location. io o U n MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 2 a m � ` , OTHER TESTS w a$ n AND REMARKS c o m t a a N E '� M c� U U a 3 d w C EL C Q `` N w o FT Z a� (7 m o a z 60 0 Grass Silty Sand ISM), beige, moist, medium dense, gravelly Bag 91 19 HD:81:12:7 (sa:si:cl) 2 C-1 9-15-20 35 @ 2': Silty Sand (SM),same as above 5 90 555 DS: P=Peak / Ult=Ultimate C-2 11-24-20 44 @5':Silly Sand (SM), fine to medium grained, beige, gravelly, 5 98 b = 33' , c = 300 psf (P) moist, medium dense ¢ = 320, c = 250 psf (Ull) 5010 C-3 5-12-15 27 @10':Sand (SP), slightly silty, coarse grained, small pebbles, 11 99 medium dense, gray, moist Ground Water Encountered @ 14' as 1s — — S-1 11-7-7 14 @10': Same as above, very moist 22 40 20 S-2 12-9-10 19 @10': Same as above 23 Total Depth = 21'-6" Groundwater encountered @ 14' 3525 Backfilled w/Cuttings No Caving but possible for bigger diameter hole 30 1 30 25 1 35 20 1 40 15 1 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project : St. Barbara School -Site Improvement Project Borehole No. B-3 Project Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. 1-3a Appro I Project Number: D-6289-02 Page 1 of Date(s) Drilled: June 12, 2024 Logged By : BA/AB Checked By : DXS Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size / 6„ Total Depth of 51.5 Type: Borehole, feel Drill Rig Type: B-61 Drilling Larry Dulling Approx. Suda Ma�6te>���L Contractor: Elevation, feet Groundwater Level and Dale Groundwater encountered 14' Sampling California (ring),bulk, SPT Hammer Data Da `1�cllbs dropping 30 inches Measured: Method: Borehole Backrill : Drill cuttings Comments : Refer to plot plan for location. SAMPLES o U OTHER TESTS m MATERIAL DESCRIPTION N c c) , c) U v a AND REMARKS > a N N !� d 3 ut U N lu ❑ z' a ofC7 m 0 a z 60 0 Grass Clayey Sand (SC), beige, slightly moist, medium dense, Bag #1 22 HD:77:8:15 (sa:si:cl) 2 gravelly C-1 20-27-30 57 @ 2': Clayey Sand (SC), beige, slightly moist, medium dense 7 96 555 @5':Sand (SP), silty, fine to medium grained, light brown, C-2 14-20-22 42 3 88 slightly moist, medium dense 5010 DS: P=Peak / Ult=Ultimate C-3 7-10-15 25 @10':Sand (SP), slightly silty, coarse grained, small pebbles, 6 93 ¢ = 350 , c = 250 psf (P) medium dense, brown, moist = 340, c = 200 psf (Ult) Ground Water Encountered @ 14' 45 15 @15': Silty Sand (SM), very moist, brown, dense S-1 9-15-17 32 22 4D 20 @20': Sandy Sill (ML), very moist, stiff, light brown S-2 7-4-5 9 20 35 25 S-3 10-9-9 18 @ 25': Sandy Silt (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 20 3030 S-4 9-8-7 15 @30': Sandy Sill (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 27 25 35 S-5 12-6-8 14 @ 35':. Sandy Sill (ML), very moist, stiff, light brown 34 20 40 S-6 7-8-10 18 @ 40% Sandy Sill (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 18 15 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. -ad NUANCE CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ject : St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole qo. B-3 ject Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. 1-3b A „rov d ject Number: D-62$9-02 Page 1 of 1 M (s) Drilled: June 12, 2024 Logged By: BA/AB Checked By U A N C E ng Method: Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size ! 6„ Total Depth of 51.5 Type: Borehole, feet RigType; : B-61 YP Drilling Larry Drilling Approx. Surfa e 60 feet MSL Contractor: Elevation, feet ndwater Level and Date Groundwater encountered @ 14' Sampling California (nng), bulk, SPT Hammer Data: ' 140 Ibs dropping 30 inches >ured: Method. Dat hole Backfill : Drill cuttings Comments : Refer to plot plan for location. io 3 0 v m o c� m > L a n ? w z 0- M 60 45 S-7 9-11-12 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION r 23 1 @ 45': Sandy Silt (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 55 50 S-8 1 6-10-12 1 1 22 @ 50': Same as above, moist Total Depth = 51'-6" Groundwater encountered @ 14' 50 55 Backfilled w/Cuttings No Caving but possible for bigger diameter hole 45 40 35 1 25 30 1 30 25 1 35 20 1 40 15 1 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. 0 1-i v a t OTHER TESTS 0 a AND REMARKS g 0o a zo 22 It CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: Appendix C Pre -Test & Percolation Test Results • Pre -Test Percolation Data Sheet (PC-1) — Plate 1 Percolation Test Result at Location PC-1 —Plate 2 • Pre -Test Percolation Data Sheet (PC-2) — Plate 3 • Percolation Test Result at Location PC-2 — Plate 4 12 CITY OF SANTA ANA NC�s N N C�j A Cr U Q c� U vi U) m N m c c Q CZ CU .c E N O O O N r O O O > O bA m i-� tB Y Q N U) T 1 Cn @ 4- 0 c O w N =E O 00 N O a)N E L O `1 W � � V Q Q 3 =3 m Q Q CU s E us w a� > L z s U U)O t6 -c a) c 0 c Con a� J Z O - c � co c N E N N co O C/I U cn cc1 C .� co U H EO C N W (� Q (D 0. C ; L O ^" X N O O W O E ' Q V L"r > c N 0- v� (� - oo �,, o �, 00 00 UOY � Q OU N N (n U° cn O 00 01\ O 4-r c/) � x N O O O N � � Q z Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISj JANCE J 0- Master ID: Date: 0 0 U U) U O U cc m m m CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency PERCOLATION - . . Totalag Elapsed -_. . - -_. . - Drop , - . . 111 / • 11 AM1 / MO • 1 1 1 000 11 11 11 • . 1 I 11 11 . 11 . • 11 930M 11 800 • 11 1 111 . • • 41 1 �1 I II 11 11 050 . 1 1 1 11 1 1 11 16 1 11 PM 650 1 100 ; 010K 80 050 300 1 1-M' 22.50 11 15.00 8 Plot:ordinate vs. T as _. • R, = Vertical distance from reference point to water level after refilling at beginning of increment period. R2 = Vertical distance from reference point to water level at the end of increment period. equilibrium rate. 0.1199 1 .. Straight• • 1 .8385 16.00 ------------------------------------- --- ------ — — —•r ... r..r.�r�.r.—..r— -- 11 ------------------------------------ 12.00 --------------------------r ----------- --_--_—_—_—_--_—_—_—_--_—_--_ 1 11 10.00 --� -------r------ram --------�'---r �---------------------- ��---------o------- 1/ 6.00 --.------------------------------------ --------------------------------------- 4.11 -- ------------------------------------ --------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- 2.11 --------------------------------------- ===� -------------------------------------- ================================= 0.00 / 10 20 30 40 50 .1 70 :I Total• • Time (minutes) t.iar1. 1 11 Perco ation Tests53WIT'est-Mffad -•- • i• �i en Avenue, Santa Ana, CA GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. CE CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency oC'. A A ^ 03 CCS u7 N N a) c c Q E m Cn O -� N O N N O Cn W C CD N N C� CO Y Q" C0 d. O N 9 � v- CL c O 0000 a)CEn O_ N a) E cn aNCn O N Cn E tD E Cn a) U) •� ^ CC 03 L � N ',... LW ~ X 0 z can bA U (n CII «� - N N � c c 0 _ a) J Z O 4-4 (n E N O W M En E �' o�i E = o W o O ° E -0 = Q a 00 V Al (� N U u> rn =3 ov x � O � n U a � Cz Cz w c F; II O cis .-. � Q O tom-+ 00 00 x � � N Approved., FOR PERMIT ISS4NCE g Master ID: Date: D" CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Borehole No. PC-2 Date Time of Reading At (min.) Total Elapsed Time (t) Average t (minutes) Reading R, (inches) Reading R2 (inches) Drop d (inches) R= (min 7Vf /i t/ to (in� k * 1000 (cm/s) 6/12/2024 9:05 AM 0 0 / 5 18.00 8.00 4.00 33.9 9:15 AM 10 10 10.00 1.25 9:25 AM 10 20 15 18.00 24.00 6.00 1.67 9.00 25.4 9:35 AM 10 30 25 20.50 24.50 4.00 2.50 10.00 16.9 9:45 AM 10 40 35 24.50 28.00 3.50 2.86 12.25 14.8 9:55 AM 10 50 45 10.00 13.00 3.00 3.33 13.50 12.7 10:05 PM 10 60 55 13.00 16.00 3.00 3.33 16.50 12.7 10:15 PM 10 70 65 16.00 19.00 3.00 3.33 19.50 12.7 10:25 PM 10 80 75 19.00 22.00 3.00 3.33 22.50 12.7 10:35 PM 10 90 85 22.00 25.00 3.00 3.33 25.50 12.7 Plot: t/R as ordinate vs. T as abscissa; tanOC = K. R, = Vertical distance from reference point to water level after refilling at beginning of increment period. R2 = Vertical distance from reference point to water level at the end of increment period. R = 1/K at equilibrium rate. 1 1 1 1 �1 1 •1 1 :1 •1 ar ara Catholic School - Percolation ests Project: 7 306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, CA IPlate:_1 E TE HNI AL SOLUTIONS, INC. CE I CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: Appendix D — Infiltration Rates Infiltration Rates Using Porchet Method It • PC-1 — Plate 5 • PC-2 — Plate 6 13 Percolation Rate Conversion Infiltration Rate, It Porchet Method, aka Inverse Borehole Metho St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Project No: D-6289-08 Data collected at the Final Interval analysed: Percolation Test PC-1 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: As per Test Result, Percolation Rate = 0.1199 inch/Min = 7.19 inch/hour Time Interval, A t = 10 Minutes Total Depth of Test Hole, Dt = 48 Inches Test Hole Radius, r = 4 Inches Initial Height of Water at the selected time interval, Ho Final Height of Water at the Selected time interval, Hf Change in Height over the time interval, A H Average Head Height over the time interval, Hags Tested Infiltration Rate, It Therefore, it it Initial Depth to Water, Do = 20.5 Inches Final Depth to Water, Df = 22.5 Inches = 27.5 Inches (Dt - Do) = 25.5 Inches (Dt - Df) = 2 Inches (Ho - Hf) = 26.5 Inches (Ha + Hf)/2 = A H (60 r) /((A t)(r + 2 Ha„ g)) 0.842105 inch/hour = 0.421053 inch/hour FS: > 0.3 inch/hour requirement PASSED K in/hr INFILTRATION RATE PLATE - 5 Percolation Rate Conversion Infiltration Rate, It Porchet Method, aka Inverse Borehole St. Barbara Catholic School - Percolation Tests Project No: D-6289-08 Data collected at the Final Interval analysed: Percolation Test PC-2 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: As per Test Result, Percolation Rate = 0.2496 inch/Min = 14.97 inch/hour Time Interval, A t = 10 Minutes Total Depth of Test Hole, Dt = 48 Inches Test Hole Radius, r = 4 Inches Initial Height of Water at the selected time interval, Ho = Final Height of Water at the Selected time interval, Hf = Change in Height over the time interval, A H = Average Head Height over the time interval, Ha 9 = Tested Infiltration Rate, Therefore, It it it Initial Depth to Water, Do Final Depth to Water, Df 26 Inches 23 Inches 3 Inches 24.5 Inches = A H (60 r) /((A t)(r + 2 Ha„ 9)) 1.3585 inch/hour 22 Inches = 25 Inches (Dt - Do) (Dt - Df) (Ho - Hf) (Ha + Hf)/2 = 0.679245 inch/hour FS: 2 > 0.3 inch/hour- PASSED in/hr INFILTRATION RATE PLATE - 6 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Project No.: D-6289-08 St. Barbara Catholic School Percolation -Infiltration Tests Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: Appendix E — Infiltration Rates Infiltration Rates Using Reduction Factor Method Rf • PC-1 —Plate 7 • PC-2 — Plate 8 14 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency O N w N `) O_ L) N N E N s U O c c c rn o c `o 00 UO a) m N `n C, 5 aj O E Q CL 0 a) II ^- u N 'O c CU cU 3 o d N iII + oa) c C4 � O Q) a) II Q N 00 2N NN .-. I.f. Q- p 3 +�-+ + ° a) O_ ctt fn OLL ^iM Z 0 � Ct ® Q P4 o Q) w O O W a HCAa ° o L N O V G N O O ^ .L. O U v py a)io II =. v Q E a H O w Cn L° U `� E II i H - aa) a) N m !n m O H a CU C Con Q O a o Q ° o a) a E a, H a) a o 0 0 > Q x v Q a, s o ; a� a H Q Approved; FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Q J d Master ID: Date: CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency co 0 Q CJ1 U N E c 0 C rn c .� `0 0 03 o Q 0 N 00 O ^ N E 4 0 Q�1 LL 03 d 1 U _ _0 -+ .- 4— U If O ® 0 w o E4- a H 0 LL ; ^" 0 U U E d cti LL � U r-+ E II H v a) ct ct +� (� 0 Q � � n. � H � a� 4-4 O v - Q a� a> +, F— Approved FOR PERMIT ISSI.ANCE Q J Master ID: Date: LU Q Z O Q LL Z CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT LOCATED AT 5306 WEST MCFADDEN AVENUE SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA DIOCESE OF ORANGE 13280 CHAMAN AVENUE GARDEN GROVE, CALIFORNIA 92840 PROJECT NO. D-6289-01 JUNE 21, 2024 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. GEOTECHNICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 1.a..f`l._t;-i...�.I:11`.' Geotechnical, Structural 8c Environmental Engineering June 21, 2024 Project No. D-6289-01 Diocese of Orange 13280 Chapman Avenue Garden Grove, California 92840 Attention: Mr. Jeff Geremia Director of Property Operations Real Estate & Construction Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report Saint Barbara Catholic School Site Improvement Project 5306 West McFadden Avenue Santa Ana, California 92704 Gentlemen: CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency r ed FOR PE6 r.SUANCE Master ID: Date: As requested, we have performed a geotechnical engineering study for the proposed Site Improvement Project within the Saint Barbara Catholic School located at 5306 West McFadden Avenue in the City of Santa Ana, California. The accompanying Engineering Report presents the results of our recent subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, seismic analysis and our conclusions and recommendations for the geotechnical engineering aspects of the project design. Based upon the investigation findings, it is revealed that the underlying subgrade material is favorable for the proposed Site Improvement development project. Conventional shallow spread or continuous footings or alternatively mat footings will be suitable for foundation support of the proposed Site Improvement Project. The closest known active fault capable of producing a major earthquake is the San Joaquin Hills Fault, which is located about 2.91 miles (4.66 km) away from the site. The Phone: (949) 453-0406 27 Mauchly, Suite 210, Irvine, CA 92618 Fax: (949) 453-0409 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 site does not lie within the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone as California Geological Survey (CGS). The potential for direct surface site is considered unlikely. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Tlo� may, lS. Approved FOR edEbRMeISSUANCE tilarsut'er lEe at the Date: The investigation was made in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and procedures and included such field and laboratory tests considered necessary under the circumstances. In the opinion of the undersigned, the accompanying report has been substantiated by mathematical and other data and presents fairly the design information requested by your organization. Our services were performed using the standard of care ordinarily exercised in this locality at the time when the report was prepared. This completes our scope of services for the initial design of the project. We appreciate this opportunity to be of service to you on this project. Respectfully Submitted, Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. Dharma Shakya, PhD, PE, GE Principal Geotechnical Engineer i Abraham S. Baha, P.E., M. ASCE Sr. Principal �OQFtOFESSj�� A R. G' 7 z Cr No. GE 2773 Q�OFESS/0 AM S. eqq CO , No. C053067 w o: �k C61GF Distribution: (3+pdf) Addressee LIVI' CA 2 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction................................................................................................. SiteDescrption............................................................................................ Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Site Geologic Conditions....................................................................................... 2 Surface Water and Site Surface Drainage............................................................ 2 FieldExploration.................................................................................................. 3 Groundwater......................................................................................................... 3 SoilsCondition...................................................................................................... 4 LaboratoryTesting................................................................................................ 4 Faultingand Seismicity......................................................................................... 6 Faults Close to the Site.......................................................................................... 7 U. S. G. S. Earthquake Hazard Program................................................................. 7 Oil Wells and Methane Gas.................................................................................. 9 SeismicFactors.....................................................................................................10 DesignValues........................................................................................................12 Earthquake Induced Liquefaction Potential.........................................................12 Statement....................................................................... ..............13 Conclusions and Recommendations......................................................................14 Foundation Design Recommendations.................................................................14 MatFooting ................................................. .............. ........................................ ............... 15 0 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 New Solid Wall Signage.............................................................................. New Monument & Lunch Shelter................................................................ Cast -in Place Concrete Caissons................................................................ FloorSlab (If Any)................................................................................................17 Soil Moisture Considerations................................................................................18 Passive pressure....................................................................................................19 Activepressure......................................................................................................19 At -Rest Earth Pressure.......................................................................................... 20 SeismicForce........................................................................................................ 20 FootingObservations............................................................................................ 20 NewParking Lot.................................................................................................... 20 PavementDesign........................................................................................ 20 Pavement Grading Recommendation......................................................... 22 Subgrade.................................................................................................... 22 AggregateBase.......................................................................................... 22 AggregateBase.......................................................... .......... 23 New Playground Concrete Pavement........................................................ 23 Walkways............................................................................................................... 23 Exterior Concrete Flatwork.................................................................................. 23 Exterior Concrete for Vehicular Use.................................................................... 23 M St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 CorrosionPotential..................................................................................... SurfaceDrainage........................................................................................ Grading Recommendations and Procedures .............................................. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Tlo� may, lS. Approved FOR24ERMIT ISSUANCE .Mastp_2 D: Date: Recommendations for Construction...................................................................... 26 AdditionalServices, ............................................................................................... 27 Limitations............................................................................................................. 27 Remarks................................................................................................................. 28 References............................................................................................................. 29 AppendixA - Plates.............................................................................................. 30 Appendix B -Seismic Data................................................................................... 31 ff St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Introduction The primary objectives of this study were to evaluate surface and sub CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: conditions beneath the project site and evaluate the existing earth materials relative to foundation support, lateral pressure design factors, seismic evaluation, and earthwork consideration. The study objectives were met by site reconnaissance, exploratory hollow stem auger drilling, sampling of earth materials, laboratory testing, seismic study, and engineering analysis. The general scope and objectives of the study were established in collaboration with the project client. Site Description and Proposed Construction The proposed site is shown on the Existing Site Plan with Boring Location Map (Plate B). Tentatively, the following are the items which will be improved or developed. • New Courtyard, • New monument, • New Lunch Shelter, • New Turf Field, • Outdoor Learning, • New Solid Wall Signage, • Play Structure to be relocated, and • Parking Lot The site is located just southwest of Euclid Street and McFadden Avenue Intersection, west of Euclid Street and South of McFadden Avenue in the City of Santa Ana, St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 California. More specifically, it is located at 5306 W. McFadden Aven Santa Ana, California. Site Geologic Conditions CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE The Newport Beach Quadrangle lies within the broad southern margin of the Los Angeles Basin which culminates abruptly at the Newport -Inglewood Uplift. This uplift is locally characterized by broadly warped coastal mesas composed of late Pleistocene marine terrace deposits. The coastal mesas are deeply incised by antecedent drainages of the latest Pleistocene to earliest Holocene age associated with the regional river systems. Access to the coastal section of the quadrangle is provided by Pacific Coast Highway (State Highway 1). The San Diego Freeway (405) intersects the northeastern corner of the quadrangle and provides access to the inland sections along Bolsa Avenue, Bolsa Chica Street, Warner Avene, and Golden West Street. The project site is located within the State of California Seismic earthquake zone of required investigation. The site is located within the seismic liquefaction zone but does not lie within the landslide hazard zone. Also, the site is not located within Fault Rupture Hazard Zone (Hart, 1997). Surface Water and Site Surface Drainage Surface water on this site is the likely result of precipitation or surface run-off from surrounding sites. Overall site drainage is in a southwest direction to the street. Provisions for surface drainage will need to be accounted for by the project civil engineer. It should be noted that the soil is susceptible to excessive erosion if exposed to running water. We recommend that all surface runoffs should not be allowed to pond. Collected water should be conveyed via a non -erosive device to a suitable storm drain system. 2 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Field Exploration Three (3) Hollow Stem Auger borings (B-1 through B-3) were Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: part of the recent subsurface investigation program and are shown on Existing Site Plan and Boring Location Map (Plate B-1, Appendix A). A continuous record of the materials encountered during drilling was made by our field representative and is presented on the Log of Test Holes, Plates I-1 through I-3. The lines designating the interface between soil strata on the Log of Test Holes represent approximate boundaries. Undisturbed samples were secured at frequent intervals from various locations for laboratory testing. The relative sampler penetration resistance from Standard Penetration Tests (SPT N- Values) obtained at frequent depth intervals are tabulated in the blows -per -foot column of the Log of Test Holes. The SPT N-Values provide an indication of the in -place relative density of soils with higher N-Values indicating denser or firmer materials. Groundwater Groundwater was encountered at 14 feet depth on all the borings during our recent field investigation. No springs or perennial stream flow in local drainages exist based on older topographic maps. Historical high ground water in accordance with CGS, Seismic Hazard Map, Newport Beach Quadrangle, released April 17, 1997, indicated around 5 feet depth. Groundwater is not anticipated to affect the site. However, these observations reflect site conditions at the time of the investigation and do not preclude changes in local groundwater conditions, localized seepage due to variations in rainfall, heavy irrigation, high and low tide, damaged structure (pipes, etc.), or altered site drainage pattern(s). Proper surface drainage is imperative to collect and convey any surface water off site to a suitable storm drain system. 7 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Soils Condition Soils under the project area consisted of minor fill at the top followed Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE consisting of sand, silty sand, sand with some silt and clay, light brown to gray, coarse grained, and dense to very dense in consistency. A more detailed soil profile is shown on Plates I-1 through I-3, Log of Test Holes (Appendix A). Laboratory Testing Laboratory testing was performed following a review of the field investigation data to be evaluated. Tests included physical testing to determine foundation load bearing characteristics, shear strength for slope stability, earth pressure parameters, and selective classification tests. A. Moisture and Density In -Place density and moisture content values were determined by laboratory testing, and results are included in the Log of Test Holes as shown on Plates I-1 through I-3. B. Mechanical Analysis Mechanical analysis by the hydrometer test method was performed to confirm field classifications. Test results are as follows: Boring No. Depth (feet) Percent Sand Percent Silt Percent Clay B-1 0-3 73 20 7 B-2 0-3 81 12 7 B-3 0-3 77 8 15 4 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 C. Direct Shear Direct shear tests were performed on selected samples and are pertinent for foundation bearing, earth pressure, and slope stability results are provided on Plates J-1 and J-2 in Appendix A. D. Consolidation CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: d the most . Test Consolidation (load deformation) tests were performed on selected relatively undisturbed samples. Plotted test results are presented on Plates K and L. E. Chemical Analysis Chemical sulfate analysis was performed on selected samples generally representative of the upper soils. A soluble sulfate content of 320 ppm was measured, indicating a low potential for sulfate attack. F. Expansion Expansion characteristics were determined by the Expansion Index test on a typical bulk sample, considered being generally representative of the near subgrade soils. Test results were as follows: Moisture Content (%) Dry Density (pcf) Expansion Index 8.5 115.8 0 G. R-Value Test (ASTM D-2844) Representative samples of the subgrade soils were obtained and tested to determine the R-value. The material is thought to be typical and presumed to be representative of the subgrade soils. Testing was perfonned in general accordance with the latest revisions to the Department of Transportation, State of California, Material & Research Test Method rJ St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 No. 301. Pavement design recommendations are based on the latest and recently tested R-value. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE is Indices (TI's) Master ID: Date: An R-Value test was conducted on a representative sample of the near surface soil consisting of silty sand and sand. The specimens were tested in a state as near to full saturation as possible to simulate the condition the soil might attain at typical field density and under adverse moisture conditions. The R-Value for a representative soil was determined to be 30. Test results are as follows: Test Moisture @ Density Exudation Stabilometer Number Compaction (Pcf) Pressure (psi) "R"-Value a 8.3 116.5 200 24 b 7.8 118.5 350 33 c 7.5 120.0 450 39 * Interpolated 300 psi by Exudation, Rv = 30 Faulting and Seismicity The subject site, like the rest of Southern California, is located within a seismically active region because of being located near the active margin between the North American and Pacific tectonic plates. The principal source of seismic activity is movement along the northwest -trending regional faults such as the San Andreas, San Jacinto, and Elsinore fault zones. These fault systems produce approximately 5 to 35 millimeters per year of slip between the plates. We consider the most significant geologic hazard to be the potential for moderate to strong seismic shaking that is likely to occur at the subject site. The subject site is in the highly seismic Southern California region within the influence of several faults that are no St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 considered to be Holocene -active or pre -Holocene faults. A defined by the State of California as a fault that has exhibited surface the Holocene time (about the last 11,700 years). A pre -Holocene fault CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE ive fault is aster I ..emen within State as a fault whose history of past movement is older than 11,700 years ago and does not meet the criteria for a Holocene -active fault. These Holocene -active and pre -Holocene faults are capable of producing potentially damaging seismic shaking at the site. It is anticipated that the subject site will periodically experience ground acceleration as the result of small to moderate magnitude earthquakes. Other active faults without surface expression (blind faults) or other potentially active seismic sources that are not currently zoned and may be capable of generating an earthquake are known to be present in the region. The subject site is not included within any Earthquake Fault Zones as created by the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (CGS, 2018). Our review of geologic literature pertaining to the site area indicates that there are no known active or potentially active faults located within or immediately adjacent to the subject property. Faults Close to the Site USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps for Source parameters interactive query has been used to determine the closest fault to the site within 50 miles and has been tabulated on Table — 1 in Appendix C. The closest known active faults capable of producing a major earthquake is the San Joaquin Hills Fault (Mw 7.1 and slip rate of 0.5 mm/yr), which is located about 2.91 miles (4.66 km) away from the site. U.S.G.S. Earthquake Hazard Program Latest Interactive U.S.G.S. Earthquake Hazard Program using Unified Hazard Tool has St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 been utilized for Dynamic Conterminous U.S. 2014 (update) (v.4.2.2) acceleration. Peak Horizontal Ground Acceleration for 10% probability of exceedance in 50 years i.e., return period of 475 years Peak Horizontal Ground Acceleration for 5% probability of exceedance in 50 years i.e., return period of 975 years Peak Horizontal Ground Acceleration for 2% probability of exceedance in 50 years i.e., return period of 2,475 years CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE 0.3810g 0.4892g 0.6577g Interactive Hazard Curve and Uniform Hazard Response Spectrum have been plotted and presented in Appendix B. In addition to possible strong earthquake ground motion at the site, the secondary effects of earthquake -induced liquefaction, and earthquake -induced landsliding, were considered. Guidelines for evaluating and mitigation seismic hazards in California (CGS, 2008, SP-117A) summarize procedures for evaluating the earthquake -induced landslide and liquefaction potential. Earthquake Induced Liquefaction: The site is within a zone mapped as requiring evaluation of earthquake -induced liquefaction potential per CGS SP-117A, 2008 (CGS, zones of required investigation and Newport Beach Quadrangle, released April 17, 1997). Liquefaction is discussed in more detail in the proceeding sections. Induced Flooding: The project site does not lie within the flood zone area, and we believe that site inundation should not be considered a potential hazard to the project. Tsunamis are seismic sea waves generated predominantly by vertical displacement of the ocean floor during an earthquake. Due to the inland location of the site, tsunamis do not pose a seismic risk hazard to the site. 8 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Landsliding: The site is not within a zone mapped as requiring eval induced landsliding potential (CGS, 2008, SP 117A). Since the site is steep slopes, landsliding will be unlikely. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE of earthquake- asterlD- enouah from Subsidence: The area is not susceptible to subsidence. Subsidence should not pose any significant safety hazard to the proposed development. Hydroconsolidation or soil collapse typically occurs in recently deposited, Holocene (less than 10,000 years old) soils that were deposited in an and or semi -arid environment. Soils prone to collapse are commonly associated with man-made fill, wind -laid sands and silts, and alluvial fan and mudflow sediments deposited during flash floods. When saturated, collapsible soils undergo a rearrangement of their grains, and the water removes the cohesive or cementing material and settlement results. Based on the consolidation test provided in our report, and non -expansive material, hydro consolidation of the soils should not pose any significant safety hazard to the proposed development. Oil Wells and Methane Gas In accordance with the online Well Finder database by the California Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) the project site is not located within an oil field. The closest known production wells are far away to the south and to the north as shown on Plate H-2 in Appendix A (DOGGR, 2017). DOGGR categorizes these wells as plugged. Although considered remote, any wells encountered during construction will have to be abandoned in accordance with current DOGGR standards and regulations. The project site is not located in a "High Risk" area susceptible to gaseous soils such as methane as per Orange County Safety Element of the General Plan (2012). Therefore, the potential for volatile gases to be encountered during construction is considered low. 9 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Seismic Factors The following are the geotechnical parameters for earthquake design CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID. P ac­ with ASCE 7-16, and the latest CBC 2022. The details are presented in pp Structures on Site Class D with Si greater than or equal to 0.2 and a ground motion hazard analysis is not required where the value of the parameter, SMI determined by Eq. (11.4-2) is increased by 50% for all applications and the resulting value of the parameter SDi determined by Eq. (11.4-4) shall be used for all applications of SDI in this standard (ASCE 7-16, Supplement 3). Latitude: 33.73716" and Longitude:-117.93881' NO. PARAMETERS VALUES REFERENCE 1 0.2-Second Mapped Spectral Response 1.335g ASCE 7-16 Accelerations, SS (MCER Ground Motion) 2 1-Second Mapped Spectral Response 0.477g ASCE 7-16 Accelerations, S1(MCER Ground Motion) 3 Site Class Default D ASCE 7-16 4 Site Amplification Factor at 0.2 sec, Fa 1.2 ASCE 7-16 According to Section 11.4.4, Fa should not be 1.2 Use less than 1.2 5 Site Amplification Factor at 1.0 sec, Fv Null ASCE 7-16 however, according to Table 11.4.2, Fv 1.823 Use should be 1.823 6 Site Modified Spectral Acceleration Value, 1.602g ASCE 7-16 SMs 1.602g Use SMs = Fa SS = 1.2 x 1.335 = 1.602 10 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE 7 Site Modified Spectral Acceleration Value, Null ASCE 7-16 SMI = F,, Si =1.823 x 0.477 = 0.869 Master ID: 1.304a Dfse (SNIT increased by 50%): 0.869x 1.5 = 1.304 8 Numeric Seismic Design value at 0.2 sec SDs, 1.068g ASCE 7-16 SDs = 2/3 of SMs = 2/3 x 1.602= 1.068 1.068g Use 9 Numeric Seismic Design value at 1.0 sec SA, Null ASCE 7-16 SDI = 2/3 of SMi = 2/3 x 1.304 = 0.869 0.869g Use Other seismic parameters are as follows: Closest Fault Distance Fault Name Earthquake Magnitude Slip Rate (mm/year) Site Design Category Risk Category PGA Site Peak Ground Acceleration PGAM Site Modified Peak Ground Acceleration 5% Damped Design Spectral Acceleration at short period, SDs 5% Damped Design Spectral Acceleration at 1-sec period, SDI 2.91 miles (4.66 km) San Joaquin Hills Fault 7.1 M,N 0.5 D III 0.572g 0.686g 1.068g (For Si = 0.477g (less than 0.75g), structures shall be assigned to a seismic design category based on Risk Category and the design spectral response acceleration parameters, SDs and SDI, ASCE 7-16 Table 11.6-1 and 11.6-2 can be used. Thus, seismic design category is determined as D). St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Design Values Representative values were selected from the test data and other sources tabulated below: Field Density Expansion Index Angle of Internal Friction (Ultimate/Peak) Cohesion (Ultimate/Peak) Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (k) Subgrade R Value Earthquake -Induced Liquefaction Potential CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: and is 120 pcf 0 31/32, 32/33, 34/35 deg 300/350, 250/300 & 200/250 psf 100 pci (upper soil) 30 Earthquake -induced vibrations can cause liquefaction mostly in silts and fine sands below the groundwater. Liquefaction results in a complete loss of soil strength and can cause structures to settle or even overturn if it occurs in the bearing zone. If liquefaction occurs beneath sloping ground, phenomena known as lateral spreading can occur. The susceptibility of a soil to undergo liquefaction is dependent upon five basic and interdependent criteria. These criteria are: 1. Penetration resistance (the relative soil density). Liquefaction has been shown to be unlikely where the relative density of the soils is greater than seventy (70%) percent. A soil that has relative density of less than seventy (70%) percent, may liquefy depending on a number of factors. 2. The water table, perched or otherwise, must be present for liquefaction to occur. Soils above the water table do not liquefy. 12 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 3. Intensity and duration of ground shaking. 4. Clays with a PI < 12 and moisture content > 85% of the liquid CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: :susceptible to liquefaction. Moreover, sensitive soils having PI > 18 can undergo severe strength loss. 5. Pore pressure increase. The site will be susceptible to liquefaction, if all the items discussed above meet the criteria. An examination of the existing conditions at the site, in relation to the criteria listed above, indicates the following: 1. A penetration test using Standard Penetrometer indicates that the soil within the depth range studies is in medium dense sand. 2. Based upon seismic evaluation, it is concluded that the possibility of high ground shaking is very likely if San Joaquin Hills Fault ruptures. 3. Most of the soil layers are medium dense to dense. Based on the above criteria and our preliminary evaluation, potential for earthquake induced liquefaction is likely at this site. Also, the site is located within seismic liquefaction hazard zone (CGS, Newport Beach Quadrangle, released April 17, 1997), therefore an in-depth earthquake -induced liquefaction potential is necessary, however, since there is no major structure planned to be built (site improvement), per Guidelines for Evaluation and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California (Special Publication SP- 117A) and Public Resources Code of Regulations Section 3601 (e), liquefaction analysis is not performed. Statement Based on the findings of this study, it is our professional opinion that the proposed renovation project will not be subject to a geologic hazard from settlement, slippage, or 13 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE landslide, provided the recommendations of our report are incorporated i to the proposed construction. It is also our opinion that the proposed construction will not &MW� affect Date: the geological stability of the site or adjacent properties provided the recommendations contained in our report are incorporated into the proposed construction. Conclusions and Recommendations Based upon the review of our findings of this investigation, it is concluded that the development of the project is feasible from a geotechnical engineering point of view. The development of the proposed project would not have an adverse impact on adjacent buildings provided our recommendations contained in this report and applicable standards are followed during design and construction, and our recommended quality control measures are implemented during construction. Following are some of the key points of our conclusions: Foundation Design Recommendations Any new structures may be supported by either of the following two methods: (a) Conventional continuous / and or Spread Footings. (b) Mat footings (a) Conventional Continuous / and or Spread Footings We recommend over -excavating at least 2 feet below the bottom of footing and scarify another 6 inches before backfilling and compacting on layers not exceeding 6-to 8-inches in thickness and compacted to at least 95% of ASTM D-1557 Laboratory Standard. Conventional continuous footings 18 inches deep and 12 inches wide and/or column footing (3' x 3' x 24" deep) bearing on competent subgrade soil and may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 2,000 psf. 14 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 The basic bearing value may be increased 250 pounds per square increase of embedment to maximum of 3,000 pounds per square foot. Recommended bearing values are for dead plus live loads and may be third for the combined dead, live, wind load, and seismic forces. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE for each foot Master ID: Date: one - Continuous footings should be incorporated with 2#5 bars at the top and 245 bars at the bottom. Total static settlement would be ''/Z" and differential settlements would be 1/4 inch maximum in the span of 30 feet. Other aspects of the design, including minimum reinforcement, footing embedment, additional posts and beams, and the need for interior footings, are to be determined by the project structural engineer. (b) Mat Footing Alternative foundation would be the semi -rigid mat foundation including basement. The minimum thickness for the semi -rigid mat foundation should be 18 inches overlying a moisture protective barrier layer of Stego Wrap (15 mil or equivalent) over 12 inches of 3/4-inch crushed rock subjected to several passes with a walk -behind vibratory compactor and at least 12-inches thick subgrade should be compacted to minimum 90% of the ASTM D-1557 laboratory test standard, certified by the Geotechnical of the Record prior to pouring concrete. The semi -rigid mat footing may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 1,500 pounds per square foot. This basic allowable bearing value is for dead load plus live load and may be increased by one-third for short duration loading, such as wind or seismic forces. Modulus of subgrade reaction, k value may be taken as 100 pci at the surface and 150 pci at 2 feet depth for the subgrade layer of soil. For lateral support, an average passive capacity of 300 pounds per square foot to a maximum of 4,500 psf may be used for mat footing. 15 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Mat footing should be provided with reinforcement of #4 bars 12 inches center to center each way cross pattern. Total settlement of the new structure will be less iiat Me 2:inches Date: and differential settlement will be less than 1/4 of an inch over a horizontal distance of about 30 feet. Other aspects of the design, including rigid mat thickness and reinforcement should be determined by the project structural engineer. New Solid Wall Signage New solid wall signage structure may be supported by conventional continuous footing 12" wide and 18 inches deep continuous footings or 3'x3'x24 inches deep spread footing bearing on competent compacted subgrade soil under the footing and may be designed for an allowable bearing value of 2,000 pounds per square foot. The basic allowable bearing values may be increased by 200 psf for each additional foot of depth and 100 psf for each additional increase in width to a maximum of 2,500 pounds per square foot. Recommended bearing values are for dead plus live loads and may be increased one-third for combined dead, live, and transient forces such as wind load and seismic forces. Footings should be embedded 24 inches or more below the finish grade and should have minimum reinforcement of 2#4 bars at top and 2#4 bars at the bottom. It is recommended however, that all foundations be reinforced as per structural design. Isolated column footings should be connected to other foundation elements with reinforced grade beams. It is estimated that provided all footings are bearing on properly compacted subgrade soil total settlement will be less than 1/2" and differential settlement will be less than 1/4" over a horizontal distance of 30 feet. IN St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Other aspects of the design, including minimum reinforcement, CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE embedment, additional posts and beams, and the need for interior footings, are to be d�tL ffi d'by the Date: project structural engineer. New Monument & Lunch Shelter A new monument structure and lunch shelter may be supported by cast -in -place concrete caisson foundation (flagpole footings). Cast -in Place Concrete Caissons: Caisson foundation (flagpole footings) may be drilled at least 7-feet deep into the competent subgrade material. Cast -in -place concrete caissons, 12-inches in diameter, may be designed for an allowable bearing value of 2,500 psf or for an average frictional resistance of 250 pounds per square foot. Either skin resistance or end bearing will provide adequate foundation support for the monument. For lateral support, a passive capacity of 250 pounds per square foot per foot to a maximum of 4,500 psf may be used. Uplift Capacity may be taken as 70% of shaft capacity plus weight of the caisson. Caissons may be connected with grade beam minimum 12 inches wide and 12 inches deep. The span of the caissons depends on the structural load and the project structural engineer should design for the spacing of the caissons. Caisson drilling should be subject to observation by this office to confirm the conditions encountered are consistent with the conclusions and recommendations of this report, and to make any appropriate modifications if they are necessary. The bottom of the caisson foundations should be cleaned from loose material prior to pouring concrete. Floor Slab (If Any) Based on field observation and test results, the subgrade soils are non -expansive, 17 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE therefore, special measures will not be required for expansion potential. It is recommended to excavate the subgrade for slab on grade and keep the mmf6 fl: to 2% Date: above optimum) at top 12 inches and the slab be incorporated with reinforcement of #3 bars 12 inches center to center each way. The slab thickness should be 4-inches minimum and shall be placed over approved subgrade. However, the structural engineer should design the thickness of the slab. It is also recommended to provide capillary moisture barrier under slab on grade where moisture would be detrimental. Soil Moisture Considerations Foundation systems and slabs shall not allow water or water vapor to enter into the structure so as to cause damage to building components, or to limit the installation of the type of flooring materials typically used for the particular application. Therefore, the following should be considered by the structural engineer/foundation/slab designer to mitigate the transmission of water or water vapor through the slab. • The concrete slab (where moisture is detrimental) should consist of a 15-mil vapor barrier, stego wrap or equivalent, with all laps sealed per manufacturer's recommendation. The vapor retarder should be installed per the recommendations of the manufacturer. In order to break the capillary rise of soil moisture, the vapor retarder should be underlain by minimum 4-inches of 1/4" crush rock subjected to several passes with a walk -behind vibratory compactor. 3/4" crush rock should have the following gradation requirements: 1. 90 — 100 % Passing on Sieve 1/4" 2. 1 -10 % passing on Sieve No. 4 3. 0 — 3% passing on Sieve No. 100 18 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 • Concrete should have a minimum compression strength of maximum water/cement ratio of 0.45. Type V Cement shoulc concrete at the grade. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE • Additional recommendations regarding water or vapor transmission should be provided by the architect/structural engineer/slab or foundation designer. Passive pressure Horizontal forces may be resisted by the combined effect of sliding resistance of 0.4 times the dead load and a passive pressure of 300 pounds per square foot per foot of embedment at the natural soil to a maximum of 4,500 pounds per square foot. The allowable bearing capacity and the allowable resistance of horizontal forces may be increased by one third for earthquakes and other temporary forces. In case combining the lateral resistance with the friction force, the friction component shall be reduced by 1/3. Active pressure Recommended active lateral soil pressure values for design of drained retaining walls are as follows: Surface Slope of Retained earth Equivalent Fluid Pressure (pco Level 35 At Rest conditions or Basement 60 A pipe and gravel drain (4" perforated PVC embedded in at least three cubic feet of filter gravel per lineal foot of pipe, both wrapped with geofabric) should be provided on the retained side located near the top of the footing base on the outside face. While all backfill should be compacted to the required degree, care should be taken when working close to the walls to prevent excessive pressure. 19 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 At -Rest Earth Pressure Retaining walls (basement walls, underground vault, if applicable) at -rest conditions. The recommended earth pressure for at -rest conditi CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Mwdesigned for fluid density of 60 pounds per cubic foot without surcharge loading and without water. Seismic Force (If applicable) Lateral forces on retaining walls (exceeding 6 feet in height) due to earthquake movements in accordance with Section 1803A.5.12 of the 2022 CBC for active and at - rest conditions may be calculated as follows: Seismic active Force = 11 H2 pounds/ft of wall (Inverted triangular distribution, acting at 0.6H from bottom). Seismic at -rest Force = 22 H2 pounds/ft of wall (Rectangular Distribution, acting at 0.6H from bottom). Where, H = Height of the retaining wall in feet Footing Observations All footing trenches for the proposed structure should be observed by a representative of this firm to verify that they were excavated into competent bearing soils per the recommendations of this report as well as to the minimum depths recommended above. These observations should be performed prior to the placement of forms or reinforcement. The excavations should be trimmed neat, level, and square. All loose, sloughed or moisture softened soil should be removed prior to placing concrete. New Parking Lot Pavement Design The pavement sections presented on the following page are based on the R-value data 20 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 collected, the assumed TI values, and the guidelines presented in the 1 California Department of Transportation "Highway Design Manual," Typical categories of paved areas with corresponding traffic indices are CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE t revision to the E` MbH): Date: ted as follows: T.I. = 5.0 for Parking Stalls T.I. = 6.0 for Driveways, Trucks & Fire Lanes The recommended pavement sections provided below are intended as a minimum guideline. If thinner or highly variable pavement sections are constructed, increased maintenance and repair could be expected. If the ADT (average daily traffic) or ADTT (average daily truck traffic) increases beyond that intended, as reflected by the TI used for design, increased maintenance and repair could be required for the pavement sections. Consideration should be given to the increased potential for distress from overuse of paved street areas by heavy equipment and/or construction related traffic (e.g., concrete trucks, loaded supply trucks, etc.), particularly when the final section is not in place (i.e., topcoat). Best management construction practices should be followed at all times, especially during inclement weather. Based on an "R" Value of 30, the following thickness of aggregate base was determined for parking and driveway areas. Asphalt Concrete Pavement Design: Subject to the review of the subgrade "R" value test and the proposed grading, recommended pavement sections for the parking areas are as follows: Assumed A.0 A.B. Traffic Condition Traffic Index in in Parking Stalls 5.0 4 4 Driveways 6.0 4 6 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Trash Area & Fire Lane 7.0 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE 4 1 8 At the parking and driveway areas, the top 12 inches of subgrade shou TR excavated; ate: moisture conditioned and recompacted immediately prior to placing the rock base and asphalt concrete. Rock -base material should be class II aggregate base and to be compacted to 95 percent minimum. Pavement Grading Recommendations All section changes should be properly transitioned. If adverse conditions are encountered during the preparation of subgrade materials, special construction methods may need to be employed. A Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. (GSI) representative should be present for the preparation of subgrade, aggregate base, and asphaltic concrete. Subgrade Within driveway and parking areas, all surficial deposits of loose soil material should be removed and excavated 12 inches below the base and recompacted as recommended. The bottom is further scarified to a depth of at least 6 inches, moisture conditioned as necessary and compacted to 90 percent of the maximum laboratory density as determined by ASTM Test Method D-1557. Deleterious material, excessively wet or dry pockets, concentrated zones of oversized rock fragments, and any other unsuitable materials encountered during grading should be removed. The compacted fill material should then be brought to the elevation of the proposed subgrade for the pavement. The subgrade should be proof rolled in order to ensure a uniform, finn, and unyielding surface. All grading and fill placement should be observed by the project soils engineer and/or his representative. Aggregate Base Compaction tests are required for the recommended base section. The minimum relative compaction required will be 95 percent of the laboratory maximum density as determined 22 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 by ASTM Test Designation D-1557. Aggregate base should be in Caltrans Class 2 base rock (minimum R-value=78) and sample shou testing and approval prior to delivery to the site. Asphalt Concrete Paving CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE with the V69ght for Date: Asphalt concrete pavement should be Performance Grade PG 64-10, 1/2" maximum aggregate size and should be placed and compacted in two layers. Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to 95 percent of the Hveem laboratory test. New Playground Concrete Pavement Portland cement concrete playground in non -vehicle areas should be 4 inches of concrete over 4 inches of aggregate base. The top 12 inches of subgrade should be scarified and compacted prior to placing concrete or asphalt concrete, subject to inspection. Expansion joints should be provided 6 feet or less. Walkways Portland cement concrete walkways and/or asphalt concrete walkways at non -vehicle areas should be 4 inches of concrete over 4 inches of aggregate base with 43 bars at 18" o.c. both ways or 3 inches of asphalt concrete over 4 inches of aggregate base. Subgrade of these areas to be treated as mentioned in Pavement Grading Recommendation section. Exterior Concrete Flatwork (Non -vehicular use) In order to reduce the potential for unsightly cracking, concrete sidewalks, patio -type slabs, and concrete sub -slabs to be covered with decorative pavers should be at least 4 inches thick and provided with construction joints or expansion joints every 6 feet or less. Subgrade of these areas to be treated as mentioned in subgrade section. Exterior Concrete (Vehicular Use) Exterior concrete vehicular lanes including driveway slabs, curbs and gutters are subject 23 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE to potential subgrade deflection and distress. It is recommended that these concrete elements be a minimum of 6 inches thick, reinforced with #3 bars at 12 i&fit%, : center Date: and placed over 6 inches of crushed rock. Subgrade for these areas sho ld be treated as mentioned in the subgrade section of our report, providing expansion joints 6 feet or less. For fire lanes, a pavement section of 6" concrete reinforced with #3 bars at 12" o.c. both ways, over 8" aggregate base compacted to 95% is suitable. A concrete strength of 3,000 psi is acceptable. Expansion joints can be placed at 10 feet o.c. max. Corrosion Potential 1. Chemical tests show low soluble sulfate content; however, it is recommended that all foundation or concrete slabs in contact with the soil use Type II Portland cement. Concrete should have a minimum compression strength of 4,000 psi and a maximum water/cement ratio of 0.50. 2. Based on preliminary soil resistivity analysis showing moderately corrosive to ferrous metals, minor corrosion of buried metallic pipe may be anticipated. Ferrous conduits exposed to the soil will generally tend to corrode; therefore, precautions such as wrappings and/or coatings are recommended to assure adequate service life. Surface Drainage It is recommended to provide positive surface drainage systems consisting of a combination of sloped concrete flatwork, sheet flow gradients, swales, surface area drains (where needed) around the building structure and direct all surface water to the appropriate drainage outlet. Ground surfaces should have at a minimum gradient of 2 percent away from building foundations and similar structures. Surface waters should not be allowed to collect or pond against building foundations and within the level areas of the site. 24 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Buildings should be provided with gutters and downspouts. connected to the area drain system by pipes. Grading Recommendations and Procedures Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE should be Master ID: Date: Following are our general recommendations related to the site grading, if any: Prior to grading, existing footings, existing debris and other surface and subsurface structures shall be entirely removed and hauled off site. All the debris and tree roots should be completely removed and hauled offsite. a. Non building areas like patio, driveway and walkways should be scarified top 12 inches below finish subgrade and compact to minimum 90 percent and aggregate base should be 95 percent of ASTM D1557 laboratory test standard. b. The bottom of the excavation shall be inspected by the soils engineer/or geologist. The bottom of excavation may be wet and in yielding condition. In this case, the bottom should be stabilized by providing a layer of 12 inches of crush rock, if required. c. On -site material is suitable for backfill if moisture conditioned. If required, import fill should consist of clean sand free from vegetation, debris, or rocks larger than 3 inches in size. d. In case construction is commenced, in rainy season, the bottom of subgrade soil will be wet and in yielding condition. If encountered it should be mitigated by placing a minimum of 12 inches of aggregate base to stabilize the bottom of excavation. e. All recompacted native and import soil should be spread, watered, or aerated slightly over optimum moisture mixed and compacted by mechanical means of approximately six-inch thick lifts. The minimum degree of compaction obtained 25 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 should be at least 90 percent and 95 percent of the ASTM D-155 standard for subgrade and aggregate base, respectively. f. Backfill placed in narrow, restricted areas such as along utility CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Laboratory test Master ID: Date: placed in 6- to 8-inches thick lifts, provided; the minimum required degree of compaction is obtained. g. Observation and testing of all compactions should be under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. The Engineer should be notified at least two days in advance of the start of the grading. h. Any changed field conditions due to design changes, contractor -initiated modifications, or soil conditions as observed when excavations are made, should be brought to the attention of the geotechnical engineer. As a result of changed or unanticipated conditions, further recommendations will be provided by the geotechnical engineer. Recommendations for Construction Preeonstruction Meeting: A meeting between representatives of the contractor, the governmental agencies, the soil engineer, the architect, and the owner should be held at the job site at the time equipment is at the site and work is about to commence. The purpose of the meeting is to review the responsibilities of each member of the team. Surveying The contractor shall set necessary stakes to verify lines and grades as shown on the plan. The owner or his representative shall monitor the work to verify that the depth of fill and footing embedment is correct. Site Drainage: The site should be sloped to direct water away from the structures and divert to a positive drainage system. 26 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Footing and Utility Excavations: Excavations and backfill should representative of Geotechnicai Solutions, Inc. prior to the placement c and pouring concrete. Additional Services CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Tlo� may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE observed by a steel This office will be available for further consultation and review of as built and proposed plans. Our additional services include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: (a) Consultation with other consultants as required during this study. (b) Observation and testing during construction, as needed. Limitations This report is issued with the understanding that it is the responsibility of the owner or his representative to see that the information and recommendations contained herein are called to the attention of the other members of the design team for the project and that the applicable information is incorporated into the plans, and that the necessary steps are taken to see that the contractors and the subcontractors carry out such recommendations. The findings of this report are valid as of the present date. However, changes in the conditions of a property can occur with the passage of time, whether due to natural processes or to the works of man, on this or adjacent properties. In addition, changes in applicable or appropriate standards may occur, whether they result from legislation or the broadening of knowledge. The validity of the recommendations of this report assumes that Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. will be retained to provide these services. The scope of our services did not include any investigation for the presence or absence of hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater or air, on or below or around this site. 27 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Remarks CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: The Conclusions and recommendations contained herein are based on tbotfindings and observations made at the test boring locations. It is not unusual to find condiftm between and beyond such locations, which differ from the conditions encountered. If conditions are encountered during construction, which appear to differ from those previously disclosed, this office should be notified to consider the need for modifications. On -site construction observations and wherever appropriate, tests should be performed during construction by a representative of this office to evaluate compliance with the design concepts, specifications, and recommendations contained herein. Your attention is directed to the fact that while caving was not encountered in the test hole; it is possible that a trench or excavation could react in an altogether different manner. All shoring and bracing should be in accordance with the current requirements of CAL -OSHA, the Industrial Accident Commission of the state of California and all other public agencies having jurisdiction. This report has been compiled for the exclusive use of our client, it shall not be transferred to, or used by, other parties, or applied to any project on this site other than described herein without consent and /or thorough review by this office. 28 St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 References California Building Standards Commission, California Building Code, 2 Code of Regulations, Title 24, Volume 2 of Part 2. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE S l4?ornia California Department of Water Resources groundwater well data http://wdl.water.ca. oovv. California Geologic Survey, 1997, "Seismic Hazard Zone Map, Newport Beach Quadrangle, released on April 17th ". California Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources, California (DOGGR), 2017, DOGGER Well Finder System, http://www.conservation.ca.gov/dog/Pages/Wellfinder.aspx Jennings, C. W., Guetirez, C., Bryant, W., Saucedo, G., and wills, C., 2010, "Geologic Map of California, California Geologic Survey, Geologic Data Map 2, 1:750,000. Rogers, T.H., 1965, "Geologic map of California: Santa Ana Sheet, California Division of Mines and Geology, Geologic Atlas of California GAM-19, 1:250,000. ASCE 7 Hazards Report, ASCE/SEI 7-16 and 7-22 https:Hasce7hazardtool. online 2008 National Seismic Hazard Maps — Source Parameters. https:Hearthquake.usgs.gov/cfusion/hazfaults-2008_search/query_results.cfm U.S.G.S., Earthquake Hazards Program, Unified Hazard Tool — Interactive Hazard Curve and Interactive Deaggregation web Site. https:Heartliquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 29 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: APPENDIX A Plates - Vicinity Map - Existing Site Plan w/ Boring Location - Proposed Plan - Topographic Map - Google Map - Regional Site Geologic Map - Seismic Hazard — Zone of Reqd. Investigation - Seismic Hazard Map — Newport Beach Quad - Historical High Ground Water - Nearby Wells Data - Well Groundwater Map - Fault Map - Well, Oil/Gas, Methane and Thermal - Boring Logs - Direct Shear Tests - Consolidation tests 30 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency VICINITY MAP ^1-i C41-- W I _ , ql pRa7 = ER ,,,}}}Apprinupel J I} RE ffi S_ �� N II c AfI V=i qLA�- _ �DW ! TRASK T TT ('J W G x T I _ JCLl4 — IL1L - lAF7 7 CAL �Z Y.CJODEIJRY 7 �I u P10 Y l * �, TRR LDR� �- _ Lf�-d�. •.,•, 7HW I}---,� 'Q c _la S NEW RT K ? ? }I g l W IINNEII ePJN'. 1 y RONPk �t+ t Om w - � o' '= O1 ¢ g Z 3 r !li TER a V j x o READINQ ®t�ASt9 o in u 1�L�. 07I.- I f—•' 0 dS l0 1. IiAU "r* ` FSGI o UFtj �$ - = JETINRCH I rc R _ W a L!� i - m MCCLURE _ v y w g r cOt -1 L L► tihl = a E �- XFIGLU eC � ---- �Y E �'oY CEL I _ 6 O 4 FRI I►I CH A�J IFIAFI 1 a RMO CA _ W O O r} E � C7 r TTitoC ARD ¢ STO lI P,, 0. ►f I ASNCM.EY L Yk3H , PAR(VIEYt FICq�`F�LT GCPJtlY W&WtEY - S0.yER C L [ N&UC l, c = F g DARI / x Y TO -Jo J LU101 R::: � E .mot O AST YERN}�-�j G H _ TM a ST RIR IG TIL� s r J '- 8-39F10-Y' a D' - I UiI I IXNlV7VK"� �O I uxil SC ONE e ENI - IIV.�i � " J - I B LSA - Z _ Mtn 00 W T "� O Y QrOFFi9ON UGKY PL '`0 - NPAAI. let? I► MONTF OS4- U NRTD RA 'S MET-M s = xE i ELs wI JLJ HOR PACHE00 RATHBURH UAI KZ-) O 4 GH u a e- NN-OrT-TII-N-G�M�I thiPlO�Itii�E pE14 v T� � O U8d'7C%�_ 4S O � c' _ OGE x ^ r x EEL& ARa L CARNAT N_ -�j Ij Ii Gp Q o IFPGO WI� ENRI046 I I Im-JI.t. - = III x Q ENNIT pr z IT _ s ryT DF -' J q �i` IAl1A5T CRY: HY PRLOSVERD _ Z ST p -� 1 SFVR 1 N tM ,.� - = W 3 xI Pl EN fNCH —� w �I V ti a!I �` Ky�pT 8 ttf 31 1 p e PEON x �-a z o = n u} \ w �yF{ '�H1V L 3 DggIDIAN A IA95A0 NEYY FAMH PAWLET 5f0.& dA WA 7l_____�, i.. w c a c c - .• o t _ AFL FTt SUNK FNWG _OKA U } t. .� .` CRDWS B¢UFL-ONNR mg4E70E INSPAN.- CRGHI }7 ALADHM ru KIWCUS O C EN LLE OIc - UNIVe'PSE 11 ,,JJI you = FOOL y„G { UMBN6 rc s q , FOUNTAIN VALLEY _ - 11DN M0I Y A2AFA j _ppJi N z S � d ou = W n D VENDS n D iJp z r W e} 0 aPi r < DEVPgN$E7 A a M a '� e• t� UN 4ELLP4 p r AR72 T = y dfl IDA j W W H ,c '� s 'a 7 U r o c n I O:S,4 SLID H I CRNDYT � FS4PA51 TA 'R 00� U44 EMMONS N P,�'.ED RIDER '. rr•" ' FL G NE `` rc SAfl ► F0.E �LJ o �{u� G UJ� � �� �JA .. 'M z WARN E I Q9 17 V-a. y e C qo6 ELPIANO -4 t r ¢ e _ r`•� - 7ACA m u`ii CALEM U o ! O = ?j� *11-A y _MD Am CIRCULo Fz�SIA = OA AVFNTJACIiC DEMO N11 I ad1I jj 01 �C EL -� IQ LOOEJ AFE2 f'RME7i IYWVALEN St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project jProject No. D-6289-02 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California I Plate: A Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency u 2 3 4 5 Hollow Stem Au �-3 EXISTING SITE PLAN & BORING LOCATION PLAN A - " I — C D - -I GICFADDEN AVENUE IF t _ _. � I. M/Mz rL �— F.K.t.a—yY.• W iY/ IT - -- -1—' EXISTING / DEh�O_jT10N SITF PLAN L "^' • W- Borings (6/12/2024) ST. BARBARA SCHOOL - SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. - -f-@T PERMIT If UA jICE ncrs --I 1 FDasPr ID: at Ni G1 LHIET WJTES -� , I S{iE SY1�OL.S-ElOfi71W,:'DEMD -.�.. El �v Fn R+.revw� .9 L ro � I f N E r�crxor :�r*hUno. sty n.w A51.4 Approx. Scale 1" = 30' Project No. D-6289-02 Plate: B-1 CITY OF SAMBA ANA Planning and Building Agency PROPOSED PLAN r �_ Approved FOR PERMIT IS UA c �_ ._ _._.. m-__ W%ERkA*:�MC%ffX NUMB CL ' D Master ID: '. b.Md„a�a4fdpy..Mrdela.w�. .dda�.ard..��,,.a•M�a �, Date:' ...`F.« ... „.,...._ ✓J.. .`. ••�._� ' +rt 1UY MwtlRlrN� rid 41�,U9tlY4� s � K'W..ddladral �tnMi iqH � IFMa M#JrvMW � y � MhW IX/[ a4x 1VCnr flats ii{9 �iOp MYMMgadyMFMMLL,FMK � �, �'� .�-- .. .... Mar. aDY • ._ Z s ► .` ill 1.,20 v.. -`.1;. �.� StfE SYN9Cry.8-E7G531Nu3:E11�! I x c 77 gKo i i Z17 JN y �'A I iyx, � '�•M' "y�'.:n� ?.' '�Y � +�Y' d � i ..+»€ ... w :..y,,,. y . Kg t � ,#` r � • vw a•s• � ' � z � ---�'__ i ,,; ,„ way t�EE1Put SrFP PLAN a.Y i i AS1.1 Approx. Scale Vv = 30' ST. BARBARA SCHOOL - SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Project No. D-6289-02 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Plate: B-2 Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. JCE PROPOSED PLAN CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency 10 lirk `�[�. •� Jam• '' (:fi � � +- y:' 'y'� �+'r ti � !�« �� 44�-�'Y�."%`�_�•i F — - 1 S T J ,�+r;`� �..`i►'.'L �. i3� `•`,fir. -\�ld' _.i i T'r �;IJIIf,00R LEARNINGINN- 1 V kLAM AWL I � ill) -_� i t, -- — •r_ "'`• '=; k, , , UJCA U PLAt TRIJC'I l kRE ZLa Y - .... _ AL , i7`��� :I`!: 'u' I'.1'',I I-1:�� {�1[3' Deis , <_"�, _ u� • • t t� _ .r .�,'# I ' sue! I , �f�7P'1�" 3�-11 � VAT"-' i ��l i ... �� -ram � k.-• �:� r'�T I'.JEW JI:R^ FIELD .� � � i r r "W Lj 71 Vr pm is I . � �* � ♦ �r y,� �'�� - - :,�► �f 1 `v� Zvi'-t-. 'S,`,:,Q ���'�'.-., .�':'.'' 71'?.l� ii 774 mow! ii � 1.�9{ .. �fr = f' ' '-r7. � -- K t arfpaJ�� 1� ' �', }�u� -''�� •. , ��... 4�Jr• � '� � '� „ �^+, . l +. ' r j ,-� I Sy.1 _i r . c.-.[ f �, -." ; T4 �` s y - r r �'--j.f ♦ J j ST. BARBARA SCHOOL - SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. I,v f/ FOR PERMIT ISSUA CE I 1 ti ..a.-r; ST. BARBARA CHOOL `+�.",,{•�. Master ID: I Date" SITE LF-GEND - t:;,�,, : • - t Wit` - :� =h1LIHERINC TABLE 'SD5,TING ­�DLIRGROUP Project No. D-6289-02 Plate: B-3 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Topographic Map Approved 11705700" W WGS84117056'00"vf I ' FOR PERMIT ISSUAILI IM. R Well - - - " * -4 ; -, . RIC TT Avc Ua VF 6�0 irvine:kh- CORPO M, 0CD , 7N V L ,Park T Q, ;ej iL VCR GA ce F, P*rk inCD 0 Grot,c >-tw MAST VC, 0 Trailer Pirko... Tra;lcr ......... Pa rk, • Sth A VQE, -7- - V�7xy Tank -3 ti-_­ .".i. k 'M Trailer parks park. &-ho 1111 • Ills �//P- _,k T `� II t�, ` n` • v; a Ir�B 16 L 5 Fi t z 6 �If .- I I , Quinta Ns H Feb Se h; r s, C h T park I tTERrA p (D OA C VARG() LA AVE Robrc&js OR 1� q:k RENY '�',A Vif rx ]:A V11 K KEv T Ntat-Amlx- CD 11 W <D Thomas Faint, a - of 1 7 0 V47 • AVE \ I - r onrof xjllt:t� Q'I V� - - .0 Q MILE SQUA RE Ff XLOSED) -f:4ta�� _-_. z. 20 F p AVE V NQUOOUL or cc J 117" 5700" W WGS84 11 56'00" W 'FN 0 5 1 MILE IflMtd i3o 0 1000 FEET 0 5w 1000 N,,(.TF-RS Scale 111 = 21000- St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project 1Plate: Project No. D-6289-02 I 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California C Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency GOOGLE MAP .�.-. * �r..c�,}ry�-. . � ,�. I _. ti� '• �� � _ `_ .' -'�: �..'�-.• „'f is�"�.�r%�^:�e�'.: 'lis'6'- � _ �'�"' 1 � - - L F>.. 1 4 �, ? ' f`M Irk w • - },. °�` *+..� :., ► f1_J+ _� i ' r ' r st ♦ tcl. ^ t► t t r 1 _ { r'.� ^T 1 ` ."C , - to r y_C �Itil C E 4Y• .t�t. s•r `,` � .�" •�j�-i _h" -'e'i 6i}:� � � sti.`. ,� l� r �7I � r�'i �i�! j�(���s��l�, J1i� :i .�!:♦ .r'�'1�'i S � "J-�wt�'-. i .`^ ,• - - i. ./F'•.ti�a�e7����`� .R..� ' �. 7 ` ` r1 f riT •' 4�. 3 a �' -e r..' '.�"' r-.:� Nam.~_ _ . L``°��-=}},', Lia F= fir¢{- % _.,i{ 'r ' _ r.-r J 2_ .."- ♦ * -� "'Y _ AT �••` �-ri 1; S - 1 jt/( L -U.. r, 1 f f ._ "r. r �..�-.I�� • _�\ '•xw �'� _�.-n ca J _�;, .` r:.�tA ,t ,. 4•-'.•yy ._ --,L fnr.,, `'r,. ' - e•� rye, r< .� '.f. ,"• ��.- I( - d,' ` ar7. h,r f'��'-+� •: r'"', n�� .r ;`' `� ,K..'f;� 't'1' i` ..J• "'�f7 ',�j .r +..`i. _ ��. ♦�. {y�lry ` 4at°�-`If`. i :�'`��''_ "• �. ."C�7+t•: c_'•�,�'•3`,r. _�.1 �•J •` .'1;! ,+i (I •.3i _' '�f .r.. `.R.. �. ' 'd` _ f.- >..,Ki _� t ti.,..-..`W �'1 - -I',I1w.l'y"','"�^^ ' s r •.1 S. l• _ - -. , � �' t lil s './ •' a•.. L..'-� '_ «:. •!+l•% ..,j .L. �iY. r-. r� - .F'.� .. . "y �r �.��r� a - d +'� Le► �1' iM%--I _ >• _ �,_.I �'�, _.. ':'�' ,L .:. 'ate f, �'. r. �.a��(Jl � _. ] .,�ez `- , _r;'r•• 4cr • .+. �' _ , ii._ o'! C.P-_- • _ l! }f.'.• y'♦.r._:''�'-k_ rss�_ _ ,i'au'� ;.:#-�q. ,J �'`': .` ""_.,..r_ t-,,,i _r..._ -�py,_ i ° --y-, •,.j �•; ..+ ` .L.'-� ..14rLelC,- ._� Jt 4 . /'��y' f' r j _ �r�` �-• ,--� - .a.�{wl .�_. •� J.r-�` �- '--�siti�.-1 ..!��r... �� y rt?-�-Pr''✓' . '� -u,. ^ 5r�.. +CAM- --��., _.�_ _`� s ^ �. y .f _ � �. ��J .• Jr. T•--_�L' f` _'��'*�� r•. ..ryi., =�.•.� :r1 ��43+. -- - !`7 �• - y� 2m, f' ., � `.__ ' , _. er• - '�`- •� • P � i � d ," � w ` `, Y.-sP ri+rNti: � �1 � {� r t +J -. ._1 � ♦s! e9►'i <, � r?�, ,{! ?' i '! ' _ a,Q_ _, •e�. _f.. :t ♦y '-Y°�Eir"tea ) 14%A.�.�J �7 _' `J('L _ S •- { " } } .(tn •�� }-..�T `�1. ° Y L�r. ��f ]:� :,w,. ♦ t j' _•„4_ 4 ,! - v, 1 r ► 1 1 1 C..i rr.�+., y "i !'iA,.' T �r l• �•r ,bl►`7�:. _ .+��6•� 1 i `.�.. -! .�''� f "ice ,� >• ,�` A--, .+:-"Pt-T''TT b -'%' 1�.'r - t"� ,j�� r ;'•J,- -� � _- (:-+'� J+• � � "r i' a. � 1.!! � .. '- �T'._ .� , �� , /�.._ ~ r� , r,<w-.. �'F -.f _ " �I _ �.� � � 7 , '' r ,� ..+ % !R'! t�� `' � ate"'• ,'. �yJ;l i�-��Q � - �1L - - •4� �L� i r?" �• Ir-i=4akr y WO1' [ -A .� -.. � ^• ! I k 4 'k Fi - -+7 ,,� �% .l fl Llt -_ - r '-' . .i4 L A1i 1' • a. -. .� ifG �y r++' �4-e?' �' �•�, •j 1j x J. f _ ,' - �Y� �' fie/ '.� '• « y ..... ' 4` .t-- -� - ._ .. '�7ry�j/�,. __ 3i ,f,,J �•"'`�,,,..� ..« _r-.�.j�.� I.�" . i• , r ' _'r""�a"" ����.��' 2 • b.+ �''� . "'� � �~�`'`�` - 7r �}� -s ,•�P .ii e_ ¢' +"a"".- Y . �y=t�' �.. .'y.-..�-9 +�y�`�� � % - - • �/ � .!t? � �- � � I � ° �" �..y-,� , � y�"i• 3'J _ ;i YS - r r•�}+ �.-1�, 14, I% �3- '±K_�J L":�.. �.''�. 7•• `r4'• f R- ,i i. ..'.� _ .'•y.ht �� /;_ _ _ J. l t i�etiv.l r`'��s,J. `' ' t-,- _ '..- • .j.� (_ ' r /+ ' •'�. _ s n '�� Irt�. r,i+; O, - �� Tn'�'r r1Y _ i_ - it.i tl- of u'tti ,�► .. s._ - w� I r rr > •.s-.. �,• A. r "'KKKK- �y f- /.'ti .ti.y ..I��._i-. ._ r'� ' ` r J '� ,•' �'t - r , �,� _M.?, t I �♦ i `r� `•�� rlff ��• - •lI"a� �i.ra.^. �, r 1 . i ...� . r , '.a.• �•- ;; F ,F.'" ,..f.. 3 't`- - 'L1 _... `� 4 - _._.Ot'; _`. - --. - _ _ �L _ : r r/"s. "'+ .. -J ' _" �• 't.� ^„r ��r•�-�'•..-. _. ci" - - - e',a�.r -•• „"„� ' , �'s+�'-r:, T .�; - - •, I - ar T- -�• .✓ �� �,.•--r-,� _�..�^�I _ -� ✓1 - •v.- -_'. . .`_rt ' r �s.c lr:a4. ':.i• `,�'1►' .4. r _:rt "�. ^ {fir _• t I �'n 14 '�J� 1 .1' ri tr t dllG •�r �_XNJ�L5;• _ In11 ii1 1 nTa]C - ♦F , q ' +' o s'ii� - •+r't. W �i r'r1r�I �� f+iiti r+`� `e'.L�:,� �11 t fi �t �.c't►_+ _-.i�_'rl i.';ti''�`,- (-`• �"�^'•' _ ref :�►. �'r' ���.�' t, �. .. �- t � • s•-• _3 `!' I ,, L.i72r'r _ - ��°���=. �wl!!�� � •'Jtl%Jn!��i+' •F'. ^, 1.' �,.6 r4- a. -_....- _. � �t , � ..'�� � _3- � i ,• y �'n'-7 �i^xJ�l � Le � a a� � d'. � � � '-i� e _ •?te- - - --.._._. ..h i....r _C_ ._ �► .. �-'__i 'Jr_• ri _ ... �r -�.>rsEr' t%-..� a. 'A :a ,,,- i -- j'%Js Pr - °ram - - _ - CVL���i .7-•�.1�il' _ - .� .il ' An.; _ T 'I .�'1't7-' •--• �is�.. j y w r►eYuty u.I - ` .7 F1<..lr +:a%+�� P ►+i ++M�, y i,. _ ^ �. , .rr 1 { iT !• �- ,..� �/ I, r r ,� ,:ri�l�ift{,'_ \ / a _. _ - I r ',}]yam--•�';.. -� •• ! '�'-! ^ I �. .a 1, , _ • _._ '__�y'�SM1u'� �� _ acCl,�`�. o e-1-�i r- t j'.` _lk.Y= 'y► L y'l' _�•� 'jl e✓ � 'r5M" 15 I rl' •4 _ c, A r i +r�'� �•;5, i15!L U'� " [i �1a�1, t Y'r-fir.: ...` '4 /�`.�.rtrb"•�tY`•- .a. " 'i°iCi:. • _ i �-" 1 F:�,�� -_ 0s -. J1 i •r ` - "' + -: _.dr - -. iS3%.+r,^ !< ♦ � 'Tr r`� ^s .J «► �. ;.'�• � -. .. 'wl, 472 t�cl,„'Jgra 1�.-� r r �� - ,I.-+--..'.:C ...��' `� U M. - •fir^'' �,i .': - _ _ .rti_.. _ 'a - =-�. ram", �,_ ti-., ,_. - i ,r. t�7 .. ! •_ r"G i� •,�.�"`37.r.:.. ._ ..- _-:.:,"�.'���-= `x ."- w- '� �f �_ -- Z-'•�''•J•- �t'�" - *' :-, �1�'-a r�1 ..ram f'::=lE• .. i._ .�, � c- _ •� ,` - .,: •;��* " y t � py 9. l �Wr.y� ri a ♦. � " j � '3r'7 6. _ -.t• i♦._ _ ,1'�.,, - ?� ...: R x� T ,': Jr ar♦ -t - -.a ►Y.' :ire r- .-_ �. ; A V •�r�- -. >rr 7 r`� i.^ '9: _i'.f� r^ r'e ~'-- ��� J•r F Ji ° a . ~ ��" �, '• -� rl tr ,"^I �' , _ � `�. Y ♦ -a ,h� r L _ r.�. ii' 1�:. ._. t . ��� �fR,' � 'n ♦ fr +V i \r a .rn►• .. : ° .L .„ 7:-'-;•'-�.`--. a F�j s.-•y�'�i.- ���,� �� .a>' w 7.� .�,._r�.. •t�.' �i ,. - r ` f� L 7r�iLn o 'I .J•,. � � . � � _� d � � � � �'^' 40, x� T,• i 1M r N "� '�ii're'J.-' Tr.r r+-aL._ _ ti �_• � ., f - _- •', _ I , �- •Cti" "��..�'_,.i • � . t_ �'4;" _ .:, �1r• _ - k .=k =-�t�, * a ,- - �. _ ,- Cg- fy� e•e-r-•�.r`- ;� _ j"` _ �_ �ir�"'-,- �^�_. '.1f i=-�t=.•. �:y_.•�-�..�" ice.='. 1- A� � ;,•� � t �r t � y* ��.�_ :� - -'�a� ,.r or. �" °'•"' � �"�"_.,,rvi' _ - - . •.sal • ,a ar _,a• -�Z, ---j, j,,,,. . 5 ' o ,,E T'+ �'► - - 'i,�1Fl::? i'mC l,f . F lMx=;.t, dr _ci!i�, JY+�t_ a ,, _ ��..� ;-. ,Yq- .._'`-• - d, • � •..i._.t. .�..� �•W _-�r.�i'ti`.y r�--' '��L'.�rl (?.'I�i �r fi�L � ,�,,,.,y ,..s ~� � • ' r , Cam'• -w .� - � T �'y•' - �} _ tiRl_ - ��---�i _ i.. - .y Q � ,1!r=�.�•••.Id 7711iGG��,� ,,,,rt•- .•-9 `tP�•. �•'�'i�,r �+--� ,,did -'.,.. yr �` -- _ '�^ .•- 1. + l� dH..�' �'L? ��: _ _._ .{�:.... •��` _ e.-1'J `` y • !` - ^- �Yr• - �.^ M' i ..tray`--_ (Oo.. asy._ a _1"s-t•+!�- -i ..:.�'�v „rC"�-.°'"�.R-•�1' �7 r_.�.�''w js .. ��I-.� .,{, • f�' r-- °'i+ V Lci'J'^,t"r �= i kmo �� I'�F-11lC.t..s �+r�' j - _ _' "a� �;I �� ., � ri .�4 ' i : ,.� � � _ � - � y � . � 'r�� . K� � a i Yf'�A'' .� 7t . �y. .., -_..1' -� , � r• -•-� +N• w _ .. -� . �., IJ � W lxq I r rZ .: ��� �_ .. �y4-� � r � � }yfit, I �. - - � � r ,ram.-`� Tri ' •"� p� ,ir��tt.S;. 7�j�.y ��, "� - {���1� '� _ d .. J!ys S1�lfL_fx 4lJw� r. 1 ccrp) - i_ ` �:irP j.. 7 ,•' i ? y w ` y �' ► 7, T*� •' -L YN cii1 �`if�y 4 + t` �. r '... _ '. '� r '`III ( ` 1 1 [:� - �. •.....i,� ��� �.r. r • _�; r z�r. _ �' ll t jl q r• yr -� - ,t. r ea` �� ,�� a w+' �'r. I i- � ^t' •' n �"� Y- Y �"� t !� ry, � f - -� � � �r-T J a.. - �..'.. l y �,.-+•�, C. on'W=]"{II� ,i.� - 'R "' - R __ ♦ .•+C. f . ¢q - _ �' V.1 , �rwy i �"�!'� r^ �, (�I:xL'L"--.�-i rr���F�.�i�:�.iiS.f''!��{`�'raA o a �.e ,R`i ^ t �,,_,��'..,:~►•--•- •__ y ��•• .a_.iwr.�rM�.-�'`1'il:.'� .� �yw.' .��• �• yi- ' �`. •� � �r -�e�� SIti^"• � q1`' 3-R. � d tr"`.`%.•- *� - •�"..t c; - (. *� 7 �-' ryy' .1. r : l B a y �! 1F • - i 1�` '" : I .'t4 y a _ �cs+. r/;' >"�i- I' A ,�,,,. y�o 4F''• �•i - -'_ - %t'�fn1 __. -V 1 4 7 � ..� _ .•-� �i . i ...�, .. J +s s.r fir. �garye asr•� -ti.i+ •-.,...- ♦t..a►- .<y+� " _ 1 ,s � t '{�' art � •+ _ - = f. �� ST'" j � '-";� r�� ` `1- � . ST° BARBARA SCHOOL - SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. Project No. D-6289-02 Plate: D CITY OF SANTA ANA Ig Jolua0 0 CD Appi Sme i St �`�- ` 5Suoivnn St i^ --_`-, I`'.� FOR��PERMI ', cV S A 1 rc 'IE�,J -�i,�sa� `�••...�- --_s �., - I- � i"'� �y rhnptiled S � C - M s -J — , fir, t I _ _a, Q O fa y OrL`� h i �: m Date: -' -- U ., _ y i L,/ = u f x a o4�nPjv,S cu U..� ci a" O CL S Jackson St N Bewley Si'` N Harbor Bt'rd _ S,H;1rbar Blvd \ �i►I `m 41 LL N N'ttl!ope libwhope Sl _, Nuwhol i Ln O r vi '4 CD IM� { t Yt1/ ////�� VJ J0 3 41 c L. 23 �, s sia • ur r G cu ® lr ,t n e • e a � ' e O .Fr N Ecclld SI S Euclid St = .aid' c Q�-I put r /0 Zca cu `-' >LL T. ram% W , 1 w/ ;1i m a JA r _ � ��, ,\• 'I �'I �n�i [�"� j a i� jr`I:,I ll E.] FFF--I�i O ~---- a= ® W Ft,+oonhurst St Broc <1,T,,st st, - -11 LL - S E 4 ! = m v � ■S■ t 1 lI% a.� - m 'lt n J f Bur0a'd St 1� cfl l o u `� Oak SI O c- ZA �! �.tagr'elia St h-la(Inclia St n !• am JP r.d St I . ' a�t`1ai41 , � ' `, - ••�.i @ • }`, a' �� � f • hia �{t'i :._i 1'r9�aon -�'`-`- 1�•' � .`4' 'ncyI CE CITY OF SANTA ANA r i v u, II11 IIr1 a y'r , r lad t� ' 00-PFRA SS WAN O Z twil il.i '_i cu Il._1 E1 t N O . — 1 L ll fc 07 I j'I . l' IJ I I _. W' • A Ii ..._ - t-t TI CCt� ! i j LC O ", `l . _ �I -• I I '_I I�j - 11J:,. � •� V ) O IN `_"1 �� I I I jyl 1. E. 1 �� i�-� I r AI �H O -_ Ui 1. 14s (a v LJ �b,I I, 11rr- o co 04 U) .'I, r � L.L U IN _. CA co v! - _. _ tt' mcY I CITY OF SANTA ANA �+ _j Jill ,Ix j ;- N xz Ir 5 r I� 11 Z �• — — -- / — f�- - I cv at: cy) �` �'�tiy ��, L■ � �(�1� -Lc-_-� __ l—� I ■ � I e® I 11 a,Y e •. s c�iSy'N� I 1: • . •: C Y y. J M. 50 �� --_ 3 II.• I_ N c a a 7 L �I` n- - _� _ I -- I m^�d�•.�'� _1 .._. L,Y2/h3._ 50 `fl =) rt UV ■ 1 �. N ' U _ Kdl�`,s" � ■■ ,Ily, I r I I__�. _I � � j . H'. N a fF a O � C U_ I JII 1 ' '�■ , `: t�16 I' } �i�Nr ` +N't'• I�- �� ��__ j _' cu � •� ` ^III I� � _ �� V I, a - r.- Y, ft-..... ..-� Q'� z — I ;III• I �/ 1� -� _= I 9 al ` �� III J♦ jl =3 a� ^` 4 _, - —! —. .q a) p III - 1' + +•�rl\*3 y y'I �' MC�•'cu IN LL _ Ade _ _ ' - I .. ' L4Up tL •`I����� _ _ - �` 6 r M•1 ^�V CO co co ___ co Lo --73 J W , r -I- - 1-7Lc I I ,r', -ncyI CE CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Historical High GD Water Map - CGS Newport sknQk4ti W .S FOR PERMIT ISSUA i e � • F I --- -- 0 i .. fvl` t I D: ,G 4 r `��'m a rS � j. ,� • r V ZS.LC\ `�OAC SITE 4 �3 r m a • o � r � rm- ��m• • • Iti • oc 7- c Ill �_ I I .I • • s _� III I'I til y .� • I e 'C - • � O � �I I i t C� ! L1 00- r 7 • a • I� 1, o 40 • m • 't � C tl �•.;S � •�• a c Newport Beach 8•dt7o� 3aa�� �'��ti, t _1 St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Project No. D-6289-02 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Plate: F-3 Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. CITY OF SANTA ANA r-lol 11 111 ly cli fu [Jul[ -111 1�j M�j O • Appm*r8d 0) c FOR PERMI 19. SS WA U CUD LA Master ID: 0 z o N r. In Lo I in In co t,.Date: 0 U) in In Ln In LA Q) ai Ql UJI p INN In N 1 U) U 06 0 N 06 06 0 < (A 0 (n o r1loo 0) kD 0 in ul� 0 L� 0) C) (D In Ln in In 00 0 In 0 U) < CD m U U 44 U) c bj ;G LA bj z; 0 � (a U 0 v 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E r- Q) 0> L. > 0 000-0 .2 U 11) In In In in U) Inin In In In c: a) 0 0 (D U) M LL L) -17 2E 0 0 U) 0 w C c 0 m 0 (5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 Q 0 0 0 FVy > r, h N r, N r- F, r- r, N r, cm 0 z a w W W kj) M In In In Ifl In In if, ce) U-) Ln Lf) 0 0 0 0 O 0 la a 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c) 0 0 0 0 0 In u1 In r4 h a) 0 co 0) 0 0 N ID IN r1l 0 0 in co 0 fu j a) in 11 O. 7 2 kill i 0 micy I -- E CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency FAULT MAP ho,i', result _'r 33_:+37 16, -11-_ C1� /f� - �° :.:111_ E -- - FOR PERMIT SUA CE --- L'Yl Ij'Ir51 '1-11-�!. _ 4'kJ ,ram - ' ' ' ' ' C: - 1 _ �ilL! • I � � I --._. � ���,' � _ _ , ,�- - �- - - ID ''!I_� ICI_: I� or�v� aII� �r � Master . II I � � # I ti - '.q. -- 1 _Ilia' lls '�. Date: 443 I_• Ill.'t l_ I I y 4 4 /y.. I''I_�,I I_' Jn (�/� ' ' { % 1. {`, itl_,�na 'i` _FI.111F1 t(,1-I Ftlt•' .- 445 _ f� I 1 le 1 L [) ^+J� x ' _ F�1 •'�-�y-,�y. �� -III'. I ,Y �4_ �,l} '^.Mrrr/`.f __ _-. , ...___ ,' -_ = ,1'1 AI IG 1 1 ti+l 4 "� ''�-111I'I ., L N0441 Ell 00 ' nt Force. IL L !litar ff den -: t + I ic\' .f •: w ' i %CtJi: II ,�'.'►=Ltllllll�;t�l .l—a� _ = '1 I���aaF't�n�' � I � � I' =,r.-ltion 2r.._II r 1 ` ��C1 to AC1 �� i% r i i i - _ _ --TuStili f } _ f �` �•�, SITE , !. � Lunar I,ne f 0LINt=!Ili _ ---- 10_ t:nI %_"*,.,,'a # -- LI I I ' Y ' k% h k 439 — IL Nk E , t 1\1.1f li I dl';t' F I c'Lt i 177 1r IJ,_' I t E'. E ;_1, I 1 I Holocene fault d; :al,._cen:errl (ctwnj o"t f i,7W years) without `` I_.:Icl LI n 1 lastoaic recard `VN.1 _ 1 4O1't� V ; - ! a:e Quat�mar� 'aal: �isalaoerr►erre (dlrqg past 7LYJ.OiiO }'ears). � ,J H-ICE. Garmirl, h�I_IS_�, NGA, EPA ST. BARBARA SCHOOL - SITE IMP$011F.MFM PROJECT Project No. D-6289-02 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Plate: H-1 Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. SUS U N c AW, ' 7 p N DR P I fyyl S AN EL 411 PH Ism Pa ` qq 1 • a_� 70 70 E ,. - - -- — - -too OPP% co � .sir '►�1 M rY �: �9 I • 11 r ... CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FSLERMIT ISSUANCE Project: St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Project Location: 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Key to Log Df Test. Hole Project Number: D-6289-02 Plate No. 1 Master ID: SAMPLES a Date: a 3 m o -6 E MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (D C v r �_ c N > a W REMARKS _0 ~ n ry E YO c 'gin 2 a 3 j N C = C v N N W ❑ H Z dQ:� U` m ❑ dZ 0 0 Q ® 0 © ® 0 Elfl 1711 12 COLUMN DESCRIPTIONS 0 Elevation: Elevation in feet referenced to mean ® Material Description: Description of material encountered; sea level (MSL) or site datum. may include color, moisture, grain size, and density / consistency. Approx. "and" = 35%-50%; "some" = 20%-35%; 22 Depth: Depth in feet below the ground surface. 'little" = 10%-20%; "trace" = 0%-10%. 0 Sample Type: Type of soil sample collected at 0 Moisture Content: Moisture content of sample, as depth interval shown; sampler symbols are percentage of dry weight of soil, meausred in lab explained below. according to ASTM D2937. ® Sample Number: Sample identification number; "[NR]" after number indicates no sample recovery. Blows / 6 in.: Number of blows to advance driven sampler each 6-inch drive interval, or distance notes, using a 140-lb hammer with a 30-inch drop (unless otherwise noted) © Graphic Symbol Soil Type Symbol Blows / 12 in.: Blows per 12" based on Col. 5 equal to uncorrected N-Value where SPT used TYPICAL SAMPLER GRAPHIC SYMBOLS California (ring -lined) EEE5 Modified California (brass tube -lined) Penetration Test Shelby Tube ®Standard (SPT) split spoon Bulk Sample ® Grab Sample OTHER GRAPHIC SYMBOLS First water encountered at time of drilling and sampling (ATD) 1 Static water level measured at specified time after drilling Change in material properties within a lithologic stratum Inferred contact between soil strata or gradational lithologic change 10 I Dry Unit Weight: Dry unit weight of soil sample, in pounds per cubic foot, measured in lab according to ASTM D422. 11 I Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve: Percent of soil by weight finer than the No. 200 sieve according to ASTM D422. 12 Other Tests and Remarks: Comments and observations regarding drilling or sampling made by driller or field personnel. Other lab tests are indicated using abbreviations explained below. OTHER LABORATORY TEST ABBREVIATIONS AL Atterberg Limits Test (ASTM D4318) COMP Compaction test by modified effort (ASTM D1557) CONS One-dimensional consolidation test (ASTM D2435) DS Direct shear test (ASTM D3080) El Expansion index test (ASTM 4829), index at 50% saturation HD Hydrometer analysis (ASTM D422), %<5 micros LL Liquid Limit from Atterberg Limites test PI Plasticity Index from Atterberg Limits test SA Sieve analysis (ASTM D422), %<#200 sieve SE Sand equivalent test for fines contamination (ASTM D2419) UC Unconfined compressive strength test (ASTM D2166) WA Wash analysis (ASTM D422), %<#200 sieve Soil Classification are based on the Unified Soil Classification System. Descriptions and stratum lines are interpretive; field descriptions may have been modified to reflect lab test results. Descriptions on these logs apply only at the specific boring locations and at the time the borings were advanced; they are not warranted.to be representative of subsurface conditions between samples, at other locations, or times. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency roject : St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole 4o. B-1 roject Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. I-1 Approved roject Number: D-6289-02 Page 1 of UANCE Iles) Drilled: June 12, 2024 Logged By: BAIAB Checked By: DXS illing Method : Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size 1 a„ Total Depth of 16.5 Type: Borehole, feet ill Rig Type: B-61 Drilling Larry Dulling Approx. Suda e tIh�� M §4e f'1 M..L Contractor: Elevation, feel a oundwater Level and Date Groundwater encountered 14' C° Sampling California (ring), bulk, SPT ( g)' Hammer Data Dattea Ibs dropping 30 inches Iasured: Method : rehole Backhll : Drill cuttings Comments : Refer to plot plan for location. Fo N 3 w in MATERIAL DESCRIPTION C1 N y U a N n Lu 0 H z' a c7 m 60 0 Grass Bag #1 Silty SAND (SM), gray, slightly moist, fine to medium 2 C-1 14-16-16 32 @2': SAND (SP), silty, beige color, slightly moist, medium dei 555 : -J- C-2 6-16-20 36 @5':Sand (SP), fine grained, light gray, moist, medium dense 5010 C-3 3-6-7 13 @10':Silty Sand (SM), light brown, moist, medium dense Ground Water Encountered @ 14' 45 15 — S-1 2-2-5 7 @15': Same as above, loose 40 1 20 35 1 25 30 1 30 25 1 35 20 1 40 15 1 45 Total Depth = 16'-6" Groundwater encountered at 14' No Caving but possible for bigger diameter hole GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. a U v t OTHER TESTS Z. N AND REMARKS 0 j C C p 2 N O Z - O � o az 27 HD:73(SA)20 (SI):7 (CL) DS: P=Peak / UII=Ultimate 3 86 = 32u , c = 350 psf (P) = 310. c = 300 psf (Ult) 5 89 13 1 84 10 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency eject : St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole 4o. B-2 ject Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. 1-2 Approv ad jectNumber: D-6289-02 Page 1 of %ftS.UANCE :(s) Drilled : June 12, 2024 Logged By : BA/AB Checked By: XS ng Method: Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size / 8„ Total Depth of 21.5 Type: Borehole, feet Rig Type : B-61 Drilling Approx. Contractor.Elevation, Drilling Elevation, Surfa feet. a {� Maf le P 1�t b' indwater Level and Date sured: Groundwater encountered @ 14' Sampling Method : California (ring), bulk, SPT Hammer Data pateq lbs dropping 30 inches hole Backhll : Drill cuttings Comments: Refer to plot plan for location. SAMPLES io 3 o ` U a M OTHER TESTS n MATERIAL DESCRIPTION m H c , O a AND REMARKS U N V y d a E C .N 0 rn 2 N w o Z aX (D I on o a.z 60 0 Grass Bag #1 Silty Sand ISM), beige, moist, medium dense, gravelly 19 HD:81:12:7 (sa:si:cl) 2 C-1 9-15-20 35 @ 2': Silly Sand (SM),same as above 5 90 55 5 DS: P=Peak / Ult=Ultimate C-2 11-24-20 44 @5':Silly Sand (SM), fine to medium grained, beige, gravelly, 5 98 ¢ = 330 , c = 300 psf (P) moist, medium dense 0 = 320, c = 250 psf (Ult) 50 10 C-3 5-12-15 27 11 99 @10':Sand (SP), slightly silty, coarse grained, small pebbles, medium dense, gray, moist Ground Water Encountered @ 14' 45 15 — — S-1 11-7-7 14 @10': Same as above, very moist 22 40 20 S-2 12-9-10 19 @10': Same as above 23 Total Depth = 21'-6" Groundwater encountered @ 14' 3525 Backfilled w/Cuttings No Caving but possible for bigger diameter hole 30 1 30 25 1 35 20 1 40 15 1 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency eject : St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole No, B-3 ject Location : 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. 1-3a Approv d ,ject Number: D-6289-02 Page 1 of UANCE �(s) Drilled: June 12, 2024 Logged By: BAIAB Checked By: DXS ng Method : Hollow Stem Auger Drill Bit Size / 6„ Total Depth of 51.5 Type: Borehole, feet Rig Type : B-61 Drilling . Laity Drilling Approx. ContractorElevalion, Surf feet 4 f� SL Mattel lt D. indwaler Level and Date Groundwater encountered 14' sured: co Sampling California (ring), bulk, SPT Hammer Method: ( g)' Data Ibs dropping 30 inches Dates PP 9 .hole Backf II : Drill cuttings Comments : Refer to plot plan for location. SAMPLES io 3 o ` U a L �' OTHER TESTS in MATERIAL DESCRIPTION y c O 0 3 5 a AND REMARKS w U N n a E C d 3 N 2 N i7iy W 4, � O O Z' U1 0 60 0 Grass Clayey Sand (SC), beige, slightly moist, medium dense, Bag #1 22 HD:77:8:15 (sa:si:cl) 2 gravelly C-1 20-27-30 57 @ 2': Clayey Sand (SC), beige, slightly moist, medium dense 7 96 555 C-2 14-20-22 42 3 88 @5':Sand (SP), silty, fine to medium grained, light brown, slightly moist, medium dense 50 10 DS: P=Peak! Ull=Ultimate C-3 7-10-15 25 @10':Sand (SP), slightly silty, coarse grained, small pebbles, 6 93 = 350 , c = 250 psf (P) medium dense, brown, moist = 340, c = 200 psf (Ult) Ground Water Encountered @ 14' 4515 — — S-1 9-15-17 32 22 @15': Silty Sand (SM), very moist, brown, dense 4020 6J S-2 I 7-4-5 I 9 @20': Sandy Silt (ML), very moist, stiff, light brown 20 I - 35 1 25 S-3 1 10-9-9 1 1 18 1@ 25': Sandy Silt (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 1 20 1 - 30_f_30 6 S-4 I 9-8-7 I 1 15 I@30': Sandy Silt (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 1 27 1 - 25 35 S-5 1 12-6-8 1 1 14 @ 35': Sandy Sill (ML). very moist, stiff, light brawn 1 34 1 - 20_+_40 6J S-6 I 7-8-10 I I 18 @ 40': Sandy Silt (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 118 1 - 15 1 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ject Location jest Number: (s) Drilled: ng Method Rig Type: ,ndwater Level and Dale sured: hole Backfill d w o t d � u1 ❑ 60 45 St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Borehole No. B-3 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California LOG OF TEST HOLE Plate No. I-3b A p p rov ad D-6289-02 Page 1 of June 12 2024 L dB B U A N C E ogge y, AIAB Checked By HollowStem Auger Drill Bit Size 1 8„ Total Depth of 515 Type: Borehole, feet B-61 Drilling Larry Drilling Approx. Surfa a le 1. L contractor : Elevation, feetMagifer Groundwater encountered @ 14' Sampling Method: California (ring), bulk, SPT ( g)' Hammer Data: Ibs dropping Data.td0 30 inches Drill cuttings Comments : Refer to plot plan for location. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION o u � m m n " 3 y o a J z of co S-7 9-11-12 23 1@ 45': Sandy Sill (ML), very moist, very stiff, light brown 55 50 S-8 8-10-12 1 1 22 @ 50': Same as above, moist Total Depth = 51'-6" Groundwater encountered @ 14' 50 55 Backfilled w/Cuttings No Caving but possible for bigger diameter hole 45 40 35 I 25 30 1 30 25 1 35 KIM=I 7 15 1 45 GEOTECHNICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. d OTHER TESTS a AND REMARKS m � N N 22 iI CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency DIRECT SHEAR Approved 5 FOR rI!RIV1ITI55tjftM, Master ID: Date: 4 r� x 3 A D O B rx W 2 0 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 NORMAL LOAD (KSF) DEPTH COHESION FRICTION SYMBOL LOCATION (FT) TEST CONDITION (PSF) (DEG) A Boring B-1 2' Saturated - Drained Peak 350 32 B Boring B-1 2' Saturated - Drained Ultimate 300 31 C Boring B-2 5' Saturated - Drained Peak 300 33 D Boring B-2 5' Saturated - Drained Ultimate 250 32 St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Project No. D-6289-02 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Plate: J-1 Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency DIRECT SHEAR Approved 5 FOR Master ID: Date: 4 cf)� x 3 A A d O a x w 2 cn 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 NORMAL LOAD (KSF) DEPTH COHESION FRICTION SYMBOL LOCATION (FT) TEST CONDITION (PSF) (DEG) A Boring B-3 10, Saturated - Drained Peak 250 35 B Boring B-3 10, Saturated - Drained Ultimate 200 34 St. Barbara School - Site Improvement Project Project No. D-6289-02 5306 West McFadden Avenue, Santa Ana, California Plate: J-2 Geotechnical Solutions, Inc. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency St. Barbara Catholic School Project No.: D-6289-01 Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: APPENDIX B Seismic Data • Table 1 - Faults Table • Unified Hazard Tool — Hazard Curve ASCE 7-16 & 7-22 Hazards Report (https:Hascehazardtool. onlinen 31 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency 1 ��� RR/ Approved I- N MO Lf) Oo ti -1 l0 M (.0N 0� .--I '� 01 O W N N q' N m N LO Ln M O N O N l0 N N N N -1 ., as er D: at : M .--I -i '-I U-) -1 I.!) O 7 110 N3- l0 Ln IT O U') 0100 N O O O O O O O O O Q O O N C. O O O O O O M O a Q Q a a a a a a a s Q a o a a a a L U1 N Q1 i U1 V N N 4) W i N N i 41 4J N N N dl QJ N 4J 1 1 L1 Y Y Y 1 Y 1 Y Y Y 1 Y > > t VD VI to N N V7 N N to In VI 0 V1 0 In !n N to > Z> Z Z Z Z Z Z>> Z v�i v�i > Z Z 7 Z Z M cV O M 00 CO O 00 l0 N O M -1 00 un ti 'cl- X Nt N d' W M N O M O Ol I- N O u'1 Ln l0 O (7) CO m l0 N O m It I- O N .-i Ln N M rl M ti N to LO fa (6 (6 N M M -q -1 u (D � f6 � Ln ld') M N a¢¢ a¢ a Q Q Q a¢¢ e¢¢¢¢¢ Q v U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U N r-I CII m C) 0�7 Q) (1) N bA U O O C (1) (3.) C C J v U W U O O O O O + Li c�a O Q + Q o H }i- U C bA tz0 J + + + +Cc 0- _ U `- L U) � O O O O O O 0 O 0 OZ 00 N>> c!'r 4) O O O O O O C Cl) N O C N U7 V7 cn N C cR CG C r C6 T OJ UJ 7 Z Z� Z W W W W W d IZ 0- L C� U LU W W W (n W U) N ul m m M M M It CO � l0 W 01 N m NM N ,--I .-i .--I ri O l0 m O N m Ln ul 6t �t d" Ln Ln m O O N N N N N W UANCE c1 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved f� n N N o0 N m N LO r I I-- Lfl -i m � N nNi � M m m I_ q- 'i CO M Co M Ln l0 Co � N Ln i CO CO � -4 'i N 1-I Co Ln N f` m D7 w I w ri O ri w M Q Mast r I : to w c, Ln d' I- O ti -q CO OD w 00 N M Ln w lfl (.0 r- l0 Ln Ln O O O O O O O O O CD W O O O O O N .-1 O O O O O O O O CD O O CDO O O a a a, _a a a a a a a a a a a a a Q a a a a a a a Q a i > > In 41 Y V1 N i N > > v i > (11 N N 1' N 'n QJ Y V1 Ln N Y vl Ln 41 N In dJ 1 N M N Y N N N 1 V1 Ln 4) N N 4J �1 N LO 41 N N i ..0 In i N d) Y In N UI Y N VI N S /n In Q1 N rn N N N N N VI 4) Y Vf V1 Q) Y N N N N N 1 -Y to N U 1 In VI N N ; N N N N N Z Z z Z Z z z z z z z z z > > > > > > > z > > > > > > M m m ti Ln ,r Ln Ln O Ln O i— O m Ln Co O m w 66 r v ri Ln Ln r— V ti Ln r— .-i v Ln Zr O m O m O m O m O m O m O m -1 Lo O m O m O m O m O m O m N '-I Ln O O r-I M C Ln C N lfl N .-i M O M O M N C6 m C w N C fQca(6cO m C 'm C m C m C ri fQ(Q C C f0 C (D(Q C m C W Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q (i Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U CQ N m m 4- C U O) } ai v OJ N O) + U U s + > > Q I > U Q + > U U Q > + U U `t + > U U U co + U U Cn + m U U U) Q'00r 1 r CC '�D U -� U i U > U O O O S m O O 0 U U + i- O) _o - LJ I- O r - LLJ + I- ` O r - UJ O U cz U `- O r m U) O U CZ U S r r- Fo U) -• (z ' f- O _ r cu UJ N �� CU c'Ji� cu- U r > m �i r U ^ -O Cv .. °J U cu Q ti cn U Z ; U Co ( ;3 + m 0 O 'U C r 0 m U) O 'U cu C 10 U1 v3 + m U) O 'U CIDcv O C7 U) U) m U) O 'U C cG U) UJ m UI O 'U _ Cu UJ U) + m U� O 'U cu C c6 UJ U) + m 0 O 'U cG O (T-) U) cu U C r U) Q 1- >>>>>> VJ O 'U ca C r m Q +-1- U) O 'U cG C v m U) O .0 cG C cG U) Q + V) O'73 'U ry C M U) Q += U7 O U c� r (f) U) O U cu C u cn m O I- N M M LO aO (D U! c'V M Ln oo m W m of m l0 d- l0 U7 w L7 OJ N oD N - M O Un m N Ln N Ln N Ln N Ln N Ln N Ln N CO Ln CO lfl CO lfl CO LO W Lfl CO 1P CO lfl 00 N 00 N m N m N O M -i M .� M -1 M -1 M -1 M N M Lr'1 M Ln M m M m Md- O N M M M M M M M V `7 t �t SSUANCE LI CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency • Approved O m N V' N 01 ti CO d• O N M M Lfl ti It M M O Cl) L0 00 a) N 1.0 M M M M N Ln M N IV as er ID: ate: M M M M M M �1• M M M M rl' C) C)O O O O O O O O C)O C)O O C)O LZ a a a a Q a a o a a a a L1 a a s a) 1 •L Y111 •L .i .i a .i v Y11 .i v .i v .i v `1 .i v 111 .i a) _ a) .i `111 .i ,i a, ,L v Y ,� v .:1 ,L N 1n In N V1 h 1n 1n N In V7 N N In N N In Ln 00 O 67 O m O a7 CO 00 l0 00 O m O m O m .-i 00 M 00 O 61 00 O M LO co O m O Ql La o ra m ca a ro Lq ro ra 0 m rQ C C C C C C C C C C C C C N C C C Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u Q u O C+ C+ C+ m U + cn + co m m m O m cn �+ O z + z + z + z + U + co c U m � CIOz 02 + m m m + � m m z � m U) U) ccn (co 0 S + U z z z z s U) w C U) m s ca U + m + m + m + 00 cn m + + + cn + �+ z z m ++ z z = U Z co Z m Z m Z Cm z Z + + U 02 z + U U U U m � L Z � m M L co m + 2 + + U S + 2 i 2 + 2 + 2 m _ cn Cn U) (n _ m _ + Cn + U U U z cr, °� U v U Y U v U v n CU cn CO a) � cG n cr, y Ln CG a) n m a� z Ui Cu a) U = vi m in r cc d. d O — v D -0 i -0 '7 Co m ice.. 2 0 L C-0 <_ Cu CG CG U ni + U Q <Q Q ti Q @ O < a cCoo — r (Z — r F0 m r m, m Crr_ ca CZ C r m (z m 2 ca cu U u c Cn (n Cn 0 U) - In + co O cc co + w co co Cn (n Cn co 'O U) Cn O +`� U) U) Cn <C m U) <C U) Q co Cn Q U7 0 Q co cn Cl) Cn U7 co co U) < cn (n Q m Cn C/) ti r ti N ti N ti ti ti ti ti ti ti ti ti r• � Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln d' Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln UANCE co CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved of ti N N N M O CO M 6) It �i' '-I M 00 M N � I- M '-I O h .-i M —i N .--I I� N O M d' 00M .-i co to .--I Cn ti C.O O N '-I Ln M M Ln N 00 r--I Mast rI jfe� O O O O O O O O O C. O O O O O O O C. a a a a a a a a a Q a a o a a Q a a s V1 QJ 1 1n QI 1 1n N _C l!1 Q1 1_ N Q1 to 41 1n Q1 1_ Ln 41 7 Z0 Q) `1 ; N Y N Q! S' N N Y 0 Q1 1 N Q1 4 N QJ 1' Ln QJ Y N N 1 N C L N C N N 1' VI QJ In V1 V1 VI N N N In N In N In N N {n N N V1 N > > > > > > > > > > Z N > > O 61 O Ql Ln co co 00 O m O m w co O of O 6L O m M a0 d' co O of O M Ln f-- O M of ti Ln V Ln M O m O m m N M Ln M m C Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U Q U + m + z U) c+n + z +cc U N O U)U)UU) 00 Un Z Z 00 + co m W Z U+ Z m + co m Un Z U) + 00 + Z c+n z co m U U U m Un Un + y- c+ Z m C`Li L) + m Un Un + y c+ Z rn m U + + c+ Z to O a� a� z z c+ Z (n m (3) Ll u) m w z z U) G N CIO Q) U c U) m U) Z z U+ Z (n (O a) U U �+ co Cn + CO Cr) Z U) + Z + m in m m Z N m 0 00 ca U) + m Z (n m m U)� + CO Z Z/ (z O U 0 co rn + m Z if m l N E U U + Q cCB U) U) U) cc CCO Cn U) cc CC6 ° C/7 U) < in (o C (iS U) -O O C U) <( U Q (CC'i U) U7 in CQ Ci7 N U) C U) Q c6 Mco U) a r ( U) <ca Q¢ U) U) CC6 0 U) Q r m U) c,� Q cd U) U) (n C Q) U� _ J7 Q a (C6 U) U) Q ti Cn U) Q¢ CC6 U) (f) CC6 U)U) U) M U) — U M < L Q Z p 'C (.� C 0 f• Ln �i ti Ln 'T r• Ln V ti Ln � ti Lri V ti Lry C� ti Ln r` Ln d L0 N Ln ti Lri r` Ur) f• ui N Ln N L i ti ll ti Ln N D W lO co G) a O6 JANCE 0 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency 00 N CO .—I U-) N I- LO ti L, -1 �i --1 _i o , 0 0 .� .( .LO v v v v VI Ln + + } VI l!1 V) CD C) C ro U U U U U) + CrJ ❑] U U U U U Q Q Q Q 0 0 0 0 1 — U U U U a r c r 0 r 00 m U7 cry co U) m m m m m m C� C� C6 06 00 co d- v d- "- Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: LO 6/7/24, 9:58 AM U.S. Geological Survey - Earthquake Hazards Program Unified Hazard Tool Unified Hazard Tool Please do not use this,tooI to obtain ground motion parameter values forth reference documents covered by the U.S. Seismic Design Maps web tools (e CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Wgign code International Building Code and the ASCE 7 or 41 Standard). The values returned by the two applications are not identical. Please also see the new USGS Earthquake Hazard Toolbox for access to the most recent NSHMs for the conterminous U.S. and Hawaii. ^ Input Edition Spectral Period Dynamic: Conterminous U.S. 2014 (u... Peak Ground Acceleration Latitude Decimal degrees Time Horizon Return period in years 33.73716 475 St. Barbara School Longitude Decimal degrees, negative values for western longitudes -117.93881 Site Class 259 m/s (Site class D) https:Hearthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 1 /4 6/7/24, 9:58 AM ^ Hazard Curve Hazard Curves 1e+0 — -- le-1 a v 'i] le-3 w a le-4 p le-5 le-6 — Time Horizon 411 years e w � le-7- _� Peak Groond Acceleration 0.0 Second SpectralAaeleration 0.20 Second Spectral Acceleration ty le-8 Second Spectral Acceleration lecond Spectral Acceleration le-9 0.75 Second Spectral Acceleration c C 1e-10 1.005econd Spectral Acceleration < 2.00 set a nd Spectral Accelera[ion 1e-11 3.00 Second Spectral Acceleration - - 4.00 Second Spectral Acceleration le-12 -S.S—nd Snertral Ar--inn E le-2 1e-1 1e+0 Ground Motion (g) Component Curves for Peak Ground Acceleration le-2 le-1 le+0 Ground Motion (g) View Raw Data Unified Hazard Tool Uniform Hazard 1.6 m 1.6 c 0 1.4 0 i 1.2 L 0 1.0 \ o �j 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 Spectral Period (s): PGA 0.0Ground Motion (Q):0.3810 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.( Spectral Period (s) https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 2/4 6/7/24, 9:59 AM U.S. Geological Survey - Earthquake Hazards Program Unified Hazard Tool CITY OF SANTA ANA Unified Hazard Tool Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Please do not use this tool to obtain ground motion parameter values fort *ign code reference documents covered by the U.S. Seismic Design Maps web tools (e. ., International Building Code and the ASCE 7 or41 Standard). The values returned by the two applications are not identical. Please also seethe new USGS Earthquake Hazard Toolbox for access to the most recent NSHMs for the conterminous U.S. and Hawaii. Input Edition Spectral Period Dynamic: Conterminous U.S. 2014 (u... Peak Ground Acceleration Latitude Decimal degrees Time Horizon Return period in years 33.73716 975 St. Barbara School Longitude Decimal degrees, negative values for western longitudes -117.93881 Site Class 259 m/s (Site class D) hftps://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 1 /4 6/7/24, 9:59 AM ^ Hazard Curve Hazard Curves c le-2 w � le-3 w w le-0 p le-5 le-6 - Time Hod- 975 years -0- Peak GraundA¢elention le-7 -+- 0.10 Second Spectral Acceleration 0.201`111Spectal Acceleration t`y le-8 -c-0.3o 5emnd5pectral Acceleration jo --- 0.505econd Spectral Acceleration le-9 0.755econd Spectmi Acceleration Q1e-30-l:,,I econd Spectral Acceleration 200 Second Spectal Acceleration le-11 3.00 Second Spectral Acceleration 4.00 Second Spectral Acceleration 1e-12 ...�-. 5.00 Second Spectral Acceleration w w v w w u of O T u C w C Cr le-2 le-1 1e+0 Ground Motion (g) Component Curves for Peak Ground Acceleration le-2 le-1 1e+0 Ground Motion (g) View Raw Data Unified Hazard Tool Uniform Hazard CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.6 m 1.6 c 2 1.4 6 2 1.2 �\ \ � 1.0 I t7 0.8 0.6 0.4 Spectral Period (s): PGA c2 Ground Motion 0.4892 - (g) 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5 Spectral Period (s) https:Hearthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 2/4 6/7/24, 9:59 AM U.S. Geological Survey - Earthquake Hazards Program Unified Hazard Tool CITY OF SANTA ANA Unified Hazard Tool Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Please do not use this tool to obtain ground motion parameter values for th��gign code reference documents covered by the U.S. Seismic Design Maps web tools (e.g., the International Building Code and the ASCE 7 or 41 Standard). The values returned by the two applications are not identical. Please also see the new USGS Earthquake Hazard Toolbox for access to the most recent NSHMs for the conterminous U.S. and Hawaii. ^ Input Edition Spectral Period Dynamic: Conterminous U.S. 2014 (u... Peak Ground Acceleration Latitude Decimal degrees Time Horizon Return period in years 33.73716 2475 St. Barbara School Longitude Decimal degrees, negative values for western longitudes -117.93881 Site Class 259 m/s (Site class D) hftps:Hearthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 1 /4 CITY OF SANTA ANA 6/7/24, 9:59AM Unified Hazard Tool Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Hazard Curve Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Hazard Curves Uniform Hazard Resclonse Spectrum a le-4 p le-5 le-6 — Time Horimn 2475 years v t Peak Ground Acceleration � le-7 —e.10 Second Spe[tal Acceleation o 0.205econd Spectral Acceleration ly le-8 —.— 0.305econd Spectral Acceleration 0.50 Second Spectral Acceleation SE SE 0.755econd Spectral Acceleration 1.00 Se cond Spectral Acceleration 2.00 Second Specral Acceleration le-11 3.00 Second Spectral Acceleration 4.00 Second Spectral Acceleration le-. rt- 5.00 second Spectral Acceleration le-2 1 le-1 le+0 Ground Motion (g) Component Curves for Peak Ground Acceleration le-2 le-1 1e+0 Ground Motion (g) View Raw Data 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 to 1.6 a= 1.4 0 f 1.2 v 1.0 O 0 0.8 \ Spectral Period (s): PGA Ground Motion (g).0.6577 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Spectral Period (s) https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ 2/4 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS Address: Y:33.737160 X:-117.938810 ASCE Hazards Report Standard: ASCE/SE17-16 Latitude: 33 Risk Category: III Longitude: -1' Soil Class: D - Default (see Elevation: 59 Section 11.4.3) (N, su'p.v r AVE AVM ..... �;dd-t N -v:vEc uir,lx �: 1� t. It3der ,• Sch: h� W P- ,q MA ROAR -A yr■ i _ ..—. __ —J'� �� L., 1-+4 i ••� AVE - - .. ._ - •__).+� -n. w hof �_ Wind Results: Wind Speed 101 Vmph 10-year MRI 66 Vmph 25-year MRI 72 Vmph 50-year MRI 76 Vmph 100-year MRI 81 Vmph Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE M6 93881 M�0643395 f Data Source: ASCE/SEI 7-16, Fig. 26.5-1 C and Figs. CC.2-1—CC.2-4, and Section 26.5.2 Date Accessed: Fri Jun 07 2024 Value provided is 3-second gust wind speeds at 33 ft above ground for Exposure C Category, based on linear interpolation between contours. Wind speeds are interpolated in accordance with the 7-16 Standard. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 3% probability of exceedance in 50 years (annual exceedance probability = 0.000588, MRI = 1,700 years). Site is not in a hurricane -prone region as defined in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.2. https://ascehazardtool.orgl Page 1 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS Seismic Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Site Soil Class: D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) Master ID: Results: [Date: Ss : 1.335 So, N/A S, 0.477 T I 8 Fa 1.2 PGA: 0.572 Fv N/A PGA M : 0.686 SMS 1.602 FPGA 1.2 SM, N/A le 1.25 SIDS 1.068 C, : 1.367 Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8. Data Accessed: Fri Jun 07 2024 Date Source: USGS Seismic Design Maps https://ascehazardtool.org/ Page 2 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS Ice CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency may, lS. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Results: Master ID: Ice Thickness: 0 in. Date: Concurrent Temperature: 25 F Gust Speed 30 mph Data Source: Standard ASCE/SEI 7-16, Figs. 10-2 through 10-8 Date Accessed: Fri Jun 07 2024 Ice thicknesses on structures in exposed locations at elevations higher than the surrounding terrain and in valleys and gorges may exceed the mapped values. Values provided are equivalent radial ice thicknesses due to freezing rain with concurrent 3-second gust speeds, for a 500-year mean recurrence interval, and temperatures concurrent with ice thicknesses due to freezing rain. Thicknesses for ice accretions caused by other sources shall be obtained from local meteorological studies. Ice thicknesses in exposed locations at elevations higher than the surrounding terrain and in valleys and gorges may exceed the mapped values. Snow Results: Ground Snow Load, p9 : 0 Ib/ft2 Mapped Elevation: 59.5 ft Data Source: ASCE/SEI 7-16, Table 7.2-8 Date Accessed: Fri Jun 07 2024 Values provided are ground snow loads. In areas designated "case study required," extreme local variations in ground snow loads preclude mapping at this scale. Site -specific case studies are required to establish ground snow loads at elevations not covered. Snow load values are mapped to a 0.5 mile resolution. This resolution can create a mismatch between the mapped elevation and the site -specific elevation in topographically complex areas. Engineers should consult the local authority having jurisdiction in locations where the reported 'elevation' and 'mapped elevation' differ significantly from each other. hftps:/Iascehazardtool.orgl Page 3 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS Rain Results: 15-minute Precipitation Intensity: 3.18 in./h 60-minute Precipitation Intensity: 1.53 in./h Data Source: Date Accessed: Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: NOAA National Weather Service, Precipitation Frequency Data Server, Atlas 14 (https://www.nws.noaa.gov/oh/hdsc/) Fri Jun 07 2024 https:/Iascehazardtool.org Page 4 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS Flood Results: Flood Zone Categorization: A Base Flood Elevation: Data Source: Date Accessed: FIRM Panel: Insurance Study Note: Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: FEMA National Flood Hazard Layer - Effective Flood Hazard Layer for US, where modernized (htti)s://msc.fema.gov/portal/search) Fri Jun 07 2024 If available, download FIRM panel here Download FEMA Flood Insurance Study for this area here AL �T'7� �. J • - �` "�'_•R 'fit•-.'+ - �r'7�{- - �, •��� a �'. .=may+ �.4•� 7 � �+L„ i • � ! I f r}�� i �{r r• �� . . sf'� -1 TTT 7YY r-s.. C +'i �L' . e !�N eX VOC . � - I r.r Spat' g, � 7 v :_ ,. �, � � � • �. -s , Tsunami Results: Tsunami: Not in mapped tsunami design zone. Data Source: ASCE Tsunami Design Geodatabase Date Accessed: Fri Jun 07 2024 https://ascehazardtool.org/ Page 5 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 ASCE AMEHICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS Tornado CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Results: Master ID: Date: RC = III MRI = MRI = MRI = MRI (MRI = 10,000 100,000 1,000,000 10,000,000 1,700 years) years years years years Effective Tornado Tornado Tornado Tornado Tornado Plan Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Area (ft2) (mph) (mph) (mph.., (mph) (.mph? A = 7 1 7 %/ I = VI = -1) 1 7. 1 � 'Ll 70 118 151 A: = V, = VI = V, =Vj= 2,000 NrA 60 82 122 164 Ae= V, V, �'j 1 = 'VI = N/ 10,000 so 8 ;-' 126 16-7 V, = V,= V,= 'V 1= N/A 40,000 50 93 132 162 W.A. V,yJ I = V, 50 98 137 165 N"'A 10 0 50 1 T3 141 169 A-N �'A Vi= V, Uu'UIDJ 62 114 14� V, 4 YLI " '.110 C (J 83 124 155 1 =1ect the appropriate tornado hazard map, the plan of the bu Idiriaq, c-ther structure. c- fac hll-f% .all t;e deterri'liFlej ri c5,=rdaFIC-t th cri 1 a--f] ha 1 be rounded u,-- lo the next avdilable mapped Ae. �',ileFi'iat v'e'.V, I:ri"-Iar https://asce'hazardtool.oi/ Page 6 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 .5peed between reaps us-iric- q the 10Qar!thTT' of the effe --tive Plan area size is permitted. per Se----tinri 32.5.1. CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency ASCE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS Data Source: Date Accessed: ASCE Tornado Geodatabase Fri Jun 07 2024 Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: The ASCE Hazard Tool is provided for your convenience, for informational purposes only, and is provided "as is" and without warranties of any kind. The location data included herein has been obtained from information developed, produced, and maintained by third party providers; or has been extrapolated from maps incorporated in the ASCE standard. While ASCE has made every effort to use data obtained from reliable sources or methodologies, ASCE does not make any representations or warranties as to the accuracy, completeness, reliability, currency, or quality of any data provided herein. Any third -party links provided by this Tool should not be construed as an endorsement, affiliation, relationship, or sponsorship of such third -party content by or from ASCE. ASCE does not intend, nor should anyone interpret, the results provided by this Tool to replace the sound judgment of a competent professional, having knowledge and experience in the appropriate field(s) of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the contents of this Tool or the ASCE standard. In using this Tool, you expressly assume all risks associated with your use. Under no circumstances shall ASCE or its officers, directors, employees, members, affiliates, or agents be liable to you or any other person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages arising from or related to your use of, or reliance on, the Tool or any information obtained therein. To the fullest extent permitted by law, you agree to release and hold harmless ASCE from any and all liability of any nature arising out of or resulting from any use of data provided by the ASCE Hazard Tool. https://ascehazardtool.org/ Page 7 of 7 Fri Jun 07 2024 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUMMARY 011000 - 1 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Work by Owner. 5. Work under separate contracts. 6. Future work. 7. Purchase contracts. 8. Owner-furnished products. 9. Contractor-furnished, Owner-installed products. 10. Access to site. 11. Coordination with occupants. 12. Work restrictions. 13. Specification and Drawing conventions. 14. Miscellaneous provisions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: St Barbara Catholic School. 1. Project Location: 5306 W McFadden Ave, Santa Ana, CA 92704. B. Owner: Roman Catholic Bishop of Orange. Owner's Representative: Jeff Geremia, 13280 Chapman Avenue Garden Grove, CA 92840 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUMMARY 011000 - 2 C. Architect: DLR Group. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. New site improvements. Specific scope includes, but is not limited, to the following: a. New artificial turf field. b. New lunch shelter. c. New playground structure and fence enclosure. d. New asphalt basketball courts and play areas. e. Site ornamental fencing. f. New entrance courtyard in front of administration building. g. New drop off and waiting area. h. New signage along McFadden Ave. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract (per AIA document A133- 2019). 1.5 WORK BY OWNER A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. 1.6 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products and making building services connections. B. Owner-Furnished Products: 1. As noted in Owner Furnished Material and Equipment Schedule in drawing set. 1.7 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have access to the Project site during the construction period according to AIA document A133-2019. 1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUMMARY 011000 - 3 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. C. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. D. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. E. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. 2. Badging to be provided by contractor. 1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUMMARY 011000 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 011000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1 SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Refer to AIA Document A201 in the Supplementary Conditions for consideration of requests received after Contract award. Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided in Project Manual. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2 c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 012500 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract (AIA 201), including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710 and eBuilder. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect, Owner or Contractor and signed by the Owner, Contractor and (at Owner’s election) Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: 1. The change in the Work; 2. The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and 3. The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. B. Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.3.3. C. Agreement on any Amendment shall constitute a final settlement of all matters relating to the change in the Work that is the subject of the Change Order, including, but not limited to, all direct and indirect costs associated with such change and any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum, the construction schedule, and the Contract Time. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. A Construction Change Directive is a written order signed by the Owner (and at Owner’s election, prepared and/or signed by Architect), directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 3 Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. B. A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. C. Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. As soon as possible, but no longer than seven days of receipt, the Contractor shall advise the Owner and the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the cost or the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. If the Contractor does not timely disagree with the adjustments, the Construction Change Directive will be deemed an agreed “Change Order”. The Contractor’s notice shall reasonably specify the reasons for its disagreement and the amount or other terms that it proposes. Without such timely written notice, the Contractor shall conclusively be deemed to have accepted the Owner’s adjustment. The Contractor’s disagreement shall not relieve the Contractor its obligation to comply promptly with any written notice issued by the Owner or the Architect. The adjustment shall then be determined by the Owner on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, in strict accordance with this Paragraph and other applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 012600 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1 SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form, with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 2 c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one- hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. Round dollar amounts to whole dollars, with total equal to Contract Sum. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. 4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 5. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item. 6. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 7. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 3 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration. D. Transmittal: Submit signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect through Owner’s web-based program (eBuilder). E. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data. 6. Schedule of unit prices. 7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits. 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 12. Initial progress report. 13. Report of preconstruction conference. F. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 3. Contractor shall provide all requirements of documents AIA 201 Section 9.10.2. G. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. All listed items in AIA Document A201 Section 9.10.2. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 012900 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2 B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Provide organizational chart and chain of command. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in built facility. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Pre-installation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4 b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire- alarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor- control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that in general the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. 10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. 2. File Preparation Format: DWG, Version, operating in Microsoft Windows operating system. 3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF format. 4. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate coordination drawing files into BIM established for Project. a. Perform three-dimensional component conflict analysis as part of preparation of coordination drawings. Resolve component conflicts prior to submittal. Indicate where conflict resolution requires modification of design requirements by Architect. 5. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in BIM. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5 6. Allow up to 14 working days for review by owner and architect. 1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. 2. RFIs will be submitted through owner provided web-based program (eBuilder). D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6 b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Use software log that is part of web-based Project software. Software log with not less than the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's BIM model will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction. 1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings. 2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings. 3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in BIM (Revit). 4. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 Digital Data Licensing Agreement. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7 a. Sub-contractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106. B. Web-Based Project Software: Use Owner's web-based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. g. Use of web-based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 8 i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. l. Distribution of the Contract Documents. m. Submittal procedures. n. Preparation of Record Documents. o. Use of the premises. p. Work restrictions. q. Working hours. r. Owner's occupancy requirements. s. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. t. Procedures for moisture and mold control. u. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. v. Construction waste management and recycling. w. Parking availability. x. Office, work, and storage areas. y. Equipment deliveries and priorities. z. First aid. aa. Security. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Pre-installation Conferences: Conduct a pre-installation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Owner's Commissioning Authority of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Sustainable design requirements. i. Review of mockups. j. Possible conflicts. k. Compatibility requirements. l. Time schedules. m. Weather limitations. n. Manufacturer's written instructions. o. Warranty requirements. p. Compatibility of materials. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 9 q. Acceptability of substrates. r. Temporary facilities and controls. s. Space and access limitations. t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. u. Testing and inspecting requirements. v. Installation procedures. w. Coordination with other work. x. Required performance results. y. Protection of adjacent work. z. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of Record Documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files. d. Submittal of written warranties. e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. g. Requirements for demonstration and training. h. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. j. Submittal procedures. k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. l. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. m. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 10 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 013100 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1 SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. AIA Document A201, Section 3.10 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Unusual event reports. 8. Construction Document Updates 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2 C. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF file. B. Startup construction schedule. 1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. D. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. F. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. G. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. H. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. I. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing work stages area separations and interim milestones. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3 7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 8. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities. 9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 10. Review procedures for updating schedule. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 1. Use Scheduling component of Project website software specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination," or other approved software available to owner and architect for current Windows operating system. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 4 6. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 7. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 2. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 3. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Uninterruptible services. c. Use-of-premises restrictions. d. Provisions for future construction. e. Seasonal variations. f. Environmental control. E. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. See Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures. F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. G. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. H. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. I. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.8 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 1.9 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work. 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. 1.10 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Testing and inspection. 8. Accidents. 9. Meetings and significant decisions. 10. Unusual events. 11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 12. Meter readings and similar recordings. 13. Emergency procedures. 14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 15. Change Orders received and implemented. 16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 17. Services connected and disconnected. 18. Equipment or system tests and startups. 19. Partial completions and occupancies. 20. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. C. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. 1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. 1.11 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT UPDATES A. Project documents shall be updated regularly electronically and available to the owner/architect/subcontractors. B. Updated documents are to be made available via construction management software, such as Procore or some similar document control platform. C. Document tracking to include Contract document updates: 1. Issued via ASI, CCD, PR, or similar form. 2. RFIs 3. Submittals ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 013200 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1 SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. AIA Document A201, Section 3.12. 1.2 SUMMARY. A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software. 3. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 4. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections. 5. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals. 6. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 7. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 8. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal Category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. 1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Architect. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 7. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8. Category and type of submittal. 9. Submittal purpose and description. 10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 12. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 13. Other necessary identification. 14. Remarks. 15. Signature of transmitter. B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. E. Submittals for Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files, or other format indicated by Project software website. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package, and transmit to Architect by sending via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by Architect. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file. 2. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 14 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 14 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 14 days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 14 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect and Construction Manager. D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. c. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 3. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G. Certificates: 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. 1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with indication in web- based Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 1.10 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required. 1. PDF Submittals: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 9 2. Submittals by Web-Based Project Software: Architect will indicate, on Project software website, the appropriate action. B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. D. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 013300 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality - assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). D. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site either as freestanding temporary built elements or as part of permanent construction. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope constructed on-site as freestanding temporary built elements or as part of permanent construction, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. G. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. J. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager. 1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For integrated exterior mockups. 1. Include plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction. 2. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 3. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions. B. Delegated-Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility submitted to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections. 2. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. F. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. G. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and inspections from field quality- control tests and inspections. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections will be conducted by Owner. 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by Commissioning Authority. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products which are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7 H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens and test assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect and Commissioning Authority, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups of size indicated. 2. Build mockups in location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed to perform same tasks during the construction at Project. 5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting corresponding work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 7. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8 K. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials. Comply with requirements in "Mockups" Paragraph. 1.11 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and re-inspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 9 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in pre-installation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. 1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency or special inspector as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 10 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, that includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and re-inspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. END OF SECTION 014000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 1 SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 2 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.abma.com. 9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. 13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. 26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org. 34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 3 36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org. 49. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org. 52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com. 60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 63. CSA - Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca. 64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa- international.org. 65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org. 66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 69. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). 72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA). 73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org. 78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 79. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 80. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 4 81. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 82. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org. 83. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com. 84. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com. 85. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 86. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 87. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 88. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 89. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com. 90. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 91. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 92. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 93. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 94. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org. 95. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com. 96. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 97. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 98. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA). 99. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 100. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 101. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 102. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 103. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 104. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; http://www.iec.ch. 105. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 106. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org. 107. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 108. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 109. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 110. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 111. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 112. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com. 113. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org. 114. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 115. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 116. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 117. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 118. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 119. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 120. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 121. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 122. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 5 123. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 124. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 125. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 126. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 127. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 128. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 129. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 130. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 131. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 132. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org. 133. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 134. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 135. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 136. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 137. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 138. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 139. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 140. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 141. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 142. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 143. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 144. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 145. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 146. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA). 147. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 148. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 149. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 150. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 151. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 152. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 153. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 154. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org. 155. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 156. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 157. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 158. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 159. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 160. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 161. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org. 162. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 163. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 164. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 165. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org. 166. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 167. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 168. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 6 169. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 170. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 171. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 172. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 173. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 174. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 175. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 176. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 177. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 178. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 179. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 180. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 181. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 182. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com. 183. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 184. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 185. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 186. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 187. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 188. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 189. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 190. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 191. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 192. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 193. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 194. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com. 195. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 196. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org. 197. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 198. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 199. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 200. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 201. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 202. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 203. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org. 204. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 205. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org. B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 7 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET REFERENCES 014200 - 8 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 014200 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. D. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. E. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use at equipment occupied IDF and MDF rooms, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste-handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete bases for supporting posts. B. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabric scrim with grommets for attachment to chain link fence, sized to height of fence. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot- square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F. 5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. C. Field Office, Owner: Prefabricated or mobile units of minimum size at least 12'x60'. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Drinking water and private toilet. 3. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F. 4. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction. and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four- stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction as needed. D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use as available. E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 F. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering owner equipment occupied IDF and MDF rooms. 1. Upon installation of owner equipment, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed. a. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until completion of construction. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust- producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust- containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter- equipped vacuum equipment. H. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be used. 2. Where power distribution wiring is required by circumstances to be overhead, arrange it to rise vertically where least exposed to damage. 3. Connect temporary service to new electrical transformer as directed by electric company officials. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office. K. Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication service, including electronic mail and internet access, in common-use facilities. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 1. The Contractor shall provide an e-mail account for the duration of the project, commencing from the time job site offices are established to post final completion. All communication to be via email or the Owner’s eBuilder site. Faxes will not be accepted. 2. Provide the following infrastructure for the computer to be used by the Owner, Architect/Engineers. 3. a. An RJ45 wall jack on the near location when the computer is to be set, connected to: b. A network device that has the capability, such as a router, which has the capability to issue a DHCP address to the computer that we will be using at that site. c. The network device (router) should also have the ability to connect the computer that we will be using at that site to the internet. d. An RJ 45 cable to connect from the RJ45 wall jack to the computer that we will be using at that site. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. Contractor’s temporary facility locations shall be sited to provide the least disturbance possible to neighboring properties – Owner reserves the right to direct the location of temporary facilities like job-site trailers or temporary toilets. 2. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. 4. Combustible structures should not be within 30 feet of trees or power poles. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Division 31. 3. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving." D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." I. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. J. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs for second level and roof access. K. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. D. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." E. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. I. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 9 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes. D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 10 2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. c. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 11 END OF SECTION 015000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 1 SECTION 015639 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Protection of existing trees, plants, and roots from damage. 1. Pruning of existing trees and plants 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A300 - Tree Care Operations Standards B. Pruning practices shall conform with recommendations “Structural Pruning: A Guide For The Green Industry”; Published by Urban Tree Foundation, Visalia, California; most current edition. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Designated Trees: Existing Trees to Remain B. Critical Root Zone (CRZ): 1. The CRZ for trees 4 inches in caliper or smaller shall be an area with a radius at least 5 feet from the trunk. 2. CRZ for trees over 4 inches in caliper shall be an area that is 5 feet beyond the existing tree canopy. C. Zone of Protection: As indicated on Drawings. D. Weed: A plant that is undesirable where it is growing. 1.4 PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES A. Cutting of roots 2 inches in diameter or larger without approval. Damaging tree bark, branches. B. Removal of protective fencing or notice posted on trees prior to approval of Substantial Completion. C. Activities prohibited within the Zone of Protection (without prior approval) are, but not limited to: construction, operation of machinery, storage of materials, paving, grading, cutting, filling, travel within, dumping, disposal of liquids, and parking of vehicles or equipment. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MULCH A. Organic Material: Commercially manufactured fine grade compost following guidelines and tested to meet the US composting Council's seal of testing assurance. 2.2 TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. Chain Link Fence 1. 6 feet tall metal chain link fence set in metal frame panels of sufficient size to hold the fence erect without be driven into the ground. Fence panels shall be tied together so they cannot be easily breached. B. Plastic Mesh Fence 1. Heavy - duty orange plastic mesh fencing fabric 48 inches wide. Fencing shall be attached to metal “U” or “T” post driven into the ground of sufficient depth to hold the fabric solidly in place without sagging. The fabric shall be attached to the post using attachment ties of sufficient number and strength to hold up the fabric without sagging. 2.3 TREE PROTECTION SIGN A. Heavy-duty, waterproof signs, 8.5 inches x 11 inches, colored background with black 2 inch high or larger letters block letters. The signs shall be attached to the tree protection fence every 50 feet o.c. The tree protection sign shall read “Tree, Plant, and Root Protection Area- Keep Out”. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE EXAMINATION A. Examine the site, tree, plant and soil conditions. Notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any conditions that may impact the successful Tree and Plant Protections that is the intent of this section. 3.2 COORDINATION WITH PROJECT WORK A. The Contractor shall coordinate with all other work that may impact the completion of the work. 3.3 NOTICE A. Notify all workers, including subcontractors, of the requirements to protect Designated Trees, plants and their roots. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 3 3.4 PREPARATION A. Prior to the preconstruction meeting, layout the limits of the Tree and Protection Fencing and pruning trenches. Obtain the Owner's Representative's approval before Construction Activities. B. Flag all trees and shrubs to be removed by wrapping orange plastic ribbon around the trunk and obtain the Owner's approval prior to the start of tree and shrub removal. After approval, mark all trees and shrubs to be removed with orange paint in a band completely around the base of the tree or shrub 4.5 feet above the ground. C. Flag all trees and shrubs to remain with white plastic ribbon tied completely around the trunk of each tree and on a prominent branch for each shrub. Obtain the Owner's Representative's approval of all trees and shrubs to be remain prior to the start of tree and shrub removal. D. Prior to any construction activity, install all tree protection fencing, tree protection signs, and Mulch as shown on the drawings. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF MULCH A. Provide a minimum thickness of 4 inches of Mulch within Zones of Protection identified on the Drawings. 3.6 ROOT PRUNING A. Root pruning shall be in conformance with ANSI A300 (part 8) latest edition. Use approved root- pruning devices. B. Prior to any excavating into the existing soil grade within the CRZ, root prune where identified on the plans to a depth of 24 inches below existing grade or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Prune roots encountered during construction. Make clean, vertical cuts. Do not leave split or frayed ends. Obtain Owner's Representative's approval prior to cutting roots larger than 1 inch in diameter. D. Cover exposed roots overnight with 4 layers of wet burlap or 4 inches of wet Mulch. Backfill exposed roots with Soil Material as specified in Division 32 as soon as Work is completed. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect the Zone of Protection at all times from compaction of the soil; damage of any kind to trunks, bark, branches, leaves, and roots of all plants; and contamination of the soil, bark or leaves with construction material, debris, silt, fuels, oils, and any chemical substances. Notify the Owner's Representative of any spills, compaction, or damage and take corrective action immediately using methods approved by the Owner's Representative. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 4 3.8 TREE AND STUMP REMOVAL WITHIN ZONE OF PROTECTION A. Remove tree and stumps from existing trees to be removed. Grind trunk bases and large buttress roots to a depth of the largest buttress root or at least 24 inches below the top most roots whichever is less. Do not push or pull stump with heavy equipment as it may damage roots of protected tree within Zone of Protection. 3.9 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION WITHIN ZONE OF PROTECTION A. Trenching and excavation within the Zone of Protection is to be performed with the use of an air spade, pressurized water, vacuum excavation, or by hand. Obtain Owner's Representative approval of trenching and excavation locations and methods prior to performing any work. 1. Air or water pressure shall be a maximum of 90-100 psi. 2. Restore soil within the trench as soon as the Work is completed. Leave soil mounded over the trench to a height of approximately 10% of the trench depth to account for settlement. 3.10 PRUNING A. Prune canopies of Trees impacted by construction only upon approval of Owner's Representative. All canopy pruning must be performed by a certified arborist. 1. Prune all dead or hazardous branches larger than 2 inch in diameter from all trees to remain. 2. Prune any low, hanging branches from existing trees and shrubs that overhang walks, streets and drives, or parking areas as follows: a. Walks - within 8 feet vertically of the proposed walk elevation. b. Parking areas - within 12 feet vertically of the proposed parking surface elevation. c. Streets and drives - within 14 feet vertically of the proposed driving surface elevation. B. Sterilize all pruning tools between the work in individual trees to reduce spread of disease. 3.11 WATERING A. Water trees where identified on the Drawings. Watering will be required if it is judged that root removal is necessary for construction and threatens the survival of the tree. Use a slow drip or soaker hose to provide one-inch water per week until completion of construction. 3.12 WEED REMOVAL A. During the construction period, control any plants that seed in and around the fenced Zone of Protection at least three times a year. 1. All plants that are not shown on the planting plan or on the Existing Landscape Protection and Removal Plan shall be considered as weeds. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 5 3.13 CLEAN-UP A. Remove and dispose of excess Mulch and other material brought to the site by the Contractor. 3.14 REMOVAL OF FENCING AND OTHER TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. At the end of the construction period or when requested by the Owner's Representative remove protection fencing, mulch, and any other Tree Protection material. 3.15 DAMAGE OR LOSS TO EXISTING PLANTS TO REMAIN A. Actual tree damage such as trunk scoring and broken limbs or damaged roots inside the Zone of Protection will be assessed according to the percentage of loss of tree value. Percentage of tree value will be determined by the Owner's Representative. Tree value will be determined from “Evaluation of Landscape Trees, Shrubs, and Other Landscape Plants” by International Society of Arboriculture. B. Any remedial work on damaged existing trees recommended by the consulting arborist shall be completed by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Remedial work shall include but is not limited to: soil compaction remediation and vertical mulching, pruning and or cabling, insect and disease control including injections, compensatory watering, additional mulching, and could include application tree growth regulators. C. Remedial work may extend up to two years following the completion of construction to allow for any requirements of multiple applications or the need to undertake applications at required seasons of the year. END OF SECTION 015639 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 015723 - 1 SECTION 015723 - STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 1.1 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.2 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Requirements for compliance with the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) developed specifically for this Project are the responsibility of the Contractor. a. SWPPP satisfies the mandates of Federal Clean Water Act as enforced by State of California Water Resources Control Board and its Regional Water Quality Boards. b. In accordance with the State Water Resources Control Board’s (SWRCB) General Construction Activities Storm Water Permit, Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002, the SWPPP Major objective is to: c. d. (1) Identify the sources of sediment and other pollutants that affect the quality of storm water discharges e. (2) Describe and ensure the implementation of Best Management Practices, (BMPs) to reduce or eliminate sediment and other pollutants in storm water as well as non-storm water discharges. B. Related Sections 1. Contractor shall retain a California State Certified Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) to implement and maintain the SWPPP and file all necessary documents to the State. 2. SWPPP requires compliance of all trades on Project that use or manipulate materials of any nature which can potentially enter storm-water drainage system. 3. Representative materials controlled by the SWPPP include erosion of native soils and fill materials, groundwater, leakage or spills from construction vehicles and machinery, stored fuels, concrete truck washout, chemical treatments, curing, compounds, paints, plasters, paving materials, adhesives and sealants, trash and general construction debris, pesticides, fertilizers, and any other material which can be carried by running water or percolate into earth. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide name and certification documents of the Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP). B. Trough the entirety of construction, prepare inspection reports, rain gauge readings, stormwater sampling and analysis, bio assessment reports, Annual Reports and submit through the State’s Storm Water Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) as required by the General Construction Permit. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 015723 - 2 C. Closeout Submittals: Submit to owner documentation certifying compliance with the SWPPP, site monitoring reports, and notification of Agencies of completion of operations as required by the General Construction Permit. D. Provide a Rain Event Action Plan (REAP) if project is considered a RISK LEVEL 2 or 3. REAP shall be prepare by the project QSP. E. SWPPP plan. 1. The SWPPP will be prepared by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) certified by the RWQCB, as required by the General Construction Permit. 2. Implementation and report processing of the SWPPP shall be conducted by a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner as required by the General Construction Permit. 3. 1.4 REGULATORY BACKGROUND A. As required by Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean Water Act) and regulations of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and of State of California Water Resources Control Board current General construction Permit, any construction activity of ONE acre or more must be covered by National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. B. The Act further decrees fines of as much as $37,500 per day per violation. C. It is implicit that SWPPP satisfies requirements of NPDES permit. D. If Owner is cited for violation of Clean Water Act due to failure of SWPPP to address requirement, Contractor shall be liable for any fines or penalties that might be imposed by regulatory agency, he shall be obligated to perform mandated corrective measures at his own expense. E. If Owner, Architect, or Owner's Inspector becomes aware of violations of SWPPP, they will immediately inform Contractor in writing. Contractor shall immediately cease violation and shall restore site, at his own expense, to same conditions it was in before violation, to approval of Owner. F. Should Contractor continue to violate requirements of SWPPP, or refuse to comply, or refuse to repair results of violation to Owner's approval, for purposes of this Contract it shall be considered as any other violation of Contract. Owner will take necessary measures as set forth in General Conditions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 015723 - 3 PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1 MATERIALS A. A. Provide all temporary and permanent Best Management Practices (BMP’s) storm water pollution prevention equipment, material, and facilities as required by or as necessary to comply with the SWPPP and meet the General Construction Permit requirements. B. PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.1 IMPLEMENTATION A. Measures required in SWPPP shall be executed as dictated by SWPPP itself. B. Legally Responsible Person (LRP) authorized by the Owner shall file Notice of Intent and obtain project WDID number. C. Contractor shall not commence construction until a Notice of Intent has been filed to the State and project WDID number has been issued. 1. Concurrent with commencement of construction activities, Contractor shall implement and retain at project site, the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and a monitoring program and reporting plan throughout construction in accordance with the General Permit. D. Contractor shall be responsible for paying the necessary permit fees and complying with State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2009-009-DWQ, implementing provisions of the Clean Water Act relating to storm water discharges. E. The plan will address all potential sources of pollutants which may enter the storm water system, it must explain what steps will be taken during construction to minimize the risk of storm water contamination and must address management procedures to be utilized during construction to prevent pollution discharges such as spills, leaking, and dumping. F. A copy of said plan shall be provided to owner and upon request contractor shall certify, in writing, compliance with the relevant rules, regulations and laws. G. Additional information regarding State Water Resources Control Board requirements can be obtained from State Water Resources Control Board, Division of Water Quality: H. I. Attention: Storm Water Permit Unit, J. P.O. Box 1977, Sacramento, CA 95812-1977. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 015723 - 4 K. Telephone Number (916) 657-1146. L. During construction, make changes as necessary for proper functioning of SWPPP measures. Notify QSP on recommended changes. M. At completion of work, Contractor shall remove temporary SWPPP measures and dispose of any pollutants in legal manner offsite, or as otherwise required by SWPPP 3.2 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Minimum Water Quality Protection Requirements 1. The Contractor is required to meet the following minimum standards of good housekeeping: a. Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on site and may not be transported from the site via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural drainage, or wind. b. Stockpiles of earth and other construction-related materials must be protected from being transported from the site by wind or water. c. Fuels, oils, solvents, and other toxic materials must be stored in accordance with their listing and are not to contaminate the soil nor the surface waters. All approved toxic storage containers are to be protected from the weather. Spills must be cleaned up immediately and disposed of in a proper manner. Spills may not be washed into the drainage system. d. Excess or waste concrete may not be washed into the public way or any drainage system. Provisions shall be made to retain concrete wastes on-site until they can be appropriately disposed of or recycled. e. Trash and construction-related solid wastes must be deposited into a covered receptacle to prevent contamination of rainwater and dispersal by wind. f. Sediments and other materials may not be tracked from the site by vehicle traffic. The construction entrance roadways must be stabilized so as to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public ways. Accidental depositions must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by rain or by any other means. B. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan 1. The Contractor shall comply with The Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The Contractor shall implement Best Management Practices (BMPs) necessary to control stormwater pollution from sediments, erosion, and construction materials leaving the construction site. 2. The BMPs contained in the Development Best Management Practices Handbook – Part A, Construction Activities cover the following categories of construction activities: a. Site preparation/earth removal b. Underground structures c. Aboveground structures d. Roadways, walkways and parking lots e. Planting and landscaping ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 015723 - 5 3. The SWPPP document shall include the following information: a. The name, location, period of construction, and a brief description of the Project. b. Contact information for the Contractor, including name, address, and telephone number. c. Name, location, and description of any environmentally sensitive areas located on or adjoining the Project. d. A list of major construction materials, waste, and activities. e. A list of BMPs to be used to control pollutant discharges from major construction materials, wastes, and activities. f. A site plan (a construction plan may be used) indicating the location of BMPs where appropriate. g. A developer’s certification statement that all required and selected BMPs will be effectively implemented. 4. Whenever the Contractor is required to get any type of permit from the Department of Building and Safety (DBAS), the Contractor shall submit the SWPPP document to the DBAS for review and approval before obtaining the permit. At least one copy of the approved SWPPP shall be kept at the construction site and accessible to City inspectors. 5. Publication on the General Construction Permit details are available at: 6. 7. State Water Resources Control Board Website: 8. 9. http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/construction.shtml 10. 11. California Stormwater Quality Association 12. http://www.cabmphandbooks.com C. END OF SECTION ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 2. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 3. Section 014200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in - service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 3. See individual identification sections in Division 26 for additional identification requirements. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather-tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: …" 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5 Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …" 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …" 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …" 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …" 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …" 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 6 C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested. B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 016000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1 SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen). 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2 B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator and refrigerant recovery technician. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 3 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. Superintendent may not serve as Waste Management Coordinator. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. 1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition site-clearing and construction waste generated by the Work. Use Form CWM-1 for construction waste and Form CWM-2 for demolition waste. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use Form CWM-3 for construction waste and Form CWM-4 for demolition waste. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work in compliance with Section 024116 "Structure Demolition" and Section 024119 "Selective Demolition." 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 4 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there were no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Use Form CWM-5 for construction waste and Form CWM-6 for demolition waste. Include the following: 1. Total quantity of waste. 2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include transportation and tipping fees and cost of collection containers and handling for each type of waste. 3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management). 4. Revenue from salvaged materials. 5. Revenue from recycled materials. 6. Savings in transportation and tipping fees by donating materials. 7. Savings in transportation and tipping fees that are avoided. 8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste. 9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Construction Waste Reduction, General: Review Section 018113.13 “Sustainable Design Requirements - CALGreen” for additional requirements. Provide construction waste management and disposal in accordance with the more stringent requirements. 2. Demolition Waste: a. Asphalt paving. b. Concrete. c. Concrete reinforcing steel. d. Brick. e. Concrete masonry units. f. Wood studs. g. Wood joists. h. Plywood and oriented strand board. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 5 i. Wood paneling. j. Wood trim. k. Structural and miscellaneous steel. l. Rough hardware. m. Roofing. n. Insulation. o. Doors and frames. p. Door hardware. q. Windows. r. Glazing. s. Metal studs. t. Gypsum board. u. Acoustical tile and panels. v. Carpet. w. Carpet pad. x. Demountable partitions. y. Equipment. z. Cabinets. aa. Plumbing fixtures. bb. Piping. cc. Supports and hangers. dd. Valves. ee. Sprinklers. ff. Mechanical equipment. gg. Refrigerants. hh. Electrical conduit. ii. Copper wiring. jj. Lighting fixtures. kk. Lamps. ll. Ballasts. mm. Electrical devices. nn. Switchgear and panelboards. oo. Transformers. 3. Construction Waste: a. Masonry and CMU. b. Lumber. c. Wood sheet materials. d. Wood trim. e. Metals. f. Roofing. g. Insulation. h. Carpet and pad. i. Gypsum board. j. Piping. k. Electrical conduit. l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 6 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Wood pallets. 8) Plastic pails. m. Construction Office Waste: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following construction office waste materials: 1) Paper. 2) Aluminum cans. 3) Glass containers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Alternative Daily Cover (ADC): If ADC is included in waste reduction calculations, it must be counted as waste, not as recycled material. C. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project. D. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. E. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 7 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled. 2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. F. Waste Management in Historic Zones or Areas: Transportation equipment and other materials shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, by 12 inches - or more. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Comply with requirements in Section 024113 “Site Demolition”. B. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. C. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. D. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. E. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. F. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. G. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. H. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. I. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 8 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Owner. C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. B. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize masonry to maximum 3/4-inch size. 2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets. C. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. D. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 9 E. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts. Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories. F. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. G. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. H. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members, including trim and other metals from acoustical panels and tile, and sort with other metals. I. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. 1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by carpet reclamation agency or carpet recycler. J. Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive. 1. Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by carpet reclamation agency or carpet recycler. K. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by material and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by material and size. L. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by material and size. M. Lamps: Separate lamps by type and store according to requirements in 40 CFR 273. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 10 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. END OF SECTION 017419 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 7. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." 8. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 9. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 10. Submit pest-control final inspection report. 11. Submit final completion photographic documentation. B. Procedures Prior to Final Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements. 10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. C. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b. Web-based project software upload. Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list). 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into an individual electronic PDF files corresponding to specification section numbers. 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. E. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11- inchpaper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 6 j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with Owner waste disposal. 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 7 END OF SECTION 017700 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operations Maintenance Manual a. Emergency manuals b. Systems and equipment operation manuals. c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. d. Product maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 10 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion Prior to final completion. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. E. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic keyword searchable PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. For each specification section, provide 1 pdf containing all Product Data and 1 pdf containing the Warranty. Place pdfs into files named according to CSI format 3. Submit all documents by uploading to web-based project software site. B. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inchpaper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. b. Submit 3 copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manual and 1 copy of the Warranty Binder ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manual: Unless otherwise indicated, organize single manual. The manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. a. Contact list b. Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA G704-2000) c. Contractor's Statement of Warranty d. Lead & Asbestos Free Certification Letter e. Certificate of Occupancy f. Final Permit Inspection Approvals g. Operation & Maintenance Data (including shop drawings, where applicable) and Warranties organized by specification sections chronological order and named according to CSI Format. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4 C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. D. Manual Contents: Arrange contents by specification sections chronological order. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single file. 1.7 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.8 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: For each system, sub-system, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, sub-system, and piece of equipment included in the manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6 a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. I. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. 1.9 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7 B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 017823 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 PRELIMINARY CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the owner the following for review: 1. Revit model detailed to LOD 300 2. CAD files & X-refs (i.e. Landscape dwgs) 3. Draft Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Upload to owner web-based program: O&M Manual; Specs; Revit model; DWG files; pdfs of Record Drawings, Redline Drawings (scanned if necessary) and Permit Drawings (scanned) also submit by uploading to web-based project software site. B. Permit Drawing Set (original stamp, signature, & date) C. Three (3) hard copies of Record Drawings D. Three (3) copies O&M Manual 3-Ring Binders including: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 1. Table of Contents 2. Contact list; 3. Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA G704-2000); 4. Lead & Asbestos Free Certification Letter; 5. Certificate of Occupancy; 6. Final Permit Inspection Approvals; 7. Operation & Maintenance Data (including shop drawings, where applicable) and Warranties organized logically by CSI division; 8. Warranties E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record- keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled Via USB Drive. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled via USB Drive. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.6 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 4 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file via USB drive and upload to web-based project software site. 1.7 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file via USB Drive. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file via USB Drive. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. 1.9 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 017839 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 1 SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Demonstration and training video recordings. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. B. Qualification Data: For facilitator. C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Upload to web-based software website or on USB within seven days of end of each training module. 1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 2 f. Date of video recording. 2. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared in same paper and PDF file format required for operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced photographing demonstration and training events similar to those required. D. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect. D. In addition to general building training the subcontractors to provide trade specific training for Mechanical and Electrical systems. This training shall be conducted during commissioning of the building, 3 months after building competition and prior to 1 year warranty expiration. E. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 3 1. Each training sessions to last a maximum of 8 hours. 2. Controls specific training to be four to five days training for multiple Owner’s operation team members. 1.7 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operation and Maintenance Manual. c. Project Record Documents. d. Identification systems. e. Warranties and bonds. f. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 4 d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1.8 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 5 1.9 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 2. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. E. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 017900 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN 018113.13 - 1 SECTION 018113.13 – SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with the following sustainable design requirements: 1. 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen). 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit additional sustainable design submittals required by other Specification Sections. B. Sustainable design submittals are in addition to other submittals. 1. If submitted item is identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, include an additional copy with other submittal as a record copy of compliance with indicated CALGreen requirements instead of separate sustainable design submittal. Mark additional copy "Sustainable Design Submittal." C. Material Emissions and Pollutant Control: Product data for the following, indicating compliance with requirements. 1. Composite wood products. 2. Adhesives and sealants. 3. Paints and coatings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Action Plans: Submit the following action plans within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed, indicating how requirements will be met. 1. Construction Waste Reduction, Disposal and Recycling: Proposed method to achieve specified results, including supporting documentation. 2. Material Emissions and Pollutant Control Plan: List of proposed products. Indicate that each product that complies with specified criteria. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN 018113.13 - 2 1.5 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Construction Waste Reduction, General: Review Section 017419 “Construction Waste Management and Disposal” for additional requirements. Provide construction waste reduction in accordance with the more stringent requirements. B. Construction Waste Reduction, Disposal and Recycling: In accordance with CALGreen Section 5.408, recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65 percent of the nonhazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with one of the following; or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 1. Construction waste management plan, in accordance with CALGreen 5.408.1.1; 2. Waste management company, in accordance with CALGreen 5.408.1.2; or 3. Waste stream reduction alternative, in accordance with CALGreen 5.408.1.3. C. Construction Waste Management, Documentation: In accordance with CALGreen 5.408.1.4, provide documentation to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Section 5.408.1.1 through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. 1. Sample forms found in “A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)” located at www.bsc.ca.gov/Home/CALGreen.aspx may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan. 2. Mixed construction and demolition debris (C&D) processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). D. Excavated Soil and Land Clearing Debris: In accordance with CALGreen Section 5.408, 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. E. Adhesives, Sealants and Caulks: Provide in accordance with CALGreen 5.504. 1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in VOC Limits article below. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified below. 2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507. 3. VOC Limits for Sealant: Amount expressed in grams of VOC per liter of coating, less water and less exempt compounds. SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT Architectural 250 Marine deck 760 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN 018113.13 - 3 Nonmembrane roof 300 Roadway 250 Single-ply roof membrane 450 Other 420 SEALANT PRIMERS Architectural Nonporous 250 Porous 775 Modified bituminous 500 Marine deck 760 Other 750 4. VOC Limits for Adhesive: Amount expressed in grams of VOC per liter of coating, less water and less exempt compounds. ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT Indoor carpet adhesives 50 Carpet pad adhesives 50 Outdoor carpet adhesives 150 Wood flooring adhesive 100 Rubber floor adhesives 60 Subfloor adhesives 50 Ceramic tile adhesives 65 VCT and asphalt tile adhesives 50 Drywall and panel adhesives 50 Cove base adhesives 50 Multipurpose construction adhesives 70 Structural glazing adhesives 100 Single-ply roof membrane adhesives 250 Other adhesive not specifically listed 50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC welding 510 CPVC welding 490 ABS welding 325 Plastic cement welding 250 Adhesive primer for plastic 550 Contact adhesive 80 Special purpose contact adhesive 250 Structural wood member adhesive 140 Top and trim adhesive 250 SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS Metal to metal 30 Plastic foams 50 Porous material (except wood) 50 Wood 30 Fiberglass 80 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN 018113.13 - 4 F. Paints and Coatings: Provide in accordance with CALGreen 5.504. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in VOC Limits article below, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3, shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat, or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board, Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. 1. Aerosol paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. 2. VOC Limits for Paints and Coatings: Amount expressed in grams of VOC per liter of coating, less water and less exempt compounds. COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT Flat coatings 50 Nonflat coatings 100 Nonflat-high gloss coatings 150 SPECIALTY COATINGS Aluminum roof coatings 400 Basement specialty coatings 400 Bituminous roof coatings 50 Bituminous roof primers 350 Bond breakers 350 Concrete curing compounds 350 Concrete/masonry sealers 100 Driveway sealers 50 Dry fog coatings 150 Faux finishing coatings 350 Fire resistive coatings 350 Floor coatings 100 Form-release compounds 250 Graphic arts coatings (sign paints) 500 High temperature coatings 420 Industrial maintenance coatings 250 Low solids coatings 120 Magnesite cement coatings 450 Mastic texture coatings 100 Metallic pigmented coatings 500 Multicolor coatings 250 Pretreatment wash primers 420 Primers, sealers, and undercoaters 100 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN 018113.13 - 5 Reactive penetrating sealers 350 Recycled coatings 250 Roof coatings 50 Rust preventative coatings 250 Shellacs Clear 730 Opaque 550 Specialty primers, sealers and undercoaters 100 Stains 250 Stone consolidants 450 Swimming pool coatings 340 Traffic marking coatings 100 Tub and tile refinish coatings 420 Waterproofing membranes 250 Wood coatings 275 Wood preservatives 350 Zinc-rich primers 340 3. Verification: Provide in accordance with CALGreen 5.504.4.3.2. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Manufacturer’s product specification b. Field verification of on-site product containers. G. Composite Wood Products: Provide in accordance with CALGreen 5.504.4.5. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the building shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB’s Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.) Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown below. PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT Hardwood plywood veneer core 0.05 Hardwood plywood composite core 0.05 Particleboard 0.09 Medium density fiberboard 0.11 Thin medium density fiberboard 0.13 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Provide products and procedures necessary to comply with CALGreen. Although other Sections may specify some requirements that contribute to these requirements, Contractor shall provide additional materials and procedures necessary to comply with CALGreen. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - CALGREEN 018113.13 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NONSMOKING BUILDING A. Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes. END OF SECTION 018113.13 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 1 SECTION 024113 - SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following 1. Demolition and removal of site improvements and all other related contiguous improvements as required. Refer to Contract Drawings for items and location. 2. Demolition, dismantling, cutting and alterations as indicated, specified, and required for completion of the Contract; for new construction, modernization and rehabilitation projects, as applicable. Includes items such as the following: 1. Protecting existing work to remain. 2. Salvageable items to be retained. 3. Cleaning soiled materials that are to remain. 4. Disconnecting and capping utilities. 5. Removing debris and equipment. 6. Removal of items indicated on drawings. B. Demolition of Existing Building Foundations 1. Demolition and removal of all existing building foundations, footings, slabs, retaining walls, etc. shall be carried in a careful and orderly manner, and according to all applicable codes and regulations for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control and disposal of materials. 2. Sprinkle Work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for that purpose. D. Demolition and Removal of Pavements 1. Markup all existing utilities on site. 2. Sawcut all Concrete Pavements, as indicated on Drawings. 3. Remove all indicated pavements, walkways, curb and gutter, concrete ditches, landscape areas, etc. 4. Protect all manhole and valve covers, lids, vaults and other site fixtures, marked to remain. E. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Sections for “Photographic Documentation”, “Special Environmental Procedures”, ”Temporary Facilities”, “Tree and Plant Protection”, “Cutting and Patching” as applicable. 2. Division 31 for "Site Clearing" and “Earthwork” as applicable. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 2 3. Asbestos-Containing Materials (ACMs) and/or other Hazardous Materials Report. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the owners’ property. B. Asbestos-Containing Materials (ACMs) and other hazardous materials: As identified in the Report, remove asbestos-containing materials (ASMs) and other identified hazardous materials. C. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner’s property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner’s designated storage area. D. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in locations indicated or as directed by Owner. E. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. When permitted by the Architect and Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.04 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. B. Historical items indicated remain the Owner’s property. Carefully remove and salvage each item in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the Owner. C. Historical items, archeological or paleontological findings, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, commemorative benches, antiques, and other items of interest or value to the Owner, which may be encountered during demolition, remain the Owner’s property. If such items are encountered, all project operations shall cease in the area of discovery immediately. The Owner shall secure the services of an archeological consultant to assess the resources and determine a course of action. 1. Cooperate with Owner’s archaeological consultant or historical adviser. Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND) for related requirements. D. Human Remains: In the event that human remains are discovered, there shall be no disposition of such human remains, other than in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the California Health and Safety Code and Public Resources Code. All project operations shall cease in the area of discovery immediately. In conjunction with the Owner, the Code provisions require immediate notification of the County Coroner and the Native American Heritage Commission. 1. Cooperate with the County Coroner, the Native American Heritage Commission representative and other related officials. Refer to the Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND) for related requirements. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 3 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated. B. Proposed dust-control measures. C. Proposed noise-control measures. D. Proposed signage. E. Schedule of demolition activities indicating the following: 1. Detailed sequence of demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2. Dates for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. F. Inventory of items to be removed and salvaged. G. Inventory of items to be removed by Owner, if any. H. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. I. Record drawings at Project closeout according to Section "Project Record Documents". 1. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions. J. Landfill records for record purposes indicating receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA & SCAQMD notification regulations before starting demolition. Observe applicable Best Practices and implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with pre-installation conference requirements of Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. Bidders shall make themselves fully aware of the existing conditions within the site. Scope limits scheduled for demolition and items/areas to remain protected in supplement to the Bid Drawings and Documents. B. If conditions are encountered that vary from those indicated on plan, notify the Architect for instructions prior to proceeding. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 4 C. Buildings immediately adjacent to demolition area will be occupied. Conduct building demolition so operations of occupied buildings will not be disrupted. 1. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that will affect operations of adjacent occupied buildings. 2. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings without written permission from owner. D. Contractor to obtain all necessary encroachment and excavation permits from the local jurisdiction of authority for demolition of existing improvements in public right-of-way. 1.08 SCHEDULING A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to violate city construction ordinances. B. Arrange demolition schedule with Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in Division 31 Section "Earthwork”. Refer to the Geotechnical Investigation Report, dated June 21, 2024 prepared by Geotechnical Solutions, Inc., for site soil requirements 1. Obtain approved borrow soil materials off-site when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available on-site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. Test lines as required. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. Survey existing conditions of the improvements such as light standards and trees to determine the best method(s) for removal so as not to cause potential damage to persons and property during the course of removal. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from demolition activities. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities on or off the property, except when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 5 Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to governing authorities. a. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. B. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving structures to be demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 33 Sections and Contract Drawings, for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utility services. Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with demolition operations. B. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. C. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around demolition area. D. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 1. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. 3.04 CUTTING EXISTING CONCRETE A. Cutting of existing concrete shall be done by experienced workers familiar with the requirements and space necessary for placing concrete. Perform concrete cutting with concrete cutting wheels and hand chisels. Take care not to damage concrete that is intended to remain. B. Extent of cutting of concrete shall be as indicated on drawings and in accordance with standard plans for public works construction plan no. 132-3. Replace concrete that is removed in excess of amount indicated or required. C. Prior to cutting or coring concrete, determine locations of hidden utilities and take necessary measures to protect them from damage. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 6 D. If an existing pavement joint or cracked area is within two feet outside of a designated sawcut line shown on the Drawings, removal and resurfacing shall be to that joint, and/or shall include the crack or cracked area, unless otherwise approved by Architect. 3.05 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. 3.06 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. 1. Do not create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution, when using water. B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level. C. Clean adjacent buildings and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of demolition. 3.07 DEMOLITION A. Demolition: Demolish improvements completely and remove from the site. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: B. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction, as follows: 1. Completely remove below-grade construction, including foundation walls and footings unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2. Break up and remove below-grade concrete slabs, unless indicated to remain. C. Filling Below-Grade Areas: Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition of buildings and pavements with soil materials according to requirements specified in Division 31 Section "Earthwork." D. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition operations. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner’s property and legally dispose them. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 7 END OF SECTION ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1 SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material certificates. B. Material test reports. C. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer, detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. 1. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. 2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. C. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. D. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type II or Type V. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, graded. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inchesnominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Normal-Weight Concrete: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 2.8 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.9 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301 to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.4 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3.6 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.7 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.9 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 7 END OF SECTION 033000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 1 SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-cutout dimensional characters. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Illuminated: Illuminated by lighting source integrally constructed as part of the sign unit. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For dimensional letters. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half size. 4. Show locations of electrical service connections. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Samples or color charts with actual (non-printed) colors. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 2 B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. Cast/Cutout Characters: Characters with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles, and signs as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal: a. ACE Sign Systems, Inc. b. Allen Markings. c. APCO Graphics, Inc. d. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. e. Gemini Incorporated. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 3 f. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division. g. Metal Arts. h. Metallic Arts. i. Star Signs,LLC 2. Character Material: Alloy 514 Cast/cutout aluminum. 3. Character Height: See Drawings. 4. Thickness: 1See Drawings. 5. Finishes: See Drawings 6. Mounting: Concealed studs using standard fastening methods recommended by the manufacturer for exterior applications 7. Typeface: As selected by Architect. 2.3 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTER MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer’s standard as required for secure anchorage of signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Sign Mounting Fasteners: a. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with sleeve spacer, welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer’s standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Preassemble signs and assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 4. Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. 5. Internally brace dimensional characters for stability without oil-canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 4 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated. D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Paint color finish: 1. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV- and water-resistant for colors and exposures indicated, and as follows: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following or approved equal: 1) Matthews Paint Co., Polyurethane, baked in shop for durability. B. Color Anodic Finish at Contractor’s Option to Paint: AAMA 611, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 1. As indicated on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of signage work. B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Verify that electrical service is correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 5 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. 3. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Mounting Methods: 1. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface and tighten. 2. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed characters and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace characters with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 101419 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 1 SECTION 133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section for Lunch Shelter and Metal Perforated Screenwall system. It includes: 1. Structural-steel framing. 2. Metal roof panels. 3. Perforated metal sheets. 4. Accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete” 2. Section 101419 “Dimensional Letter Signage” 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology Standard: See MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for definitions of terms for metal building system construction not otherwise defined in this Section or in standards referenced by this Section. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete foundations and casting of anchor-rod inserts into foundation walls and footings. Anchor rod installation, concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Coordinate metal panel assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of supports and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to metal building systems including, but not limited to, the following: a. Condition of foundations and other preparatory work performed by other trades. b. Structural load limitations. c. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials and erector's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. d. Required tests, inspections, and certifications. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 2 e. Unfavorable weather and forecasted weather conditions and impact on construction schedule. 2. Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: a. Compliance with requirements for purlin and rafter conditions, including flatness and attachment to structural members. b. Structural limitations of purlins and rafters during and after roofing. c. Flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels. d. Temporary protection requirements for metal roof panel assembly during and after installation. e. Roof observation and repair after metal roof panel installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of metal building system component. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Metal roof panels. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate components by others. Include full building plan, elevations, sections, details and the following: 1. Anchor-Rod Plans: Submit anchor-rod plans and templates before foundation work begins. Include location, diameter, and minimum required projection of anchor rods required to attach metal building to foundation. Indicate column reactions at each location. 2. Structural-Framing Drawings: Show complete fabrication of primary and secondary framing; include provisions for openings. Indicate welds and bolted connections, distinguishing between shop and field applications. Include transverse cross-sections. 3. Metal Roof Panel Layout Drawings: Show layouts of panels including methods of support. Include details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, clip spacing, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field- assembled work; show locations of exposed fasteners. 4. Accessory Drawings: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than 1- 1/2 inches per 12 inches: a. Flashing and trim. b. Gutters. c. Downspouts. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For the following products: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 3 1. Panels: Nominal 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other exposed panel accessories. 2. Flashing and Trim: Nominal 12 inches long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. E. Delegated Design Submittals: For metal building systems (Lunch Shelter and Signage Support System). 1. Include analysis data indicating compliance with performance requirements and design data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For erector. B. Welding certificates. C. Letter of Design Certification: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: 1. Name and location of Project. 2. Order number. 3. Name of manufacturer. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Building dimensions including width, length, height, and roof slope. 6. Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot-rolled steel and AISI standards for cold- rolled steel, including edition dates of each standard. 7. Governing building code and year of edition. 8. Design Loads: Include dead load, roof live load, collateral loads, roof snow load, deflection, wind loads/speeds and exposure, seismic design category or effective peak velocity-related acceleration/peak acceleration, and auxiliary loads (cranes). 9. Load Combinations: Indicate that loads were applied acting simultaneously with concentrated loads, according to governing building code. 10. Building-Use Category: Indicate category of building use and its effect on load importance factors. D. Erector Certificates: For qualified erector, from manufacturer. E. Material Test Reports: For each of the following products: 1. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Tension-control, high-strength, bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shop primers. 5. Nonshrink grout. F. Source quality-control reports. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 4 G. Field quality-control reports. H. Surveys: Show final elevations and locations of major members. Indicate discrepancies between actual installation and the Contract Documents. Have surveyor who performed surveys certify their accuracy. I. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. 1. Accreditation: Manufacturer's facility accredited according to IAS AC472, "Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems." 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of comprehensive engineering analysis and Shop Drawings by a professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who specializes in erecting and installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." D. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who practices in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing surveying services of the kind indicated. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Protect foam-plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 5 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam-plastic insulation materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of foam-plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with panel installation only when weather conditions permit metal panels to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Metal Panel Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that leak or otherwise fail to remain weathertight within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product for Lunch Shelter: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Monoslope Shelter as manufactured by Americana Building Products or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Approved Equal. B. Source Limitations: Obtain lunch shelter building system components, including primary and secondary framing and metal panel assemblies, from single source from single manufacturer. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 6 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (LUNCH SHELTER) A. Provide a complete, integrated set of mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a metal building system capable of withstanding structural and other loads. B. Primary-Frame Type: 1. Rigid Clear Span: Solid-member, structural-framing system without interior columns. C. Secondary-Frame Type: Manufacturer's standard purlins and joists. D. Eave Height: Manufacturer's standard height, as indicated by nominal height on Drawings. E. Bay Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. F. Roof Slope: Manufacturer's standard for frame type required. G. Roof System: Manufacturer's standard 2 ½” deep W shaped metal roof panels. 1. Liner Panels: Tapered rib. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design lunch shelter and metal perforated screenwall system. B. Structural Performance: Metal building systems to withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to procedures in MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual." 1. Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Deflection and Drift Limits: a. Design metal building system assemblies to withstand serviceability design loads without exceeding deflections and drift limits recommended in AISC Steel Design Guide No. 3 "Serviceability Design Considerations for Steel Buildings." b. No greater than the following: 1) Purlins and Rafters: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span. 2) Metal Roof Panels: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span. 3) Design secondary-framing system to accommodate deflection of primary framing and construction tolerances, and to maintain clearances at openings. 4) Lateral Drift: Maximum of 1/200 of the building height. C. Seismic Performance: Metal building system to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7-16. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 7 sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where assemblies are indicated to have a fire-resistance rating, provide metal panel assemblies identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E119 or ASTM E108 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory," FM Global's "Approval Guide," or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. F. Structural Performance for Metal Roof Panels: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E1592: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. G. Water Penetration for Metal Roof Panels: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E1646 or ASTM E331] at the following test-pressure difference: 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 2.86 lbf/sq. ft... H. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind- uplift-resistance class indicated. 1. Uplift Rating: UL 60. I. FM Global Listing: Provide metal roof panels and component materials that comply with requirements in FM Global 4471 as part of a panel roofing system and that are listed in FM Global's "Approval Guide" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-60. 2. Hail Resistance: SH. J. Energy Star Listing: Roof panels that are listed on the DOE's ENERGY STAR "Roof Products Qualified Product List" for low -slope roof products. K. Energy Performance: Provide roof panels according to one of the following when tested according to CRRC-1: 1. Three-year, aged, solar reflectance of not less than 0.55 and emissivity of not less than 0.75. 2. Three-year, aged, Solar Reflectance Index of not less than 64 when calculated according to ASTM E1980. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 8 2.4 STRUCTURAL-STEEL FRAMING A. Structural Steel: Comply with AISC 360, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." B. Bolted Connections: Comply with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High - Strength Bolts." C. Cold-Formed Steel: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Structural Members" for design requirements and allowable stresses. D. Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary-framing system, designed to withstand required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and lean-to frames; rafters, rake, and canopy beams; and corner columns; and wind bracing. 1. General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. Factory drill for field-bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated. a. Slight variations in span and spacing may be acceptable if necessary to comply with manufacturer's standard, as approved by Architect. 2. Rigid Clear-Span Frames: Square-shaped frame sections fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes. Interior columns are not permitted. 3. Frame Configuration: One-directional, sloped. 4. Exterior Column: Uniform depth. 5. Rafter: Uniform depth. E. Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing, including purlins, girts, eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers, jambs, and other miscellaneous structural members. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate framing from either cold-formed, structural-steel sheet or roll-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, prepainted with coil coating, to comply with the following: 1. Purlins: a. C-, Z- or rectangular-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural-steel shapes; minimum 2-1/2-inch- wide flanges. b. Steel joists of depths indicated on Drawings. 1) Depth: As needed to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Eave Struts: Unequal-flange, C- or rectangular-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural-steel shapes; to provide adequate backup for metal panels. 3. Purlin Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips fabricated from steel sheet. Provide galvanized clips where clips are connected to galvanized framing members. 4. Miscellaneous Structural Members: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from cold- formed, structural-steel sheet; built-up steel plates; or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet; designed to withstand required loads. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 9 F. Canopy Framing: Manufacturer's standard structural-framing system, designed to withstand required loads; fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes. Provide frames with attachment plates and splice members, factory drilled for field-bolted assembly. 1. Type: Straight-beam, eave type. G. Bracing: Provide adjustable wind bracing using any method as follows: 1. Rigid Portal Frames: Fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads. 2. Fixed-Base Columns: Fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads. 3. Diaphragm Action of Metal Panels: Design metal building to resist wind forces through diaphragm action of metal panels. H. Anchor Rods: Headed anchor rods as indicated in Anchor Rod Plan for attachment of metal building to foundation. I. Materials: 1. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50 or 55. 2. Channels, Angles, M-Shapes, and S-Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50 or 55. 3. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50 or 55. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B. 5. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500, Grade B or C, structural tubing. 6. Structural-Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A1011/A1011M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 30 through 55, or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel (HSLAS) or cold-rolled, ASTM A1008/A1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 35 through 80. 7. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, SS, Grades 33 through 80, or HSLAS or HSLAS-F, Grades 50 through 80; with G60 coating designation; mill phosphatized. 8. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet, metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. a. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, SS, Grades 33 through 80, or HSLAS or HSLAS-F, Grades 50 through 80; with G90 coating designation. b. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A792/A792M, SS, Grade 50 or 80; with Class AZ50 coating. 9. Non-High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A, carbon-steel, hex- head bolts; ASTM A563 carbon-steel hex nuts; and ASTM F844 plain (flat) steel washers. a. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 10 10. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers, Grade A325: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers. a. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. 11. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers, Grade A490: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts or Grade F2280 tension-control, bolt-nut-washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. 12. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852, Type 1, heavy-hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1 hardened carbon-steel washers. a. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. 13. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36 or ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 as determined by manufacturer. a. Configuration: Straight. b. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy-hex carbon steel. c. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. d. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel. e. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. 14. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36 or ASTM A307, Grade A as determined by manufacturer. a. Configuration: Straight. b. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy-hex carbon steel. c. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. d. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel. e. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. 15. Threaded Rods: ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or ASTM A36/A36M as determined by manufacturer. a. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy-hex carbon steel. b. Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. c. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. J. Finish: Factory primed. Apply specified primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Clean and prepare in accordance with SSPC-SP2. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 11 2. Coat with manufacturer's standard primer. Apply primer to primary and secondary framing to a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil. a. Prime secondary framing formed from uncoated steel sheet to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil on each side. 2.5 METAL ROOF PANELS A. Standing-Seam, Vertical-Rib, Metal Roof Panels: Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels. 1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. a. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Clips: One-piece fixed to accommodate thermal movement. 3. Joint Type: Mechanically seamed. 4. Panel Coverage: 16 inches. 5. Panel Height: 2 inches. B. Finishes: 1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.6 METAL PERFORATED SCREENWALL SYSTEM A. General: Provide factory-formed metal perforated screenwall system designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent metal screenwall and mechanically attaching through screenwall to supports using exposed through fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. 1. Basis of Design: As indicated on Drawings. B. Finish: As indicated on Drawings. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 12 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide accessories as standard with metal building system manufacturer and as specified. Fabricate and finish accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. B. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same material as metal roof panels. 2. Clips: Manufacturer's standard, formed from stainless steel sheet, designed to withstand negative-load requirements. 3. Cleats: Manufacturer's standard, mechanically seamed cleats formed from stainless steel sheet or nylon-coated aluminum sheet. 4. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 5. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. 6. Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where metal panels attach directly to purlins, provide thermal spacer blocks of thickness required to provide 1-inch standoff; fabricated from extruded polystyrene. C. Flashing and Trim: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018- inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match adjacent metal panels. 1. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. 2. Opening Trim: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018- inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating. Trim head and jamb of door openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other openings. D. Gutters: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match roof fascia and rake trim. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 1. Gutter Supports: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 13 2. Strainers: Bronze, copper, or aluminum wire ball type at outlets. E. Downspouts: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match metal wall panels. Fabricate in minimum 10-foot- long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets. 1. Mounting Straps: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters. F. Materials: 1. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide fasteners with heads matching color of materials being fastened by means of plastic caps or factory- applied coating. 2. Fasteners for Metal Roof Panels: a. Self-drilling or self-tapping, zinc-plated, hex-head carbon-steel screws, with a stainless steel cap or zinc-aluminum-alloy head and EPDM sealing washer. b. Self-drilling, Type 410 stainless steel or self-tapping, Type 304 stainless steel or zinc-alloy-steel hex washer head, with EPDM washer under heads of fasteners bearing on weather side of metal panels. 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless steel rivets. 5. Corrosion-Resistant Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 6. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 7. Metal Panel Sealants: a. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene- compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape of manufacturer's standard size. b. Joint Sealant: ASTM C920; one part elastomeric polyurethane or polysulfide; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended by metal building system manufacturer. 2.8 FABRICATION A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly. 1. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals. 2. Fabricate structural framing to produce clean, smooth cuts and bends. Punch holes of proper size, shape, and location. Members to be free of cracks, tears, and ruptures. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 14 B. Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for fabrication and erection tolerances. C. Primary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other items required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld framing for bolted field assembly. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using high-strength bolts. 2. Join flanges to webs of built-up members by a continuous, submerged arc-welding process. 3. Brace compression flange of primary framing with steel angles or cold-formed structural tubing between frame web and purlin web or girt web, so flange compressive strength is within allowable limits for any combination of loadings. 4. Weld clips to frames for attaching secondary framing if applicable, or punch for bolts. 5. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime primary framing with specified primer after fabrication. D. Secondary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by roll forming or break forming, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other plates required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld secondary framing for bolted field connections to primary framing. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using non-high-strength bolts. 2. Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime uncoated secondary framing with specified primer after fabrication. E. Metal Panels: Fabricate and finish metal panels at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of metal panel. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform source quality control inspections and to submit reports. 1. Accredited Manufacturers: Special inspections will not be required if fabrication is performed by an IAS AC472-accredited manufacturer approved by authorities having jurisdiction to perform such Work without special inspection. a. After fabrication, submit copy of certificate of compliance to authorities having jurisdiction, certifying that Work was performed according to Contract requirements. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with erector present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Before erection proceeds, survey elevations and locations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments to receive structural framing, with erector present, for compliance with requirements and metal building system manufacturer's tolerances. 1. Engage land surveyor to perform surveying. C. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. B. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural framing secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural framing, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING A. Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written instructions and drawings. B. Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal building system manufacturer's professional engineer. C. Set structural framing accurately in locations and to elevations indicated, according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during erection. D. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 3. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 16 E. Align and adjust structural framing before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with framing. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure will be completed and in service. F. Primary Framing and End Walls: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double-nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base-line elevation. Moist-cure grout for not less than seven days after placement. 1. Make field connections using high-strength bolts installed according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for bolt type and joint type specified. a. Joint Type: Snug tightened or pretensioned as required by manufacturer. G. Secondary Framing: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Field bolt secondary framing to clips attached to primary framing. 1. Provide rake or gable purlins with tight-fitting closure channels and fasciae. 2. Locate and space wall girts to suit openings such as doors and windows. 3. Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors, windows, louvers, ventilators, and other penetrations of roof and walls. H. Steel Joists and Joist Girders: Install joists, girders, and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction according to SJI's "Standard Specifications and Load Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders," joist manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece. 2. Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening. 3. Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure that joists are stabilized during construction. 4. Joint Installation: a. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using carbon-steel bolts unless otherwise indicated. b. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using high-strength structural bolts unless otherwise indicated. Comply with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for high-strength structural bolt installation and tightening requirements. c. Weld joist seats to supporting steel framework. 5. Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 17 I. Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings. 1. Tighten rod and cable bracing to avoid sag. 2. Locate interior end-bay bracing only where indicated. J. Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical and electrical work. Securely attach to structural framing. K. Erection Tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances of structural framing within AISC 303. 3.4 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations. 1. Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proceeds. 2. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes. Fasten with self- tapping screws. B. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint, at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 1. Install clips to supports with self-drilling or self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely engaging factory-applied sealant. 4. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved motorized seamer tool so that clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged. 5. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement for thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels for fasteners. 6. Provide metal closures at peaks rake edges and each side of ridge caps. C. Lap-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with exposed fasteners at each lapped joint, at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Provide metal-backed sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal roof panels. 2. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal roof panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 3. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather-side surface of fastenings on end laps and on side laps of nesting-type metal panels, on side laps of ribbed or fluted metal panels, and elsewhere as needed to make metal panels weatherproof to driving rains. 4. At metal panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with butyl-rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 18 D. Metal Fascia Panels: Align bottom of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self- drilling or self-tapping screws. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures where fasciae meet soffits, along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings. E. Metal Roof Panel Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly, including trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted-and-soldered or lapped-and-sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced as required for gutter size, but not more than 36 inches o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. D. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building. 2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 19 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform field quality control special inspections and to submit reports. B. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. END OF SECTION 133419 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 1 SECTION 260100 – BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section supplements all sections of this division and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the drawings, or required to provide a complete installation of electrical systems for the Project. The work required under this division is not limited to the electrical specifications and drawings. Refer to all bid documents including Civil, Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical documents which may designate Work to be accomplished. The intent of the Specifications is to provide a complete and operable electrical system, which shall include all documents that are a part of the entire Project Contract. 1. Work included: Furnish all labor, material, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, skilled supervision necessary for, and incidental to, performing operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of the work in this division complete as shown or noted on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Refer to all sections in the general contract conditions, Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements. C. Work Installed but Furnished by Others: 1. The electrical work includes the installation or connection of certain materials and equipment furnished by others. Verify installation details. Foundations for apparatus and equipment will be furnished by others unless otherwise noted or detailed. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantee See General Conditions: 1. Except as may be specified under other Sections in the specification, guarantee equipment furnished under the specifications for a period of one year, except for equipment required to have a longer guarantee period, from date of final completion. Guarantee all work against defective workmanship, material, and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without additional cost to the Owner. 2. Standard warranty of manufacturer shall apply for replacement of parts after expiration of the above period. Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owner or his service agency as approved. Furnish to the Owner, through the Architect, printed manufacturer's warranties complete with material included and expiration dates, upon completion of project. Conform to Division 01. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 2 B. Equipment Safety: All electrical materials and equipment shall be new and shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories and bear their label, or listed and certified by a nationally recognized testing authority where UL does not have an approval. Custom made equipment must have complete test data submitted by the manufacturer attesting to its safety. C. Codes and Regulations: 1. Design, manufacturer, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements of these specifications shall conform to the latest publications or standard rules of the following: a. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE b. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association - NEMA c. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. - UL d. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA e. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM f. American National Standards Institute - ANSI g. California Electrical Code – CEC, Title 24, Part 3 h. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Subchapter 5 i. California Building Code-CBC, Title 24 Parts 1 &2 j. State & Municipal Codes in Force in the Specific Project Area k. Occupational Safety & Health Administration – OSHA l. California State Fire Marshal a. California Fire Code- CFC, Title 24 Part 9 b. National Electrical Testing Association - NETA 2. The term "Code", when used within the specifications, shall refer to the Publications, Standards, ordinances and codes, listed above. In the case where the codes have different levels of requirements the most stringent rules shall apply. D. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Codes, Permits, and Fees: Where the Contract Documents exceed minimum requirements, the Contract Documents take precedence. Where code conflicts occur, the most stringent shall apply. The most stringent condition shall be as interpreted by the Engineer. a. Comply with all requirements for permits, licenses, fees and Code. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the Contractor at his expense shall obtain the Work, unless otherwise specified. b. Comply with the requirements of the applicable utility companies serving the Project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the Work. E. Shop Drawings: 1. See Division 01 for additional requirements. 2. Time Schedules for Submission and Ordering: The Contractor shall prepare, review and coordinate his schedule of submissions carefully, determining the necessary lead time for preparing, submitting, checking, ordering and delivery of materials and equipment for ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 3 timely arrival. The Contractor shall be responsible for conformance with the overall construction schedule. 3. Submittals will be checked for general compliance with specifications only. The Contractor shall be responsible for deviations from the drawings or specifications and for errors or omissions of any sort in submittals. 4. Submit a complete list of materials and equipment proposed for the job, including manufacturers names and catalog numbers. 5. Shop drawings shall be submitted in completed groups of materials (i.e., lighting fixtures or switchgear). The Contractor shall add and sign the following paragraph on equipment and materials submitted for review. "It is hereby certified that the (equipment) (material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into the project; is in compliance with the Contract Drawings and specifications and can be installed in the allocated spaces". Failure to add the above written statement for compliance will result in return of submittals without review. a. Bind catalog cuts, plate numbers, descriptive bulletins and drawings, 11" x 17" (275 mm x 435 mm) or smaller, in sets with covers neatly showing titles. b. The Contractor shall verify dimensions of equipment and be satisfied as to Code compliance for fit prior to submitting shop drawings for approval. c. Where current limiting devices are specified, submit technical data to substantiate adequate protection of equipment cascaded downstream. Submittals shall not be reviewed unless supporting calculations and data are submitted therewith. d. Include complete catalog information such as construction, ratings, insulation systems, as applicable. e. For any material specified to meet UL or trade standards, furnish the manufacturers or vendor's certification that the material furnished for the work does in fact equal or exceed such specifications. f. Reference listings to the specifications' Sections and Article to which each is applicable. g. Equipment Floor Plans: After approval of material is secured prepare a floor plan of each electrical and communication equipment space, room or yard, drawn to scale at 1/2 inch equals 1 foot and submit for approval in the same manner as for shop drawings. The layout drawings shall be exact scale. 6. Contractor shall prepare coordinated drawings when required by Division 01 or where noted otherwise. F. Interpretations: The Contractor through the Architect must make Requests for interpretations of drawings and specifications. Any such requests made by equipment manufacturers or suppliers will be referred to the Contractor. G. Standard of Quality 1. The contract Drawings and Specifications establish the “MINIMUM STANDARD OF QUALITY” each product and/or system must meet to be considered acceptable. Products of other manufactures will be considered if the product and/or system meet or exceed the “MINIMUM STANDARD OF QUALITY” established by this Contract Document. H. Submit comprehensive material list, shop drawings and complete technical data for the following equipment and materials: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 4 1. General Requirements: a. Panelboards. b. Switchboards. c. Conduits d. Conductors, include all selected insulation types. e. Fuses f. Disconnect switches and Starters. g. Pullboxes, manholes and handholes. h. Control devices, standard and special receptacles, switches, outlets and finish device plates. i. Cabinets for signal and telephone system, special terminals and cabinets. Include all cabinet dimensions. j. Fire alarm system. k. Transformers l. Data/telephone cables, devices and terminations (Telecommunications). m. Access Control System. n. Intrusion Detection System. I. Utility Service: 1. Contractor shall verify the locations shown on the drawings and shall include extensions of lines to building service from locations which are acceptable to the Owner. 2. Verify electrical, civil, architectural and structural, dimensional and other requirements with the Owner. 3. Should any major modifications to the work indicated be necessary to comply with the Owner requirements, notify the Architect. J. Record Drawings: Refer to Division 01, Contract Closeout. K. Work Responsibilities: 1. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of conduit runs, outlets, junction boxes and equipment and are to be followed. Execute the work so as to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations. The Contractor is responsible for the correct placing of his work. Where conflicts occur in plans and/or specifications, the most stringent application shall apply and shall be part of the base bid. 2. Locations shown on architectural plan or on wall elevations shall take precedence over electrical plan locations, but where a major conflict is evident, notify the Architect. 3. In the event minor changes in the indicated locations or arrangement are necessary due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment or due to interference with other trades, such changes shall be made without extra cost. 4. Verify dimensions and the correct location of Owner-Furnished equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connections. 5. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with work carefully check and verify dimensions and sizes with the drawings to see that the furnished equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation of applicable Codes. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 5 6. Should any changes to the work indicated on the drawings or described in the specifications be necessary in order to comply with the above requirements, notify the Architect. 7. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of coordinated drawings when required by the Architect. 8. Replace or repair, without additional compensation any work which does not comply with or which is installed in violation of any of these requirements. L. Installation General: For special requirements, refer to specific equipment under these requirements. 1. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the specifications, do all excavating necessary for the proper installation of the electrical work. 2. Locations of Openings: Locate chases, shafts and openings required for the installation of the electrical work during framing of the structure. Do any additional cutting and patching required. Cutting or drilling in any structural member is prohibited without approval of the Architect. Furnish all access panels to make all boxes, connections and devices accessible as required by CEC. 3. Location of Sleeves: Where conduits pass through concrete walls, suspended slabs or metal deck floors, install sleeves of adequate size to permit installation of conduit. Sleeves shall be installed prior to pouring of concrete and shall have ends flush with the wall or extend 2 inches above floor surfaces. Verify locations. 4. Type of Sleeves: Refer to Section 260500. 5. Wherever conduit extends through roof, install flashings in accordance with drawings and details. 6. Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching which may be required for the proper installation of the electrical work. 7. Protect work, materials and equipment cause whatever and provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the work. Storage outdoors shall be weather protected and shall include space heaters to prevent condensation. Provide for the safety and good condition of all work until final acceptance of the work. Replace all damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before requesting final acceptance. 8. Conduit and Equipment to be Installed: Clean thoroughly to remove plaster, spattered paint, cement and dirt on both exterior and interior. All underground conduits shall be mandrelled prior to pulling wire. 9. Conduit and Equipment to be Painted: Clean conduit exposed to view in completed structure by removing plaster and dirt. Remove grease, oil and similar material from conduit and equipment by wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents in preparation for paint. 10. Items with Factory Finish: Remove cement, plaster, grease and oil, and leave surfaces, including cracks and corners, clean and polished. Touch up scratched or bare spots to match finish. 11. Site Cleaning: Remove from site all packing cartons, scrap materials and other rubbish on a weekly basis. Vacuum out all cabinets, switchgear and panels and junction boxes prior to pulling any conductors. 12. Electrical equipment and materials exposed to public and in finished areas shall be finish- painted after installation in accordance with the Painting Section. All exposed screw- type fasteners, exterior, or interior in restrooms, shall be vandal-resistant spanner type; include tool. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 6 M. Excavation, Cutting and Patching: 1. Excavating, trenching and backfilling required for the work of this Division in accordance with the applicable requirements of Division 31. Excavating and backfilling connected with electrical work, repaving cuts and providing and maintaining protective measures for the electrical work excavation required by the governing authorities having jurisdiction shall be performed as a part of the work of this Division. 2. Verify openings indicated on the drawings. Provide all cutting, patching and reinforcement of the construction of the building as required to install electrical work. N. Tests 1. Equipment and systems for which the National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) has an approved or recommended procedure, shall be tested in accordance with that procedure. Test values shall equal values recommended by NETA. Copies of test reports shall be submitted as required under shop drawing submittals. 2. Resistance to ground tests shall be accomplished by a qualified independent testing firm to measure resistance to ground at grounding electrodes. Make tests before slabs or affected areas are poured in order that corrective measures, if required, may be taken. Submit a report showing the results of these measurements. If the resistances exceed values specified elsewhere or NETA test procedure recommendations, perform corrective measures required to reduce resistance to acceptable values. 3. Prior to energizing any motor, measure the service voltage for phase balance and report if unbalance exceeds 1% from mean. 4. Measure the three-phase voltage at no load and at maximum load conditions and submit to the engineer a report showing the results of these measurements. 5. Upon completion of the work and adjustment of all equipment, conduct an operating test. Conduct the test in the presence of an authorized representative of the Architect. Demonstrate system and equipment to operate in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents and to be free from electrical and mechanical defects. Provide systems free from short circuits and grounds and show an insulation resistance between phase conductors and ground not less than the requirements of the governing electric code. Test circuits for proper neutral connection. 6. Complete tests prior to final inspection of project, including corrective work based on the results of the tests. 7. Perform special tests on systems and equipment as specified herein using personnel qualified to perform such tests. O. Protection: Protect finish parts of the materials and equipment against damage during the progress of the work and until final completion and acceptance. Cover materials and equipment in storage and during construction in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged or marred. Keep moving parts clean, dry and lubricated. P. Cleaning Up: 1. Upon completion of the work and at various time during the progress of the work, remove from the building all surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the work of this Division. 2. Thoroughly clean switchgear including busses, apparatus, exposed conduit, metal work including the exterior and interior, and accessories for the work of this Division, of ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 7 cement, plaster and other deleterious materials; remove grease and oil spots with cleaning solvent; carefully wipe surfaces and scrape cracks and corners clean. 3. Thoroughly polish chromium or plated work. Remove dirt and stains from lighting fixtures. 4. Leave the entire installation in a clean condition. Q. Completion: 1. The work will not be reviewed for final acceptance until operating and maintenance data, manufacturer's literature, panel directories and nameplates specified herein have been approved and properly posted or installed and final cleaning of equipment and premises has been completed. 2. When the installation is complete and adjustments have been made, operate the system for a period of one week, during which time demonstrate that systems are completed and operating in conformance with the specifications. R. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit complete and at one time, prior to acceptance of the installation, 4 copies of manufacturer's instructions for operation and maintenance of electrical equipment, including replacement parts lists. As specified in Division 01 S. Inspection and Acceptance Procedures: The Architect will submit observation reports periodically during the construction phase detailing Contract deficiencies. The Contractor is responsible for making corrections immediately. Notice of Completion of the project will not be made until all items have been corrected. T. Final Completion of Electrical Systems: 1. Prior to Final Completion of operating electrical systems, the Contractor shall: a. Provide materials of the type and quality specified and as necessary for proper operation, tested and ready for use. b. Deliver to the Architect, the Record Documents per 1.3 of this section. c. Furnish the required Operating and Maintenance Data/Manuals. d. Clean up of the project pertaining to this Division of the work. e. After installation has been completed and adjustments made, operate the system for a period of one week, during which time, demonstrate to the Architect that systems are complete and operating in conformance with Contract Documents. f. Conduct tests required and as specified in this Division and submit test reports and corrective actions taken. g. Submission of warranties and guarantees. 2. Final Completion of Work Shall be Contingent On: a. Contractor replacing defective materials and workmanship. b. Upon completion of work and adjustments made, Contractor shall conduct an operating test for each system for approval at such time as Architect directs. Conduct test in presence of authorized representative of Architect and demonstrate that systems and equipment do operate in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents and are free from electrical and mechanical defects. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 8 c. Contractor shall provide the necessary training programs and instructions to the Owner's representative. Number of hours shall be a minimum of four (4) hours for each system or days as required under separate Sections of these Specifications. Complete operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided at least two (2) weeks prior to training. d. Submit copies of manufacturer's instructions and maintenance of electrical equipment including replacement parts lists. Each set shall include one set of shop drawings of equipment installed. U. Submittals for Change Orders: When changes are made during the construction phase, deletions and additions shall be presented in a manner that will indicate the cost of each item of material and corresponding labor. Markup shall be then added in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions. V. The Contractor at a time convenient to the Owner shall provide instruction to the Owner's operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems. The instructors shall have received factory training and shall be thoroughly familiar with the equipment installed. The operating personnel shall receive the number of days instruction as indicated in other sections. 1.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record Drawings: CAD: Use a computer aided drafting (CAD) system in the preparation of record drawings for this Project. Acceptable CAD systems shall be capable of producing files in AutoCAD Version 2019 compatible DWG or DXF format. Owner's consultant will furnish CAD backgrounds for use by the Contractor after construction is 85% complete except where prohibited by Contract. B. At all times when the work is in progress, maintain at the workplace, fabrication shop or Project Site as applies, a complete separate, clean, undamaged set of the latest stamped, actioned submittals. As work progresses, maintain records of "as installed" conditions on this set in suitable ink or chemical fluid. Update the set daily. After successful completion of Project Site testing specified herein, and after completion of Punch List corrections, copy all records of "as installed" conditions on to originals. C. Quantity: 1. Review sets: As for Shop and Field Drawings. 2. Record set: Three (3) blackline. D. Format: Record Drawings: 1. Disk copy of Record Drawings - 1 copy of each drawing file in format noted above, CD- ROM. E. Content: All drawings required under "Field and Shop Drawings". Show "as installed" condition. Where room designations according to Project permanent signage differ from construction designations in the Contract Documents, show both designations. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260100 - 9 F. Warranty Certificates: Comply with Division 01. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 260100 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 1 SECTION 260111 - CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. B. Intermediate metal conduit and fittings. C. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. D. Flexible metal conduit and fittings. E. Non-metallic conduit and fittings. F. Intermediate metal conduit and fittings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. D. CEC – California Electrical Code. E. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally-Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. F. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. G. FS-WW-C-581 - Specification for Galvanized Rigid Conduit. H. FS-WW-C-566 - Specification for Flexible Metal Conduit. I. FS-WC-1094A - Electrical Non-Metallic Conduit. J. NEMA-TC-2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing and Conduit. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of Section 260100. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 2 B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch for above ground and 1 inch minimum for underground installations unless otherwise specified. B. Conduit Installation Schedule: 1. Underground conduit more than five feet from foundation wall shall be concrete encased non-metallic PVC Schedule 40 heavy wall rigid conduit. 2. Underground conduit under four-inch minimum concrete floor slab shall be PVC Schedule 40 heavy wall rigid conduit. 3. All telecommunication conduit in conduit shall use rigid type, no flexible conduit is permitted. 4. Conduit installed in concrete or masonry, exposed outdoor locations, damp locations, hazardous locations, or where subject to mechanical injury shall be galvanized rigid steel or intermediate metal conduit. 5. Conduit installed in concealed dry interior locations such as walls or ceiling of the building shall be electrical metallic tubing or flexible type. 6. Conduit installed in exposed dry interior locations above eight feet shall be electrical metallic tubing. 7. Conduit installed to supply power to all mechanical equipment and rotating electric equipment shall be waterproof flexible steel conduit. Conduit shall be 12" minimum in length for 2" conduit and smaller; 18" minimum length for conduit larger than 2". Conduit shall be 36" maximum in length. 8. Flexible steel conduit shall be used for power receptacle and lighting fixture connections only. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 3 2.2 METAL CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Galvanized rigid steel; ANSI C80.1: Standard weight that is not dipped, galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherardized, both inside and out, with threaded connections and couplings is not permitted. 2.3 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 20 mil thick, and internal galvanized surface. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. 2.4 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Description: Conduit - Manufactured from single strap standard weight steel, galvanized on all four sides prior to conduit fabrication. Lightweight flexible steel conduit and aluminum flexible conduit are not acceptable. Include ground conductor in all runs. B. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; Die-cast fittings of the type that screw into the inside of the conduit with threaded edges at 90 degrees to the fitting body. 2.5 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Description: Interlocked steel construction with moisture and oil-proof PVC jacket. B. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1: liquid tight; integral insulated throat; provisions for ground continuity. 2.6 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing; B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel raintight, compression, steel locking ring type with integral insulated throat. 2.7 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Description: NEMA TC 2; Federal Spec. WC-1094A; Schedule 40 PVC. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3 to match conduit. 2.8 INNERDUCT, MULTI-CHAMBER A. Drawing and spec reference: Fiberoptic, Innerduct. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 4 B. Construction: 1. Multi-Chamber or Single-Chamber 1" Innerduct shall be installed within Conduit per manufacturer's recommendation, and as described elsewhere herein. 2. Shall provide independent interior chambers each with a capacity equal to a trade size conduit referenced above. C. Approvals: 1. ASTM D2239 (1985) Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. D. Acceptable, subject to the above: 1. Aeroquip FODuct System (800) 445-2192: (Design Basis) Provide in combinations to meet scheduled requirement. a. 3ID1 - Provide on e(1) FoDuct PE5004 3 chamber innerduct in one-half of a 4" diameter conduit. b. 2ID1.25 - Provide one (1) FODUCT PE5007 2 chamber innerduct in one-half of a 4" diameter conduit. 2. North Supply Multi-Guard Multi-Cell Conduit. 3. Approved equal by Tamaqua. E. Acceptable - Independent InnerDuct runs in overall rigid conduit - Multiple runs of single chamber inner duct may be provided in lieu of single, multiple chamber innerduct provided above. Contractor bears burden of selected innerduct quantity to provide an exact match of cross-sectional area of each chamber of multi-chamber assembly and to resize overall conduit to accommodate this use. 1. Allied. 2. Approved equal. 2.9 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit clamps, straps, and supports: Steel or malleable iron, two-hole straps. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT A. The size of the conduits for the various circuits shall be as indicated on the drawings and as required by Code for the size and number of conductors to be pulled therein. Where fill is not shown on drawings, size conduit for conductor type installed or for Type THW conductors, whichever is larger; 3/4-inch minimum size. Open ends shall be capped with approved manufactured conduit seals as soon as installed and kept capped until ready to pull in conductors. Where running thread connections are necessary, only approved manufactured ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 5 conduit unions shall be used. Do not embed aluminum conduit in concrete or masonry construction, nor electrical metallic tubing in slabs on grade. Do not install any conduit in any concrete slab. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. C. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. D. Maintain minimum 6-inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12-inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. Maintain 12" distance minimum between main conduit runners and ceiling system grid. F. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit. G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction, before conductors are pulled. H. Support conduits 1 inch and larger with pipe clamps either suspended from structural slabs with a rod with adjustable pipe ring, or mounted on wall from channel supports. Attach to concrete by expansion anchors. Powder actuated fastening devices are not permitted. Where two or more conduits 1-1/2 inch and larger or where 3 or more 3/4 inch conduits are suspended from ceiling, use trapeze type hanger from rods. I. Firmly support and fasten conduit in place. Support rigid metal conduit and electrical cabinet and fitting. Support flexible metal conduit at maximum intervals of 4 feet and within 12 inch of every outlet box and fitting except for lengths of not over 2 feet at connections where flexibility is required. J. Secure exposed conduit runs of concrete, plaster or other construction in place with cast conduit clamps affixed with expansion anchors or galvanized machine or lag screws. K. Do not strap or fasten rigid or electrical metallic tubing to mechanical equipment or to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shock absorbing bases, including sprinkler or pneumatic pipe or tubing. L. Provide independent support for conduit rising from floor for motor connection if over 18 inches above floor. Do not attach to motors, ductwork or mechanical equipment. M. Conduits 1 inch and smaller which are installed above suspended ceilings shall not be secured to ceiling support wires. Support electrical, communication conduits and fixtures independent of ceiling suspension systems. N. Exposed conduits to view shall be installed parallel to and perpendicular to the building structure. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 6 O. Tag empty conduits at each accessible end with a permanent tag identifying the purpose of the conduit and the location of the other end. In wet, corrosive outdoor or underground locations, use brass, bronze, or copper 16 gage tags or lead tags secured to conduit ends with #16 or larger galvanized wire. Inscribe on the tags with steel punch dies clear and complete identifying information. P. Bends: 1. Raceways for Sound System, Telephone System, LAN, and Video System cables shall be designed for the installation of Fiber Optic cable. 2. All bends or elbows shall have a minimum radius as follows: Conduit Size (inches) Min. Radius (inches) 3/4 12 1 12 1-1/4 18 1-1/2 2 24 2-1/2 24 Conduit Size (inches) Min. Radius (inches) 3 36 3-1/2 36 4 48 5 48 6 48 3.2 Use factory ells at conduit bends 1-1/4" and larger. Alternative method: Use of precision conduit bending machine equivalent to Greenlee 'One Shot' or 'Smart Bender'. A. Boxes where the cable changes direction shall be large enough to allow cables in the box to have a 12" minimum radius. B. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from the same center line so that the bends are parallel. 3.3 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. C. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts for fastening conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. D. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. Keep bends and offsets in conduit runs to an absolute minimum. For the serving utilities, make large radius bends to meet their requirements. Replace deformed, flattened or kinked conduit. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 7 E. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. F. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. G. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. H. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. I. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string or rope in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. J. Install expansion-deflection joints where conduit crosses building expansion or seismic joints and between building and walkway covers. K. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, provide mechanical firestop fittings with UL listed fire rating equal to wall or floor rating. L. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof jack with pitch pocket. M. Do not install conduit in slabs above grade. N. PVC conduit shall not be used in any locations above grade. O. From each panel or cabinet which is flush mounted in wall, stub from top of the panel a minimum of 5-3/4 inch conduits to the nearest accessible ceiling space or other accessible location and cap for future use unless noted otherwise on the drawings. P. Flexible steel conduit is permitted in concealed dry interior locations at power and lighting fixture connections only. Q. Seal conduit from exterior outlets at first interior junction to prevent moisture from entering the building through the conduit. R. Use insulating fittings on conduits where entering pullboxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets and similar enclosures, and for signal and telephone conduits terminated in cabinets or backboards. S. Conduit risers and ell's through concrete shall be PVC wrapped Rigid Galvanized Steel minimum. T. Conduit installed in corrosive atmospheres (pool mechanical, tank or chlorine rooms, etc.) shall be IMC conduit minimum and shall comply with CEC 358.10(B). ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 8 3.4 UNDERGROUND DUCTBANK INSTALLATION A. Install top of duct bank minimum 24 inches below finished grade. Adjust depth to avoid interference with gravity flow systems of any kind. Maintain minimum 12 inch clearance between duct bank and any gravity flow system. B. Duct lines shall have a continuous slope downward toward manholes and away from buildings with a pitch of not less than 4 inches in 100 feet. Changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 25 feet, except that manufactured bends may be used at ends of short runs of 100 feet or less, and then only at or close to the end of run. C. Terminate conduit in end bell at manhole and pullbox entries. D. Use suitable separators and chairs installed not greater than 4 feet on centers. Band conduit together with suitable banding devices. Securely anchor conduit to prevent movement during concrete or slurry placement. E. Provide minimum 3 inch concrete cover at bottom, top, and sides of duct bank. Refer to Trenching section for additional information. F. Provide two No. 4 steel reinforcing bars in top of bank under paved areas. G. Encase non-metallic primary and secondary feeders, telephone, fire alarm communications and data conduit installed underground 2 inches or larger in a concrete or 2 sack slurry duct bank unless noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. Space the external surfaces of conduit within a bank a minimum of 3 inches apart except that sound, telephone, data and intercommunication circuits contained within non-metallic conduit shall have a minimum separation of 12 inches from any light or power circuits that parallel them within a bank. Use appropriate manufactured plastic spacers to insure the minimum required concrete or 2-sack slurry coverage. All concrete or slurry duct power banks shall contain a yellow warning strip 12” above ductbank. Refer to Division 02. H. Numbers and sizes of ducts shall be as indicated. Depending on the contour of the finished grade, the high-point may be at a terminal, a manhole, a handhole, or between manholes or handholes. Manufactured steel 90-degree duct bends shall be used only for pole or equipment risers, unless specifically indicated as acceptable. The minimum manufactured bend radius shall be 18 inches for ducts of less than 3-inch diameter, and 36 inches for ducts 3 inches in diameter 48 inches for ducts or greater in diameter unless noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. Long sweep bends having a minimum radius of 25 feet shall be used for a change of direction of more than 5 degrees, horizontally or vertically. Both curved and straight sections shall be used to form long sweep bends as required, but the maximum curve used shall be 30 degrees and manufactured bends shall be used. Ducts shall be provided with end bells whenever duct lines terminate in manholes, pullboxes or handholes. Duct line markers shall be provided at the ends of long duct line stubouts or for other ducts whose locations are indeterminate because of duct curvature or terminations at completely below-grade structures. In lieu of markers, a 5-mil brightly colored plastic tape not less than 3 inches in width and suitably inscribed at not more than 10 feet on centers with a continuous metallic backing and a corrosion resistant 1-mil metallic foil core to permit easy location of the duct line, shall be placed approximately 12 inches below finished grade levels of such lines. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONDUIT 260111 - 9 I. Ducts shall be kept clean of concrete or slurry, dirt or foreign substances during construction. Field cuts requiring tapers shall be made with proper tools and match factory tapers. After a duct line is completed, a standard flexible mandrel shall be used for cleaning followed by a brush with stiff bristles. Mandrels shall be at least 12 inches long and have diameters 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the duct being cleaned. Pneumatic rodding may be used to draw in lead wires. A coupling recommended by the duct manufacturer shall be used whenever an existing duct is connected to a duct of different material or shape. Ducts shall be stored to avoid warping and deterioration with ends sufficiently plugged to prevent entry of any water or solid substances. Ducts shall be thoroughly cleaned before being laid. Plastic ducts shall be stored on a flat surface and protected from the direct rays of the sun. END OF SECTION 260111 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BOXES 260130 - 1 SECTION 260130 - BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B. Pull and junction boxes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. B. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports. C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). D. C.E.C.- California Electrical Code. 1.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01. B. Accurately record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull and junction boxes. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of C.E.C. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Electrical boxes are shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Install at location required for box to serve intended purpose. C. Exact location of all outlet boxes shall be as indicated on architectural elevations. Outlets not shown shall be coordinated with the Architect prior to rough-in. Any outlets not coordinated, which are mounted in locations not accepted by the Architect, shall be relocated at no additional cost to the Owner. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BOXES 260130 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; galvanized steel, 4" x 4" x 1-1/2" minimum size (unless noted otherwise). 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2-inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Extra deep 5S outlet boxes (4-11/16” x 4-11/16” x 2-1/2”) shall be used at data and A/V outlets. Where 5S outlet boxes require installation of 1-1/2” conduits, the outlet box shall be increased to 3-1/4” deep equal to RACO #260. B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs. 2.2 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1; galvanized steel. B. Surface-Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250; Type 4, flat-flanged, surface-mounted junction box. 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless-steel cover screws. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. B. Install electrical box to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. C. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. D. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. E. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, as allowed by NFPA. F. Align adjacent wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats and similar devices with each other. G. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished area. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BOXES 260130 - 3 H. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6-inch separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls and fire-rated walls. I. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. Outlet boxes on metal studs shall be attached to metal hangers, tack welded or bolted to studs; on wood studs’ attachment shall be with wood screws, nails are not acceptable. J. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. K. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. L. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. M. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. N. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. O. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. P. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. Q. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations. R. Large Pull Boxes: Boxes larger than 100 cubic inches in volume or 12 inches in any dimension. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Use hinged enclosure under provisions of Section 260160. 2. Other Locations: Use surface-mounted cast metal box. S. Open knockouts in outlet boxes only where required for inserting conduit. T. All boxes and panels/cabinets shall be covered with cardboard and duct tape to keep plaster and dirt from entering box or panels. All boxes shall be vacuum cleaned prior to pulling wires. U. All pull and junction boxes shall be clearly and permanently marked indicating the panel and circuit numbers of conductors within the box. V. Coordinate with architectural drawings for tackable wall covers and provide special extension rings for flush finish fit to comply with CEC 370.20. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches and backsplashes. The Contractor shall be responsible for cut-outs in tile or counter splashes where outlet boxes are to be installed. B. Position outlet boxes to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling plan. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET BOXES 260130 - 4 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. B. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. END OF SECTION 260130 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 260160 - 1 SECTION 260160 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Hinged cover enclosures. B. Cabinets. C. Terminal blocks and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). B. ANSI/NEMA ICS 1 - Industrial Control and Systems. C. ANSI/NEMA ICS 4 - Terminal Blocks for Industrial Control Equipment and Systems. D. ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Control Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 01. B. Shop Drawings for Equipment Panels: Include wiring schematic diagram, wiring diagram, outline drawing and construction diagram as described in ANSI/NEMA ICS 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Construction: NEMA 250; Type 1, 3R, steel. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. C. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by key. D. Panel for Mounting Terminal Blocks or Electrical Components: 14 gage steel, white enamel finish. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 260160 - 2 2.2 CABINETS A. Cabinet Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable endwalls. Provide 3/4-inch-thick plywood backboard painted matte white, for mounting terminal blocks. B. Cabinet Fronts: Steel, flush surface type with concealed trim clamps, screw cover front, concealed hinge and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard; finish as approved by Architect. 2.3 TERMINAL BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES A. Terminal Blocks: ANSI/NEMA ICS 4; UL listed. B. Power Terminals: Unit construction type, closed-back type, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts. C. Signal and Control Terminals: Modular construction type, channel mounted; tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in accordance with ANSI/NEMA ICS 6. B. Provide conduit hubs knockouts on enclosures. C. Provide protective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout drawing of control wiring and components within enclosure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets and enclosures plumb; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner, minimum. B. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures. C. Install trim plumb. D. Provide nameplate per Section 260195. E. Ground and bond per Section 260170. END OF SECTION 260160 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 1 SECTION 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electrical installation requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast -in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 2 C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 3 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria is not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 4 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." END OF SECTION 260500 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Building wire and cable. B. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 – California Electrical Code. B. C.E.C. – California Electrical Code. C. InterNational Electrical Testing Association. D. OSHA, Definition B, 29 CFR 1910.7. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of C.E.C. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required meeting Project Conditions. C. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 1.6 COORDINATION A. Determine required separation between cable and other work. B. Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire, new, manufactured not more than 6 months prior to installation, with size, type of insulation, voltage rating and manufacturer's name permanently marked on outer covering at regular intervals. B. Conductor: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.3 WIRING METHOD A. Type THHN/THWN insulation for dry interior locations, in raceway. B. Type THWN for exterior or wet locations, in raceway. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Provide conductors continuous from outlet to outlet and splice only at outlet or junction boxes. B. Circuit all feeders and branch circuits as shown on the drawings. Suggested deviation from the plans must be provided by the Architect. C. Install products in accordance with manufacturers instructions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 D. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. E. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. F. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. G. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. H. Low voltage control wiring shall be No. 18 AWG minimum, insulated cable for each conductor. Voltage rating of cable shall be suitable for either Class I or Class II, remote control or signal circuit, as determined by the code and the actual installation. I. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet (450-m). J. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet (600-m). K. Install all conductors in a single raceway at one time, insuring that conductors do not cross one another while being pulled into raceway. Leave sufficient cable at all fittings or boxes and prevent conductor kinks. Keep all conductors within the allowable tension and exceeding the minimum-bending radius. L. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. Lubricants for wire pulling shall conform to UL requirements for the insulation and raceway material. M. Provide conductor supports as required by Code and recommended by the cable manufacturer. Where required, provide cable supports in vertical conduits similar to OZ Gedney Type CMT and provide the lower end of conduit with OZ Gedney Type KVF ventilators. N. No splicing or joints will be permitted in either feeder or branch circuits except at outlet or accessible junction boxes. O. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. P. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. Q. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. Keep splices in underground junction boxes, handholes, and manholes to an absolute minimum. Where splices are necessary, use resin pressure splices and resin splicing kits manufactured by the 3M Company to totally encapsulate the splice. Arrange the splicing kit to minimize the effects of moisture. R. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. S. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. T. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4 U. Provide all power and control conductors, that terminate on equipment or terminal strips, with solderless lugs or tork and flanged tongue terminals. Provide T & B "Sta-kon" tongue terminal. This type conductor termination is not required when the equipment is provided with solderless connectors. 3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Division 26. B. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on Drawings. C. Conductor Identification: All branch circuit conductors (No. 10 AWG and smaller) throughout the project shall be provided with color-coded insulation as follows: 208Y/120V Phase 480Y/277 Black A Brown Red B Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green Ground Green D. Conductors No. 8 and larger shall be black with bands of colored nonaging, plastic tape to color code the conductors, utilizing the same scheme as for branch circuits. The bands shall occur within each enclosure where a tap, splice or termination is made. E. Color code all control wire insulation and label each termination. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 5 b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. c. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. D. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 260519 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. 5. Grounding for sensitive electronic equipment. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. D. Field quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include the following in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals: 1. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NETA MTS and CEC Article 250. a. Tests shall be to determine if ground resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if they do not. b. Include recommended testing intervals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2 Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. D. Comply with the California Electrical Code (CEC). PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by10 feetin diameter. B. Chemical-Enhanced Grounding Electrodes: Copper tube, straight or L-shaped, charged with nonhazardous electrolytic chemical salts. 1. Termination: Factory-attached No. 4/0 AWG bare conductor at least 48 inches long. 2. Backfill Material: Electrode manufacturer's recommended material. PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. 2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus on insulated spacers 1 inch, minimum, from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, down to specified height above floor, and connect to horizontal bus. E. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements and CEC Article 250. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned- copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits sized per C.E.C. Table 250-122. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by CEC: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 9. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and power-distribution units. C. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct- mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 5 D. Water Heater: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. E. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated. F. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated. G. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in ¾” (19mm) raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. H. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 6 D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover. 1. Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service, unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. F. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug-type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. G. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. H. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. I. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column and where indicated on the drawings. 1. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 4/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring (where indicated) not less than 24 inches from building foundation. J. UFER Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to CEC, using a minimum of 40 feet (12 meters) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4/0 AWG. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 7 1. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. 2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: C. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. D. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohms. 5. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. 6. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. E. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260532 - 1 SECTION 260532 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates. B. Wire and cable markers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Division 01. B. Include schedule for nameplates and tape labels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on a black background. B. Wire and Cable Markers: Cloth markers, split sleeve or tubing type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates and tape labels parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws, or rivets. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed panelboard doors in finished locations. D. Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with panel and branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260532 - 2 schematic and interconnection diagrams equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. 3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING A. Provide nameplates to identify all circuits in the service distribution and power distribution panelboards; branch circuit panelboards; separately mounted starting switches; disconnecting switches; motor control push-button stations; selector switches; terminal cabinets; telephone cabinets, etc. Clearly identify on the nameplate the equipment such as "Air Handling Unit AH- 1" and "Hot Water Cir. Pump P-1" in lieu of abbreviated plan references such as "AH-1" or "P- 1". B. Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below. C. Panelboards and Switchboards: 1/4 inch; identify equipment designation, voltage rating, and source. D. Individual Circuit Breakers In Panelboards and Switchboards: 1/8 inch; identify circuit and load served, including location. E. Individual Circuit Breakers, Enclosed Switches and Motor Starters: 1/8 inch; identify voltage rating, ampere rating and load served including location. F. HVAC and Plumbing Control Equipment: 1/8 inch; identify equipment designation and equipment served including location. G. Communication Terminal Cabinets: 1/4 inch; identify cabinet designation and type of system. END OF SECTION 260532 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Device plates and decorative box covers. D. Time switches. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA WD 1 - General-Purpose Wiring Devices. B. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device Configurations. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL SWITCHES A. Single Pole Switch: 1. Hubbell, Model 2121-W. 2. Leviton, Model 5621-2W. 3. Equal by Arrow Hart or Bryant. B. Double Pole Switch: 1. Hubbell, Model 2122-W. 2. Leviton, Model 5622-2W. 3. Equal by Arrow Hart or Bryant. C. Three-way Switch: 1. Hubbell, Model 2123-W. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 2. Leviton, Model 5623-3W. 3. Equal by Arrow Hart or Bryant. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01. E. Description: NEMA WD 1, heavy-duty specification grade, AC only general-use quiet type rocker witch, UL approved for tungsten lamp loads or inductive loads without derating. F. Device Body: White plastic with rocker handle. G. Ratings: 20A., 120-277V A.C. or as required to match with specific branch circuit and load characteristics. H. Lock type switches shall be Hubbell #1221L only per District standards. 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. Duplex Convenience Receptacle: 1. Hubbell 2. Leviton 3.Arrow Hart 4. Bryant. B. GFCI Receptacle: 1. Hubbell 2. Leviton 3. Arrow Hart 4. Bryant. C. Surge Protected Outlets: 1. Hubbell 2. Leviton 3. Arrow Hart 4. Bryant. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01. E. Description: NEMA WD 1; heavy-duty general-use receptacle. 20 Amp, 125V, 2-pole, 3-wire style line series. F. Device Body: Plastic. G. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; type as specified and indicated. H. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20R ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 I. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. 2.3 WALL PLATES A. Plates shall be brushed stainless steel and supplied for every local switch, receptacle, telephone and data outlet, wall speaker outlet, etc. B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device cover. C. Locking Weatherproof Cover Plate: Pass & Seymour Legrand #4600 Series with mounting plates as required or equal at locations indicated on drawings. D. Plates shall be engraved and filled, when used for: 1. More than two gangs. 2. Equipment that cannot be seen from the locations. 3. All lock type switches. 4. All receptacles other than 120 volts. 5. All pilot switches. 6. Switches in locations from which the equipment or circuits controlled cannot be readily seen. 7. Manual motor starting switches. 8. Where so indicated on the drawings. 9. As required on all control circuit switches, such as heater controls, etc. 2.4 TIME SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Tork. 2. Paragon. 3. Intermatic. B. Description: AC electronic time clock, 7 day. C. Input voltage: 120V. D. Poles: 40A, 120V, number as indicated. (4 pole minimum) E. Enclosure: Type as required to meet installation. F. Configuration: 365 Day Astronomic, electronic, programmable. G. Accessories: Photocell control as indicated. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. F. Install decorative plates on switches, receptacles, etc., and blank outlets in finished areas. G. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. H. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. I. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished area, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533 to obtain mounting heights specified and indicated on drawings. B. Install wall switches as indicated on drawings. C. Install convenience receptacles 18 inches above finished floor. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 5 D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above backsplash of counter. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each wiring device for defects. B. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. D. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. E. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. END OF SECTION 262726 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 1 SECTION 265619 - LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp technology. 2. Luminaire supports. 3. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color rendering index. C. Fixture: See "Luminaire." D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. E. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. F. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of luminaire. 1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 2. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaire. 4. Lamps, include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data. 5. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides, of each luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project IES LM-79, IES LM-80. a. Manufacturer's Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. b. Testing Agency Certified Data: For indicated luminaires, photometric data certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 2 6. Wiring diagrams for power, control, and signal wiring. 7. Photoelectric relays. 8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports and indication that the attachment is suitable for components involved. B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For each luminaire and for each color and texture indicated with factory-applied finish. D. Product Schedule: For luminaires and lamps. E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For luminaire supports. 1. Include design calculations for luminaire supports and seismic restraints. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For luminaires, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Product Certificates: For each type of the following: 1. Luminaire. 2. Photoelectric relay. D. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. E. Source quality-control reports. F. Sample warranty. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 3 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project. Use ANSI and manufacturers' codes. 2. Provide a list of all photoelectric relay types used on Project; use manufacturers' codes. 3. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Glass, Acrylic, and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Globes and Guards: One for every 20of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturers' laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. B. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products and complying with applicable IES testing standards. C. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. D. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. E. Mockups: For exterior luminaires, complete with power and control connections. 1. Obtain Architect's approval of luminaires in mockups before starting installations. 2. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 4 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Verify existing and proposed utility structures prior to the start of work associated with luminaire installation. B. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by Architect prior to the start of luminaire installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 2 year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Luminaires shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. B. Seismic Performance: Luminaires and lamps shall be labeled vibration and shock resistant. 1. The term "withstand" means "the luminaire will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 2.2 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 5 C. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. E. Lamp base complying with ANSI C81.61. F. Bulb shape complying with ANSI C79.1. G. CRI of minimum 80. CCT of 4000 K. H. L70 lamp life of 50,000 hours. I. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 0 percent of maximum light output. J. Internal driver. K. Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 V ac 277 V ac. L. Lamp Rating: Lamp marked for outdoor use and in enclosed locations. M. Source Limitations: Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer. N. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, Stainless steel. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. D. Diffusers and Globes: 1. Acrylic Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, with high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless otherwise indicated. E. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 6 F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. G. Housings: 1. Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. 2. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires. H. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. 1. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage and coating. c. CCT and CRI for all luminaires. 2.4 FINISHES A. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. C. Factory-Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. 2. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff complying with AA-M20 requirements; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard-coat wax. 3. Class I, Clear-Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. 4. Class I, Color-Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker), complying with AAMA 611. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 7 a. Color: As noted on light fixture schedule. D. Factory-Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP 8. 2. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and two finish coats of high-gloss, high-build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard catalog of colors. b. Color: Match Architect's sample of manufacturer's standard/custom color. c. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.5 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire electrical conduit to verify actual locations of conduit connections before luminaire installation. C. Examine walls, roofs, canopy ceilings and overhang ceilings for suitable conditions where luminaires will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. If approved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is substantially complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 8 B. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Fasten luminaire to structural support. 3.4 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260003 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch-thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260532 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components. B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-5. b. IES LM-50. c. IES LM-52. d. IES LM-64. e. IES LM-72. 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265619 - 9 E. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain luminaires and photocell relays. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting the direction of aim of luminaires to suit occupied conditions. Make up to two Insert number visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose. Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness. 1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are defective. 2. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 3. Adjust the aim of luminaires in the presence of the Architect. END OF SECTION 265619 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE CLEARING 311000 - 1 SECTION 311000 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 2. Removing existing vegetation. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 5. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements. 6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing/abandoning site utilities B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Specifications apply to this section. 2. Division 02 Section and “Site Demolition” for demolition of site improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile and typified by the lack of organic matter and soil organisms. B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site. In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in- place surface soil and is the zone where plant roots grow. D. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings. E. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE CLEARING 311000 - 2 1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for stripped topsoil and other materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. B. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations of capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. Provide copy to Engineer of Record. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at project site. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Improvements: Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. 1. Protect improvements on adjoining properties, public right-of-way and on Owner's property. 2. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to property owners. The full width of pavements damaged due to construction access and other construction-related activities shall be replaced with a structural section (pavement and base) at least equal to the adjacent existing section. 3. Protect existing utility lines indicated to remain. Notify Architect immediately of any damage to or encounter with an unknown existing utility line. Immediately repair damage to existing utility lines. B. Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. 1. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. 2. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2 inch in diameter that are cut during construc- tion operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt or other acceptable coating ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE CLEARING 311000 - 3 formulated to use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. 3. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by con- struction operations in a manner acceptable to Architect. Employ a licensed arborist to repair damage to trees and shrubs. 4. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by arborist. C. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. D. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing site clearing indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Contractor shall delineate with construction stakes, the property line along the southeast side of the project. 2. Contractor shall document the pre-construction condition and photograph the existing CMU retaining wall along the southeast property line. 3. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect. E. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises per owner’s direction. F. Utility Locator Service: Notify UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT for area where Project is located before site clearing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Division 31 Section "Earthwork." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not available on-site. B. Tree Wound Paint: Bituminous based paint of standard manufacture specially formulated for the intended use. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE CLEARING 311000 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE CLEARING A. Remove trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions, as required, to permit installation of new construction. Remove similar items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. Removal includes digging out and off-site disposal of stumps and roots. 1. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful man- ner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 2. Unless specifically designated to remain, strip the upper two inches (minimum) of soil containing vegetation and root growth within the Limits of Work shown on the Draw- ings. B. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. 1. Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be indicated on mechanical or electrical drawings. Removing abandoned underground piping or conduits interfering with construction is included under this Section. 2. Contractor shall refer to the project’s Asbestos Abatement Report for removal of asbestos containing materials and other potential hazardous materials. C. Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those indicated to be left standing. 1. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 2. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to remain. 3. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil ma- terial, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. a. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact each layer and compact in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 31 “Earthwork” to make the new surface conform with the existing adjacent surface of the ground. 4. Trim trees, designated to be left standing within the cleared areas, of dead branches 1- 1/2 inches or more in diameter; and trim all branches to heights and in a manner as in- dicated. Neatly cut limbs and branches to be trimmed close to the bole of the tree or main branches. Paint cuts more than 1-1/4 inches in diameter with specified tree- wound paint. D. Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less than 4 inches. Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionable material. 1. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. a. Where existing trees are indicated to remain, leave existing topsoil in place with- in drip lines to prevent damage to root system. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE CLEARING 311000 - 5 2. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas indicated or directed. Construct storage piles to provide free drainage of surface water. Cover storage piles, if required, to prevent wind and sediment erosion. 3. Dispose of unsuitable or excess topsoil as specified for disposal of waste material. E. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. F. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain. 3.2 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Arrange with Owner for disconnecting and sealing of all overhead and underground utilities that serve adjoining existing structures before site clearing. 1. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before proceeding with site clearing. B. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap utilities indicated to be abandoned in place. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. 2. Arrange with owner scheduling of utilities shut off. C. Locate, identify, and disconnect utilities indicated to be removed. D. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. E. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed. F. Contractor shall note that various unknown and undocumented underground utilities exist at the project site. Contractor shall ensure that utilities are inactive or shut off prior to removal or abandonment. Contractor shall document all found underground utilities and notify engineer of record for further direction. 3.3 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET SITE CLEARING 311000 - 6 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw- cut faces vertically. 2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain with two coats of antirust coating, following coating manufacturer's written instructions. Keep paint off surfaces that will remain exposed. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them to recycling facilities. Do not interfere with other Project work. END OF SECTION 311000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 1 SECTION 312000 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing and grading subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements and landscaping 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 3. Drainage and moisture-control fill course for concrete slabs-on-grade. 4. Base course for concrete walks, asphalt and pavements. 5. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 6. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and appurtenances outside building lines. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls, utilities, and support facilities. 2. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for granular course beneath the slab-on- grade. 3. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and utilities. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATION A. Perform all work in accordance with applicable provisions of "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction", Latest Edition, City of Los Angeles Ordinances and Amendments, latest editions, UBC and 2019 CBC. Unless otherwise noted, mention herein of section numbers refers to sections of the Reference Specification. Where Reference Specification refers to "Agency", substitute the word "Owner". Where Reference Specification refers to "Engineer", substitute the word "Architect". Where Reference Specification is in conflict with these Specifications, these Specifications shall govern. B. The recommendations found in the Geotechnical Exploration Report prepared by Geotehnical Solutions, Inc. dated June 21, 2024 apply to this Section. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 2 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and the surface pavement in paving system. C. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations E. Drainage Fill: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the re-use or disposal of materials removed. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. I. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot -mix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk. J. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. K. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines. L. Compaction: Any method of mechanically stabilizing a material by increasing its density at a controlled moisture condition. "Degree of Compaction" is expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density obtained by the test procedure described in ASTM D 1557 for general soil types abbreviated in this Specification as 90 percent of maximum dry density". M. Hard Material: Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or conglomerate materials which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth, or jack hammers for removal ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 3 N. Lift: A layer or course of soil placed on top of previously prepared or placed soil in a fill or embankment. O. Unsatisfactory Material: Soil or other material identified as having insufficient strength or stability to carry intended loads without excessive consolidation or loss of stability. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following manufactured products required: 1. Warning Tape 2. Geotextile 3. Water Quality Filter Media B. Location of Borrow Materials. C. Material Test Reports D. Pre-excavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by earth moving operations. Submit before earth moving begins. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction B. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner will employ a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to classify proposed on-site and borrow soils to verify that soils comply with specified requirements and to perform required field and laboratory testing. C. Pre-excavation Conference: Before commencing earthwork, meet with representatives of the governing authorities, Owner, Architect, consultants, Geotechnical Engineer, independent testing agency, and other concerned entities. Review earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection procedures and requirements. Notify participants at least 3 working days prior to convening conference. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. B. 1. Provide a minimum 48-hours' notice to the Architect and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 4 C. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies and owner to shutoff services if lines are active. D. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. E. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect. F. Utility Locator Service: Notify UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT for area where Project is located before beginning earth moving operations. G. Do not commence earth moving operations until temporary erosion/sedimentation control measures, specified in Division 01 are in place. H. Perched Groundwater was encountered at 20 feet below the ground surface during exploration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil materials imported or excavated on the property determined to be suitable as referenced in the project Geotechnical Investigation Report; and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487 or a combination of these groups. 1. Refer to Geotechnical Investigation Report, for unsuitable materials and disposal methods for unsatisfactory soils. D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Base Material: Shall conform to crushed aggregate base or crushed miscellaneous base, as specified on plan, in accordance with section 200-2.2 or 200-2.4, respectively, of the Reference Specification, and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 5 F. Engineered Fill: Base Materials and compacted fill materials G. Bedding Material: Shall be 1 sack slurry per soils report. H. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate grading size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve I. Filtering Material: Evenly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone and natural sand, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 50 sieve. J. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. 2.2 GEOTEXTILES A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 157 lbf; ASTM D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 142 lbf; ASTM D 4632. 4. Tear Strength: 56 lbf; ASTM D 4533. 5. Puncture Strength: 56 lbf; ASTM D 4833. 6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 60sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 7. Permittivity: 0.2 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. 6. White: Steam systems B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows: ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 6 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. 6. White: Steam Systems PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth moving operations. B. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Tree protection is specified in the Section 311000 "Site Clearing". Refer to landscape architectural plans for instructions. D. Prepare subgrade and place base materials in accordance with sections 301-1.2 and 301-2, respectively, of the Reference Specification. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Dewatering shall be done in accordance with NPDES waste discharge requirements. Contractor shall obtain all necessary Dewatering permits from state and local jurisdictions. C. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. 3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. General: Excavation shall be to the contours, elevations and dimensions indicated. Keep excavations free from water and debris while construction is in progress. Notify the Owner ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 7 immediately in writing where it becomes necessary to remove hard, soft, weak, or wet material to a depth greater than indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, concrete placed below grade will be formed and excavations shall allow for placement and removal of forms. Side cuts shall be cribbed and shored as required. B. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to required subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions as described in the referenced Geotechnical Investigations Report. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 2. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; together with soil, boulders, and rocks. 3. 4. Rock fragments greater than 3 inches in diameter shall be taken off-site or placed in accordance with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer in areas designated as suitable for rock disposal. 3.5 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A. Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations. B. Unshored Temporary Excavations: 1. Unshored temporary excavations may be sloped back at 1 to 1 (horizontal to vertical) or flatter up to 5 feet in height. Where sloped embankments are used, the tops of the slopes should be barricaded to prevent vehicles and storage loads within seven feet of the tops of the slopes. If the temporary construction slopes will be maintained during the rainy season, construct berms along the tops of the slopes where necessary to prevent run-off water from entering the excavation and eroding the slope faces. 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavation Limits: Shall be to a tolerance of plus-or-minus 0.10 foot and shall extend five (5) feet laterally beyond the building limits at the excavation level and five (5) feet below existing grade, or deeper to excavate existing fill. The excavation side slopes shall not exceed a slope ratio of 1.5 to 1, horizontal to vertical, up to 5 feet in height, unless they are positively retained by shoring or other approved methods. Over-excavation side slopes may be vertical, as long as they are no higher than allowed by the State of California Construction Safety Orders, in which case they shall be no steeper than 1.5 to 1. If cut below depths indicated, excavations shall be filled with concrete when the foundations or footings are placed. Revise first subparagraph below if footings and foundations are placed on engineered fill. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 8 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. 2. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical or Electrical Utility Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended as bearing surfaces. B. Excavations at Edges of Tree- and Plant-Protection Zones: 1. Excavate by hand to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 3.7 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. 3.8 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavation made with power-driven equipment is not permitted within two feet of any known utility or subsurface construction. For work immediately adjacent to or for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction, use hand or light equipment excavation. Start hand or light equipment excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction and continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new grade is assured. Support uncovered lines and other existing work affected by the excavation work of this Section until approval for backfill is granted by the geotechnical engineer. Immediately report damage to utility lines or subsurface construction to the Owner. B. Where unidentified existing utilities are encountered, determine whether these are active or abandoned. Remove interfering portions of abandoned utilities and cap or plug open ends of pipe to remain. The cap or plug must seal the opening in such a manner that would permit remaining portions of the utility to be reactivated. Notify Owner for instructions on utilities which are determined to be active. Do not proceed without instructions, except to correct an immediate hazard or emergency condition. Relocation work performed on an active utility without obtaining prior approval from Owner shall be done at the Contractor's expense and liability. C. In areas where compacted backfill has been placed, additional consolidation may occur after completion due to changes in moisture content and surcharge. Utility connections crossing this backfill, and improvements adjoining the building at the backfill line shall be installed taking into account this additional consolidation, or sufficient time shall be scheduled between backfilling operations and such improvements to allow this consolidation to take place. Damage to utilities or other improvements due to Contractor's negligence in regard to this paragraph shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 9 D. Protect newly backfilled areas and adjacent structures, slopes, or grades from traffic, erosion settlement, and any other damage. Repair and re-establish damaged or eroded grades and slopes and restore surface construction prior to acceptance E. Cutting Pavement, Curbs, and Gutters: Saw cut with neat, parallel, straight lines one foot wider than trench width on each side of trenches and one foot beyond each edge of pits. If an existing pavement joint or cracked area is within two feet outside of a designated sawcut line shown on the Drawings, removal and resurfacing shall be to that joint, and/or shall include the crack or cracked area, unless otherwise approved by Architect. F. Contractor shall pothole at all identifiable crossings of existing utilities prior to any trenching operations and provide Architect with a survey of the top elevations (and bottom elevations, if applicable), of possible interferences so that an evaluation of necessary adjustments to the current profile or alignment may be made. Additionally, Architect shall be given the opportunity to view possible conflicts in the field prior to providing revised designs. G. Provide a minimum cover from grade of 3 feet for water mains and gas mains unless otherwise indicated on plans and details. Storm drains and sewers shall be to the depths indicated. Where settlements greater than the tolerance allowed herein for grading occur in trenches and pits due to improper compaction, excavate to the depth necessary to rectify the problem, then backfill and compact the excavation as specified herein and restore the surface to the required elevation. H. Keep excavations free from water while construction is in progress. I. Notify the Owner immediately in writing if it becomes necessary to remove rock or hard, unstable, or otherwise unsatisfactory material to a depth greater than indicated. Excavate large rock, boulders, and other unyielding material to depth at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe, conduit, duct and appurtenances, unless otherwise indicated or specified. Over-excavate soft, weak, or wet excavations to an depth at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe, conduit, duct or appurtenances unless otherwise indicated or specified. J. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and invert elevations. K. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, except where sloping of sides is allowed. Sides of trenches shall not be sloped from the bottom of the trench up to the elevation of the top of the pipe. See plans for detail. L. At the option of the Contractor, the excavations may be overcut to depth of not less than 4 inches and refilled to required grade as specified. M. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects to avoid point loading. N. 1. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed, multiple- duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 10 O. 2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. P. 3. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench has been graded. Dimension of bell holes shall be as required for properly making the particular type of joint to ensure that the bell does not bear on the bottom of the excavation. 3.9 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If and when Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with a pneumatic-tired roller to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. Completely roll subgrade in one direction, repeating rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. D. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for Changes in Work. E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation. 3.10 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect. 3.11 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 11 3.12 SOIL TREATMENT A. All chemical applications used for soil treatment are subject to the approval of the Owner. B. Recommended termiticide: Chlorpyrifos “Dursban TC”, or “Permetrin Torpedo” or “Dragnet”, or approved equal. C. Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling and grading operations are completed and prior to any membrane being placed beginning concrete placement or other construction activities. D. To ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instruction of soil toxicant manufacturer. E. Remove foreign matter which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under foundations. F. Apply soil treatment solution at rates recommended by soil toxicant manufacturer. G. Allow not less than 12 hours for drying after application, before beginning concrete placement or other construction activities H. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. 3.13 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, damp-proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.14 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL AND COMPACTION A. Backfilling of exterior utility trenches shall not be undertaken until geotechnical engineer has received 24-hours notice, until required tests and inspections have been completed, and until as- built location notes have been furnished. Remove uninspected backfill in accordance with requirements of this specification. Use hand-operated, plate-type, vibratory, or other suitable hand tampers in areas not accessible to larger rollers or compactors. Avoid damaging pipes and protective pipe coatings. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 12 B. Place backfill material in accordance with Section 306-1.3.2 of the Reference Specifications and achieve at least 90% of the maximum density. The top 12 inches of backfill in the building or paved areas shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density. C. Compaction by ponding or flooding will not be permitted. D. Place and compact bedding course on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. E. Concrete backfill trenches that carry below or pass under footings and that are excavated within 18 inches of footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings F. Provide 4-inch-thick concrete base slab support for piping or conduit less than 2'-6" below surface of roadways. After installation and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway base. G. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or base material, free of particles larger than 1 inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. H. 1. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. 3.15 FILL A. Preparation: Scarify and remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet, and unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. 1. The scarified ground shall be brought to optimum moisture, mixed as required, and compacted as specified. If the scarified zone is greater than 12 inches in depth, the excess shall be removed and placed in lifts restricted to six inches. 2. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use base materials 4. Under building slabs, use base materials 5. Under footings and foundations, use drainage fill materials. C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 13 3.16 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3. a. Stockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. 3.17 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. Keep rollers and other heavy equipment at least 18 inches from footings, foundations, piers and walls of buildings and accessory construction. Use mechanical and hand tampers weighing at least 90 pounds with a maximum face area of 48 inches square to compact backfill within 18 inches of construction and where access is restricted. C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: 1. For general site fills, compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent maximum dry density. 2. Under structures, building slabs, and steps, scarify and recompact top 24 inchesbelow footing or slab and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent maximum dry density. 3. Under walkways and paving, scarify and recompact top 12 inchesbelow subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent maximum dry density. 4. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent maximum dry density. 3.18 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 14 3. If necessary, the Contractor's selected equipment and construction procedure shall be altered, changed or modified in order to meet the specified compaction requirements. Flooding and water jetting is prohibited. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: ± 0.10 foot, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Concrete Walks: ± 0.025 foot. 3. Pavements: a. Concrete: 0.025 foot minus, with no high spots. b. Asphalt: 0.05 foot minus, with no high spots. C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of ½ inch when tested with a 10- footstraightedge. 3.19 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE A. Subdrainage Pipe: Specified in Division 33 Section "Storm Drainage." B. Subsurface Drain: Place subsurface drainage geotextile around perimeter of subdrainage trench. Place a 6-inchcourse of filter material on subsurface drainage geotextile to support subdrainage pipe. Encase subdrainage pipe in a minimum of 12 inchesof filter material, placed in compacted layers 6 inchesthick, and wrap in subsurface drainage geotextile, overlapping sides and ends at least 6 inches. 1. Compact each filter material layer to 90 percent of maximum dry unit weight C. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact filter material over subsurface drain, in width indicated, to within 12 inches of final subgrade, in compacted layers 6 inches thick. Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of subsurface drainage geotextile, overlapping sides and ends at least 6 inches. 1. Compact each filter material layer to 90 percent of maximum dry unit weight 2. Place and compact impervious fill over drainage backfill in 6-inch thick compacted layers to final subgrade. 3.20 BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS A. Place base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place base course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Compact base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density. 2. Shape base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 15 3. When thickness of compacted base course is 6 inches or less, place materials in a single layer. 4. When thickness of compacted base course exceeds 6 inches, place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick when compacted. 3.21 PAVEMENT REPAIR A. Repair or patch asphalt pavement as specified in Section 321216 Asphalt Paving. Repair or patch concrete pavement, curbs and gutters as specified in Section 321313 Concrete Paving. Do not repair pavement until trench has been backfilled and compacted as herein specified. As a minimum, maintain one-way traffic on roads and streets crossed by trenches. 3.22 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. 1. Perform field in-place density tests according to ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method), ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), or ASTM D 2937 (drive cylinder method), as applicable. a. Field in-place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method according to ASTM D 2922, provided that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. With each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages according to ASTM D 3017 b. When field in-place density tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect. B. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect. C. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for every 2,000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. D. Foundation Wall Backfill: In each compacted backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests along a wall face. E. Trench Backfill: In each compacted initial and final backfill layer, perform at least one field in- place density test for each 150 feet or less of trench, but no fewer than two tests. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET EARTHWORK 312000 - 16 F. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.23 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.24 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. 1. Remove waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 312000 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET FINISH GRADING 312219 - 1 SECTION 312219 - FINISH GRADING PART 1 - PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY B. This section includes the following: 1. Weeding. 2. Finish grading of lawn and planting areas. C. Related Sections include the following: 3. 329000: Section: Landscape Planting 4. 32 80 00: Irrigation System 5. 31 20 00: Earthwork 1.3 DEFINITIONS D. Finish grading: finish grading shall consist of adjusting and finishing soil surfaces with site or imported topsoil, raking grades to a smooth, even, uniform plane. Remove and legally dispose of all extraneous matter off site. Facilitate natural run-off water and establish grades and drainage indicated as part of the contract work. PART 2 - PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Refer to Section 329000 Landscape Planting. B. Obtain imported topsoil from approved local sources. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET FINISH GRADING 312219 - 2 PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION C. Verification of conditions: Prior to commencing the finish grading, review the installed work of other trades and verify that their work is complete. 1. Rough Grading: Grading in planting areas (except raised planter areas) shall be established to within plus or minus 0.10 foot prior to beginning of finish grading. D. Import topsoil only when necessary to supplement site soil to achieve grades shown on drawings, or if site soil is unsuitable for planting. 3.2 PREPARATION E. Weeding: Before finish grading, weeds and grasses shall be dug out by the root or sprayed with an herbicide and disposed of off-site. This procedure is outlined under the Landscape Planting Section. F. Debris: Remove stones and debris 1 inch in diameter and greater and clumps of earth that do not break up. Dispose of off-site. 3.3 INSTALLATION G. General: When rough grading and weeding have been completed, and the soil has dried sufficiently to be readily worked, lawn and planting areas shall be graded to the elevations indicated on the Drawings. 1. Grades indicated on Drawing are grades that will result after thorough settlement and compaction of the soil. 2. Grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform finish grades and, if required, shall be made at the direction of the Architect. 3. Finish grades shall be smooth, even, and a uniform plane with no abrupt change of surfaces. 4. Soil areas adjacent to buildings shall slope away from the building to allow a natural run- off of water, and surface drainage shall be directed as indicated on the drawings by remodeling surfaces to facilitate the run off water at 2% minimum grade. 5. Low spots and pockets shall be graded to drain properly. H. Drainage: Finish grade with proper slope to drains. 6. Flow lines, designated or not, shall be graded and maintained to allow free flow of surface water. 7. If any drainage problems arise during construction period due to Contractor's work (such as, but not limited to, low spots, slides, gullies and general erosion), the Contractor shall ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET FINISH GRADING 312219 - 3 be responsible for repairing these areas to a condition equal to their original condition, and in so doing shall prevent further drainage problems from occurring. I. Toe of slope: To prevent soil creep or erosion across pavement, where pavement (walk, curb, etc.) is at the toe of a slope, finish grade is to level out or swale slightly at least 6” before reaching pavement. J. Moisture Content: The soil shall not be worked when the moisture content is so great that excessive compaction occurs, nor when it is so dry that dust may form in the air or that clods do not break readily. Water may be applied, if necessary, to provide moisture content for tilling and planting operations. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to control dust that is spread as a result of grading operations. K. Grades: The finish grade in areas to be planted with turf shall be 2 inches below grade of adjacent pavement and walks unless shown otherwise on landscaping plans and details. L. Compaction: Soils in planted areas shall be loose and friable, yet firm enough that no settling occurs from normal foot traffic or irrigation. 3.4 FIELD OBSERVATION M. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the Architect 48 hours or two working days in advance of each agreed observation or conference. N. Schedule for On-Site Reviews: at completion of finish grading and prior to any planting operations. END OF SECTION 312219 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Hot-mix asphalt patching. 3. Hot-mix asphalt overlays. 4. Asphalt surface treatments: a. Fog seals. b. Slurries. 5. Pavement-marking paint. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 312000 "Earthwork" for aggregate subbase and base courses and aggregate pavement shoulders. 2. Section 321313 “Concrete Paving” for pavement marking on portland cement concrete pavement and herbicide treatment under portland cement concrete paving. 3. Section 321723 "Painted Pavement Marking" for pavement marking requirements. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide hot-mix asphalt pavement according to the materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of the standard specifications of the state or of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Reference Specification: Perform all work in accordance with applicable provisions of "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction", Latest Edition. Unless otherwise noted, mention herein of section numbers refers to sections of the Reference Specification. Where Reference Specification refers to "Agency", substitute the word "Owner". Where Reference Specification refers to "Engineer", substitute the word "Architect". Where Reference Specification is in conflict with these Specifications, these Specifications shall govern. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Reference Specifications do not apply to this Section. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product specified. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. B. Job-Mix Designs: Certification, by authorities having jurisdiction, of approval of each job mix proposed for the Work. C. Job-Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate pavement markings, lane separations, and defined parking spaces. Indicate dedicated handicapped spaces with international graphics symbol. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 2 E. Samples: 12 by 12 inches (300 by 300 mm) minimum, of paving fabric. F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. G. Material Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of materials with requirements indicated. H. Material Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that each material complies with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed hot-mix asphalt paving similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing hot-mix asphalt similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Firm shall be a registered and approved paving mix manufacturer with authorities having jurisdiction or with the DOT of the state in which Project is located. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on Architect's evaluation of criteria conforming to ASTM D 3666, that the independent testing agency has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. D. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable standards of authorities having jurisdiction for asphalt paving work on public property. E. Asphalt-Paving Publication: Comply with AI's "The Asphalt Handbook," except where more stringent requirements are indicated. F. Preinstallation Conference: Review methods and procedures related to asphalt paving including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review proposed sources of paving materials, including capabilities and location of plant that will manufacture hot-mix asphalt. 2. Review condition of substrate and preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review requirements for protecting paving work, including restriction of traffic during installation period and for remainder of construction period. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule for paving and related work. Verify availability of materials, paving Installer's personnel, and equipment required to execute the Work without delays. 5. Review inspection and testing requirements, governing regulations, and proposed installation procedures. 6. Review forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 3 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pavement-marking materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken and bearing manufacturer's labels containing brand name and type of material, date of manufacture, and directions for storage. B. Store pavement-marking materials in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if substrate is wet or excessively damp or if the following conditions are not met: 1. Prime and Tack Coats: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F (15.5 deg C). 2. Slurry Coat: Comply with weather limitations of ASTM D 3910. 3. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F (4 deg C) and rising at time of placement. 4. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F (15.5 deg C) at time of placement. B. Pavement-Marking Paint: Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at a minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40 deg F (4 deg C) for oil-based materials, 50 deg F (10 deg C) for water-based materials, and not exceeding 95 deg F (35 deg C). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATES A. General: Use materials and gradations that have performed satisfactorily in previous installations. B. Coarse Aggregate: Sound; angular crushed stone; crushed gravel; or properly cured, crushed blast-furnace slag; complying with ASTM D 692. C. Fine Aggregate: Sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone; gravel, properly cured blast-furnace slag, or combinations thereof; complying with ASTM D 1073. 1. For hot-mix asphalt, limit natural sand to a maximum of 20 percent by weight of the total aggregate mass. D. Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with ASTM D 242. 2.2 ASPHALT PAVEMENT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Pavement Leveling Course: Conform to Viscosity Grade B-PG 64-10 in section 203- 1.2 and section 203-6 of the Reference Specification. B. Asphalt Pavement Wearing (Surface) Course: Conform to Viscosity Grade III C2-PG 64-10, C3-PG 64-10 in section 203-1.2 and section 203-6 and section 400-4 to be used with Class III asphalt of the Reference Specification. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 4 C. Prime Coat: Grade SC-70 liquid asphalt conforming to section 203-2 of the Reference Specification. D Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt grade SS-1h conforming to section 203-3 of the Reference Specification. E. Asphalt Paint: Conform to ASTM D41 or D43 per section 203-8 of the Reference Specification. F. Slurry Seal: Emulsified asphalt grade [SS-1h] [CSS-1h] and aggregate conforming to section 203.5 of the Reference Specification. G. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material; ASTM D 946 for penetration- graded material. H. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material. I. Undersealing Asphalt: ASTM D 3141, pumping consistency. J. Prime Coat: ASTM D 2027; medium-curing cutback asphalt; MC-30, MC-70, or MC-250. K. Prime Coat: Asphalt emulsion prime conforming to state DOT requirements. L. Prime Coat: ASTM D 977, emulsified asphalt or ASTM D 2397, cationic emulsified asphalt, slow setting, factory diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. M. Tack Coat: ASTM D 977, emulsified asphalt or ASTM D 2397, cationic emulsified asphalt, slow setting, factory diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. N. Fog Seal: ASTM D 977, emulsified asphalt or ASTM D 2397, cationic emulsified asphalt, slow setting, factory diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. O. Water: Potable. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Herbicide: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Provide granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. B. Sand: ASTM D 1073, Grade Nos. 2 or 3. C. Paving Geotextile: Nonwoven polypropylene, specifically designed for paving applications, resistant to chemical attack, rot, and mildew. D. Pavement-Marking Paint: Alkyd-resin type, ready-mixed, complying with FS TT-P-115, Type I, or AASHTO M-248, Type N. E. Pavement-Marking Paint: Latex, water-base emulsion, ready-mixed, complying with FS TT- P-1952. 1. Color: As indicated. 2. Color: White (for parking stalls, other than handicapped). 2. Color: Yellow (for parking stalls, other than handicapped). 3. Color: Blue (for pavement markings identifying handicap parking) ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 5 4. Color: Red (for “No Parking” areas as shown) F. Glass Beads: AASHTO M-247. 2.4 MIXES A. Hot-Mix Asphalt: Provide dense, hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes approved by authorities having jurisdiction; designed according to procedures in AI's "Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot-Mix Types"; and complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area where Project is located. 2. Base Course: As indicated. 3. Surface Course: As indicated. B. Hot-Mix Asphalt: Provide dense, hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes approved by authorities having jurisdiction and designed according to procedures in AI's "Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot-Mix Types." 1. Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area where Project is located. 2. Provide mixes complying with the composition, grading, and tolerance requirements of ASTM D 3515 for the following nominal, maximum aggregate sizes: a. Base Course: 1 inch (25 mm). b. Surface Course: 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Emulsified-Asphalt Slurry: ASTM D 3910, consisting of emulsified asphalt, fine aggregates, and mineral fillers and as follows: 1. Composition: Type 1. 2. Composition: Type 2. 3. Composition: Type 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed loads. B. Subgrade, Subbase, and Base: 1. Proof-roll prepared subgrade and base using heavy, pneumatic-tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that require further compaction. C. Notify Architect in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving installation until these conditions have been satisfactorily corrected. 3.2 COLD MILLING A. Clean existing paving surface of loose and deleterious material immediately before cold milling. Remove existing asphalt pavement, including hot-mix asphalt and, as necessary, unbound-aggregate base course, by cold milling to grades and cross sections indicated. 1. Repair or replace curbs, manholes, and other construction damaged during cold milling. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 6 B. Cold mill existing asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with section 302-5.2 of the Reference Specification. 3.3 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Patching: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Recompact new subgrade. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches (300 mm) into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. 1. Tack coat faces of excavation and allow to cure before paving. 2. Fill excavation with dense-graded, hot-mix asphalt base mix and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. 3. Partially fill excavation with dense-graded, hot-mix asphalt base mix and compact while still hot. Cover asphalt base course with compacted, hot-mix surface layer finished flush with adjacent surfaces. B. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement: Break cracked slabs and roll as required to reseat concrete pieces firmly. 1. Pump hot undersealing asphalt under rocking slabs until slab is stabilized or, if necessary, crack slab into pieces and roll to reseat pieces firmly. 2. Remove disintegrated or badly broken pavement. Prepare and patch with hot-mix asphalt. C. Leveling Course: Install and compact leveling course consisting of dense-graded, hot-mix asphalt surface course to level sags and fill depressions deeper than 1 inch (25 mm) in existing pavements. 1. Install leveling wedges in compacted lifts not exceeding 3 inches (75 mm) thick. D. Crack and Joint Filling: Remove existing filler material from cracks or joints to a depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm). Refill with asphalt joint-filling material to restore watertight condition. Remove excess filler that has accumulated near cracks or joints. E. Asphalt paint: Apply uniformly to existing surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete paving and to surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot-mix asphalt pavement. Apply at a uniform rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. (0.2 to 0.7 L/sq. m) of surface. 1. Allow asphalt paint to cure undisturbed before paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving. 1. Sweep loose granular particles from surface of unbound-aggregate base course. Do not dislodge or disturb aggregate embedded in compacted surface of base course. B. Herbicide Treatment: Apply herbicide according to manufacturer's recommended rates and written application instructions. Apply to dry, prepared subgrade or surface of compacted- aggregate base before applying paving materials. 1. Mix herbicide with prime coat when formulated by manufacturer for that purpose. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 7 C. Prime Coat: Apply uniformly over surface of compacted-aggregate base at a rate of 0.15 to 0.50 gal./sq. yd. (0.7 to 2.3 L/sq. m). Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure for 72 hours minimum. 1. If prime coat is not entirely absorbed within 24 hours after application, spread sand over surface to blot excess asphalt. Use just enough sand to prevent pickup under traffic. Remove loose sand by sweeping before pavement is placed and after volatiles have evaporated. 2. Protect primed substrate from damage until ready to receive paving. D. Prime Coat: Comply with section 302-5.3 of the Reference Specification. Apply primer at a rate of between 0.20 and 0.25 gallons per square yard to top surface of base course prior to asphalt placement. E. Tack Coat: If a leveling course has been used for construction traffic, apply tack coat to all leveling course surfaces in accordance with section 302-5.4 of the Reference Specification at a rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard. 3.5 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING A. Machine place hot-mix asphalt mix on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. Place asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness, when compacted. 1. Place hot-mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated. 2. Place hot-mix asphalt surface course in single lift. 3. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 deg F (121 deg C). 4. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of one-way slopes, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and tears in asphalt-paving mat. B. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet (3 m) wide, except where infill edge strips of a lesser width are required. 1. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete asphalt base course for a section before placing asphalt surface course. C. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. D. The asphalt pavement shall be completed in phases; the leveling course during construction for temporary construction traffic and storage of materials and; the wearing (surface) course just prior to turnover to Owner; unless the entire paving operation is completed just prior to turnover to the Owner such that no construction traffic or storage of materials shall be allowed on the finished pavement surface after its completion. Contractor shall schedule final surface course paving operations so that the required waiting period specified in the Division 2 Section “Pavement Marking” will allow project completion within the specified time. E. Construct asphalt pavement in accordance with section 302-5 of the Reference Specification and as shown on the Drawings. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 8 F. Two Layer Method: The leveling course shall be installed to elevations which will allow the future placement of a wearing (surface) course no thinner than 1-1/2 inches. Prior to placing the wearing (surface) course, repair all areas damaged during construction use, thoroughly clean the leveling course of all loose material and place a tack coat pursuant to paragraph 3.4 D. herein. 3.6 JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot-mix asphalt course. 1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. 2. Offset longitudinal joints in successive courses a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 3. Offset transverse joints in successive courses a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm). 4. Construct transverse joints by bulkhead method or sawed vertical face method as described in AI's "The Asphalt Handbook." 5. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density. 3.7 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F (85 deg C). B. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Repair surfaces by loosening displaced material, filling with hot -mix asphalt, and rerolling to required elevations. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling, while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot -mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the Hveem density (ASTM D 2726-05a). D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still warm. E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while still hot, with back of rake or smooth iron. Compact thoroughly using tamper or other satisfactory method. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials. Remove paving course over area affected and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt, with a thickness one inch greater than the existing, and to match existing finish surface grades such that no local ponding of water will result. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 9 G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.8 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Leveling Course: ±1/2 inch (13 mm). 2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch (6 mm), no minus. B. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. Leveling Course: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. Surface Course: 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.9 SURFACE TREATMENTS A. Fog Seals: Apply fog seal at a rate of 0.10 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. (0.45 to 0.70 L/sq. m) to existing asphalt pavement and allow to cure. Lightly dust areas receiving excess fog seal with a fine sand. B. Slurry Seals: Apply slurry coat in a uniform thickness according to ASTM D 3910 and allow to cure. 1. Roll slurry seal to smooth ridges and provide a uniform, smooth surface. 2. Slurry seal to be applied min. 30 days after completion of asphalt pavement. C. Slurry seals: Apply in accordance with section 302-4 of the Reference Specification. 3.10 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Do not apply pavement-marking paint until layout, colors, and placement have been verified with Architect. B. Allow paving to cure for 30 days before starting pavement marking. C. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. D. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce pavement markings of dimensions indicated with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils (0.4 mm). 1. Broadcast glass spheres uniformly into wet pavement markings at a rate of 6 lb/gal. (0.72 kg/L). E. Comply with paint manufacturer's maximum drying time requirements to prevent undue softening of bitumen and pick-up, displacement, or discoloration of pavement marking by vehicular traffic. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET ASPHALT PAVING 321216 - 10 F. Paint pavement, curbs and other surfaces, as shown on the Drawings. Painting shall be straight, uniform, exact and sharp without blobs at the start and finish. Edges shall be even, accurate, symmetrical and free of fuzziness. G. Apply markings for disabled access symbols in accordance with State of California Building Code, Part 2, Title 24, CCR. H. Where work consists of modifications of, or additions to existing parking striping, match existing color and width of lines as closely as possible. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work complies with or deviates from specified requirements. B. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. C. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot-mix asphalt courses will be determined according to ASTM D 3549. D. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot-mix asphalt course will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances. E. Perform flood tests on asphalt paved areas to determine if surface grades allow proper runoff of surface water and if drainage devices function properly. Such tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Architect and the Owner. Promptly correct paving work found to be defective due to ponding of water or improper drainage. F. In-Place Density tests will be performed using nuclear gauge (ASTM D 2950-05) to verify at least 95 percent relative compaction of the Hveem density has been achieved. Representative samples of the AC will be collected and tested in the laboratory for Hveem density (ASTM D 2726-05a), theoretical maximum density (ASTM D 2041-03a), stability (ASTM D 1560-05), gradation (ASTM C 136-05), and asphalt content (ASTM D 6307-05). G. Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt where test results or measurements indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. END OF SECTION ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 1 SECTION - CONCRETE PAVINGPART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior Portland cement concrete paving for the following: 1. Curbs and gutters. 2. Walkways. 3. Driveways 3. Concrete pavement. 4. Concrete wheel stops B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 312000: Earthwork for subgrade preparation, grading and base course. 2. Section 033000: Cast-in-Place Concrete for general building applications of concrete. 3. Section 321373: Paving Joint Sealants for joint fillers and sealants within concrete paving and at joints with adjacent construction. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide concrete pavement according to the materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of the following standard specifications: 1. Reference Specification: Perform all work in accordance with applicable provisions of "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction", 2018. Unless otherwise noted, mention herein of section numbers refers to sections of the Reference Specification. Where Reference Specification refers to "Agency", substitute the word "Owner". Where Reference Specification refers to "Engineer", substitute the word "Architect". Where Reference Specification is in conflict with these Specifications, these Specifications shall govern. 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in Reference Specifications do not apply to this Section. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Design mixes for each class of concrete. Include revised mix proportions when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C. Description of Methods and Sequence of Placement. For each type of specially-finished concrete provide description of methods and sequence of placement. D. Submit manufacturer's product data for the following: 1. Form release agent. 2. Concrete coloring additive. 3. Prefabricated control joint. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 2 4. Preformed joint filler. 5. Sealants. 6. Slip plane joint. 7. Concrete mix design. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Standards: Comply with provisions of the following standards, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." 4. Standard specifications for PWC (Green Book) latest edition, section 201-1. A. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Paving work, base course etc., shall be done only after excavation and construction work, which may damage them, have been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance. D. Existing paving area shall, if damaged or removed during the course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this section of the specification. Workmanship and materials for such repair and replacement, except as otherwise noted, shall match as closely as possible those employed in existing work. E. Pavement, base, or subbase shall not be placed on a muddy subgrade. F. Provide sawcut control joints as required to construct 100 sq. ft. maximum panel sizes, unless otherwise called on the plans. G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform materials evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. 1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. The owner reserves the right to inspect and test paving and associated work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 3 A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100-foot or less radius. B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form-release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Debond Form Coating, L & M Construction Chemicals. b. Crete-Lease 880 VOC, Cresset Chemical Company. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars and Tie Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 40 for #3 bars and Grade 60 for bars larger than #3, deformed. B. Plain, Cold-Drawn Steel Wire: ASTM A 82. C. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. D. Dowel Sleeves: Speed Dowel, Aztec Concrete Accessories, Inc. E. Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A bolts, internally and externally threaded. Design hook bolt joint assembly to hold coupling against pavement form and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt. F. Supports for Reinforcement: Chairs, spacers, dowel bar supports and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, and dowels in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. Use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. G. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM A185. Fabric reinforcement shall be furnished in flat sheets. Fabric reinforcement in rolls will not be permitted. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II 1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project. Coordinate with Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete." B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4M non-reactive, and as follows. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-inch. 2. Do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. 3. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Architect. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 4 C. Water: Potable. D. Admixtures: Comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -In-Place Concrete." 1. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride or chloride ions. 2.4 COLOR ADMIXTURE A. Color admixture shall be suitable for flatwork concrete and shall meet or exceed the requirements set by Portland Cement Association (PCA) and ATSM C 494. B. Color admixture shall be of a type and quality which will not adversely affect workability, setting, or strength of concrete. Color pigments shall consist of chemically inert, non-fading, alkali-fast mineral oxides, finely ground and specially prepared for the use in both cement and mortar. Admixture shall not contain calcium chloride. C. Color admixture shall be Chromix admixture, manufactured by L.M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA 90040, or approved equal. D. Mix design shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations, and directions of the Architect to achieve proposed color. Strictly monitor additive / cement ratio throughout job to ensure uniform color. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. White burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq. meter in 72 hours when applied at a rate of 200 sq. ft./gal. 1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 g/L. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following or approved equal: a. L & M Cure R, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. b. 1100-Clear, W.R. Meadows, Inc. 3. Do not use sodium silicate type curing agents. D. Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film-forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for temporary protection from rapid moisture loss. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following or approved equal: a. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. b. E-Con; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. c. Confilm; Master Builders, Inc. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 5 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: Acrylic or styrene butadiene, complying with ASTM C 1059, Type 2. B. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit requirements. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following or approved equal: 1. Bonding Agent: b. SBR Latex; Euclid Chemical Co. c. Daraweld C; W.R. Grace & Co. d. Everbond; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. e. Acryl-Set; Master Builders Inc. 2. Epoxy Adhesive: a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. b. Concresive Standard Liquid; Master Builders, Inc. c. Rezi-Weld 1000; W.R. Meadows, Inc. D. Concrete Sealer: Water-based, deep penetrating, non-staining, non-darkening silane micro emulsion. 1. Positive chloride-ion screening, prevents water intrusion, minimizes rebar corrosion and potential concrete spalling, and protects against damaging effects of alkalis and other contaminants. 2. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 g/L. 3. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Pentane WB, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. This product is intended to establish the characteristics and level of quality intended for this Project. E. Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751, cellulosic fiber. 2.7 CONCRETE MIX A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 1. Do not use the Owner's field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing agency. B. Proportion mixes according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28-Day): 2500 psi for concrete for sidewalks; 3200 psi for concrete in traffic areas, curbs and gutters. 2. The minimum cement content shall be 5-1/4 sacks per cubic yard. 3. The maximum concrete slump shall be 3 inches ±1/2 inch, for all walks; and 4 inches ±1 inch for all other Portland cement concrete paving. 4. Water/Cement Ratios: a. 0.50 maximum for all site concrete. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 6 C. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. D. Admixtures: Comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -In-Place Concrete". 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2.9 GROUT A. Grout shall be mixed in the proportions of one part Portland cement to two parts sand, by volume. Only sufficient water shall be used to enable grout to barely hold its shape when squeezed into a ball in the hand. Sand for grout shall be "Fine Aggregate", conforming to ASTM C 33. B. Non-shrink grout shall be pre-mixed non-shrinking, high strength grout. Compressive strength in 28 days shall be 5,000 psi minimum, but in no case less than the specified strength of the adjacent concrete. Manufacturer shall provide evidence that the material meets the requirements of the COE CRD-C 621 (558). Grout permanently exposed to view shall be non-oxidizing; metallic grout may be used in other locations. 1. Non-shrink grout shall be one of the following or approved equal: Manufacturer Product Gifford-Hill Co. Supreme Master Builders Co. Embeco U.S. Grout Corporation Five Star Grout 2.10 SANDBLASTING MATERIAL A. Material for sandblasting shall be 16/20 mesh sand. 2.11 HERBICIDE TREATMENT A. Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by Environmental Protection Agency. Provide granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Ciba-Geigy Corp. b. Dow Chemical U.S.A. c. E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc. d. FMC Corp. e. Thompson-Hayward Chemical Co. f. U.S. Borax and Chemical Corp. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Areas to be paved shall be compacted and brought to subgrade elevation per soils report before work of this section is performed. Final fine grading, filling, and compaction of areas to receive paving, as required to form a firm, uniform, accurate, and unyielding subgrade at required elevations and to required lines, shall be done under this Section. B. Existing subgrade material which will not readily compact as required shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material conforming to this Section. C. Subgrade of areas to be paved shall be re-compacted per soils report. D. Excavation required in pavement subgrade shall be completed before fine grading and final compaction of subgrade are performed. Where excavation must be performed in completed subgrade, base, or pavement, subsequent backfill and compaction shall be performed per soils report. E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during construction. Ruts greater than or equal to 2 in. deep in subgrade, shall be graded out, reshaped as required, and re-compacted before placing pavement. F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade. G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated under this section, and material unsuitable for or in excess of requirements for completing work of this section shall be disposed of off-site. H. Prepared subgrade will be inspected by Soils Engineer. Subgrade shall be approved before installation of gravel base course. Disturbance to subgrade caused by inspection procedures shall be repaired under this section of the specification. I. Proof-roll subgrade or base surface prepared by others to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. J. Herbicide Treatment: Apply chemical weed control agent in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommended dosages and application instructions. Apply to compacted, dry subgrade prior to installation of base course. 3.2 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for paving to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Check completed formwork and screeds for grade and alignment to following tolerances: 1. Top of Forms: Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 8 2. Vertical Face on Longitudinal Axis: Not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, or other bond-reducing materials. Where there is delay in placing concrete after reinforcement is in place, bars shall be re inspected and cleaned when necessary. C. Any bar showing cracks after bending shall be discarded. D. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. E. Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2-inch overlap to adjacent mats. F. After forms have been coated with form release agent, but before concrete is placed, reinforcing steel anchors shall be securely wired in the exact position called for, and shall be maintained in that position until concrete is placed and compacted. Chair bars and supports shall be provided in a number and arrangement satisfactory to the Architect. 3.4 JOINTS A. General: Construct contraction, construction, and isolation joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless indicated otherwise. 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Make joints, including sawed joints, full depth required and from edge to edge of paving. B. Control Joints: Provide weakened-plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on Drawings. Construct control joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Tooled Joints: Form control joints in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with a radiused jointer tool. 2. Sawed Joints: Form control joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into hardened concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before development of random contraction/shrinkage cracks. 3. Inserts: Form control joints by inserting pre-molded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strips into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with paving surface. Radius ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 9 each joint edge with a jointer tool. Carefully remove strips or caps of two-piece assemblies after concrete has hardened. Clean groove of loose debris. C. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip paving unless indicated. 2. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. 3. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. D. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. E. Expansion Joints: Form expansion joints of preformed joint filler strips. 1. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. When no sleeves are used, lubricate or asphalt-coat one half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 2. 3. Where spacing is not shown, locate expansion joints at 32-foot maximum spacing or less to fit the control joints pattern. F. Installation of joint fillers and sealants is specified in Section "Joint Sealants". 1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface when no joint sealant is required. 2. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. 3. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. G. Where plastic "zip strips" are used to construct concrete joints, cut and remove, as a minimum, the top 1/4 inch of these strips after concrete has cured, and coordinate installation of joint filler as specified in Section “Joint Sealants”. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 10 B. Moisten subgrade or base to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish elevation and alignment. C. Comply with requirements and with ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. D. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. E. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. F. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying with ACI 309R. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. G. Screed paved surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. H. Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete. I. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306R and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. J. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified when hot weather conditions exist. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F (32 deg C). Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 11 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared, and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10-foot-long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. 1. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across concrete, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform gritty texture finish. 2. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform fine line texture finish. 3. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating surface 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch deep with a stiff-bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic. 4. Do not use troweling machines within 12 inches of electrical junction and outlet boxes which are set to finish flush with concrete slabs. Float and trowel such areas by hand with wood floats and steel trowels, taking care to see that concrete is finished flush with box cover and matches adjacent surfaces. B. Slip-Resistant Aggregate Finish: Before final floating, spread slip-resistive aggregate finish on pavement surface in accordance with manufacture’s written instructions 1. Cure concrete with curing compound recommended by slip-resistive aggregate manufacturer. Apply curing compound immediately after final finishing. 2. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or abrasive stone and water to expose non-slip aggregate C. Finishing formed surfaces: 1. Curb forms shall leave a smooth face. 2. Remove all fins. D. Provide steel trowel finish on tops of curbs and flow lines of curbs, gutters and integral curb and gutters. E. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to the following radius. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. 1. Radius: 1/4 inch. 2. Radius: 3/8 inch. F. Finish surfaces to produce a uniform appearance throughout area involved and throughout adjacent areas with the same treatment. G. Sandblast finish shall be consistent finish throughout and match approved mock-up. H. Where concrete finishing occurs adjacent to finished metal or other surfaces, particularly where serrated or indented surfaces occur, remove all traces of cement film before allowing to harden. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 12 I. Apply integral wood float and broom finish to the all concrete pavements and walkways, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 1. After screeding and compacting, finish with a wood float using a circular motion to produce a uniform texture and finish throughout. 2. For vehicular traffic areas, the finish shall be coarse enough to provide a non-slip surface with a minimum static friction coefficient of 0.6. 3. For pedestrian traffic areas, finish shall be a non-slip surface with a minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.6. a. For ramps, the static coefficient of friction shall be a minimum of 0.8. Ramps are defined as any sloping path of travel with a slope in the direction of travel of 5.0%, or greater. 4. Tests for coefficient of friction shall be either ASTM C-1028 (field test) or ASTM D- 2047 (laboratory test). 3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Control: In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before floating. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with a 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. E. Spray-apply concrete sealer to all concrete pavement. Comply with sealer manufacturer's application instructions. 3.8 CURING COLORED CONCRETE A. Colored concrete shall not, under any circumstances, be cured using water fog misting or ponding, burlap, plastic sheeting, or other wet covering. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 13 B. Curing material and method shall be in strict conformance with manufacturer's guidelines and recommendations. C. Only if additional protection is absolutely required, the surface should remain uncovered for at least 4 days, after which time new and unwrinkled non-staining reinforced waterproof kraft curing paper may be used. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. The Owner will employ a qualified testing and inspection agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include the following: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each compressive- strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests will be required when concrete consistency changes. b. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each compressive- strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of air- entrained concrete. c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. d. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless directed otherwise. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. e. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding 5 cu. yd. but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. Test one specimen at 7 days, test two specimens at 28 days, and retain one specimen in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yd., Architect may waive strength testing if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. 4. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. 5. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. B. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 24 hours of testing. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing agency, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in paving, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day and 28-day tests. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 14 C. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. D. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of the concrete when test results indicate slump, air entrainment, concrete strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: When placing integral colored concrete, arrange for the services of a qualified technical representative of the color pigment manufacturer, equipped with wet-batch color control test devices to ensure concrete of uniform color and matching approved mock-up. 3.10 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does not meet the requirements of this Section. Concrete which is not true to line and plane, which is not thoroughly troweled and properly surfaced as required, which varies in excess of 1/4-inch along a 10-foot straight edge, which is scuffed or has a rough top surface, except where required, or which does not connect properly to adjoining work, does not slope as required for drainage or is not properly cured, will be deemed defective. 1. General: Patch defective areas immediately following form removal. Remove defective concrete to a width and depth necessary for proper patching, but in no case less than 1 inch deep. Make the walls of the cut area perpendicular to the surface and do not feather out the edge. Dampen the patch area and the adjacent area 6 inches around the patch area. 2. Exposed concrete: Prepare a patching mortar of one part Portland cement, adjusted to match the color of the surrounding concrete, and 2-1/2 parts sand with the least water required to produce a workable mass. Re-work this mortar until it is the stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Brush the patch area with a bond of neat cement and water paste and apply patching mortar when the water sheen is off the bond. Strike off the mortar slightly higher than the surrounding surface, let set for 1 hour and finish flush with the surrounding surface. B. Drill test cores where directed by Architect when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with Portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete paving not more than 2 days prior to date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 1 SECTION 323119 - DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Decorative metallic-coated steel tubular picket fences. 2. Decorative metallic-coated steel Swing gates. a. Includes all swing gates indicated on the drawings 3. Decorative metallic-coated Steel Posts B. Related Sections: 1. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete post concrete fill. 2. Division 31 Section "Earthwork" for site excavation, fill, and backfill where decorative metal fences and gates are located. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design gates, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. General: In engineering gates to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following: 1. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength. C. Structural Performance: Provide gates capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Infill of Gate panels: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.. b. Uniform load of 25 lbf/sq. ft. applied horizontally. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For gates. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show required backup plates and / or box enclosures required to coordinate with hardware specified in Division 08. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For gates including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Include 16-foot length of fence complying with requirements. 2. Include one pair of gates with hardware installed. 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL AND IRON A. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 50, with G90 coating. C. Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold formed steel tubing. 2.2 COATING MATERIALS A. Epoxy Primer for Galvanized Steel: Complying with MPI #101 and compatible with coating specified to be applied over it. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following : a. Zinc rich thermosetting epoxy powder coating with a mimimum thickness of 2 mils, by Ameristar Fence Products. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 3 B. Polyester Topcoat: a. Polyester Powder Coat Finish: Manufacturer’s standard baked-on finish in black color. Powder coat all pickets, channels, posts, fittings, and accessories individually after drilling and layout to ensure maximum corrosion protection. Coating of assembled sections is unacceptable. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Nonshrink Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107 and specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.4 DECORATIVE METALLIC-COATED STEEL TUBULAR PICKET FENCES A. Decorative Steel Fences: Fences made from metallic-coated steel tubing and shapes. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Montage II Welded and Rackable ornamental steel design by Ameristar Fence Products, Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma or approved equal. a. Height: as indicated on the drawings B. Steel material for fence panels and posts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A653/A653M, with a minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi (310 MPa) and a minimum zinc (hot-dip galvanized) coating weight of 0.90 oz/ft2 (276 g/m2), Coating Designation G-90. C. Material for pickets shall be 1” square x 14 Ga. tubing. The rails shall be steel channel, 1.75” x 1. 75” x .105”. Picket holes in the rail shall be spaced 4.715” o.c. Fence posts and gate posts shall meet the minimum size requirements of Table 1: D. Table 1 – Minimum Sizes for Montage II Posts Panel Height 2-1/2” x 12 Ga. Up to & Including 6’ Height 3” x 12 Ga. Over 6’ Up to & Including 8’ Height Fence Posts Gate Height Up to & Including 4’ Over 4’ Up to & In- cluding 6’ Over 6’ Up to & Including 8’ Up to 4’ 2-1/2” x 12 Ga. 3” x 12 Ga. 3” x 12 Ga. 4’1” to 6’ 3” x 12Ga. 4” x 11 Ga. 4” x 11 Ga. 6’1” to 8’ 3” x 12 Ga. 4” x 11 Ga. 6” x 3/16” 8’1” to 10’ 4” x 11 Ga. 6” x 3/16” 6” x 3/16” 10’1” to 12’ 4” x 11 Ga. 6” x 3/16” 6” x 3/16” 12’1” to 14’ 4” x 11 Ga. 6” x 3/16” 6” x 3/16” 14’1” to 16’ 6” x 3/16” 6” x 3/16” 6” x 3/16” E. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 4 F. Pickets, rails and posts shall be pre-cut to specified lengths. Rails shall be pre-punched to accept pickets. G. Pickets shall be inserted into the pre-punched holes in the rails and shall be aligned to standard spacing using a specially calibrated alignment fixture. The aligned pickets and rails shall be joined at each picket-to-rail intersection by Ameristar’s proprietary fusion welding process, thus completing the rigid panel assembly. H. The manufactured panels and posts shall be subjected to an inline electrodeposition coating (E- Coat) process consisting of a multi-stage pretreatment/wash, followed by a duplex application of an epoxy primer and an acrylic topcoat. The minimum cumulative coating thickness of epoxy and acrylic shall be 2 mils (0.058 mm). The color shall be Black. The coated panels and posts shall be capable of meeting the performance requirements for each quality characteristic shown in Table 2: I. Table 2 – Coating Performance Requirements Quality Characteristics ASTM Test Method Performance Requirements Adhesion D3359 – Method B Adhesion (Retention of Coating) over 90% of test area (Tape and knife test). Corrosion Resistance B117, D714 & D1654 Corrosion Resistance over 1,500 hours (Scribed per D1654; failure mode is accumu- lation of 1/8” coating loss from scribe or me- dium #8 blisters). Impact Resistance D2794 Impact Resistance over 60 inch lb. (Forward impact using 0.625” ball). Weathering Resistance D822 D2244, D523 (60˚ Method) Weathering Resistance over 1,000 hours (Failure mode is 60% loss of gloss or color variance of more than 3 delta-E color units). J. K. The manufactured fence system shall be capable of meeting the vertical load, horizontal load, and infill performance requirements for Industrial weight fences under ASTM F2408. L. Swing gates shall be fabricated using 1.75” x 14ga Forerunner double channel rail, 2” sq. x 12ga. gate ends, and 1” sq. x 14ga. pickets. Gates that exceed 6’ in width will have a 1.75” sq. x 14ga. intermediate upright. All rail and upright intersections shall be joined by welding. All picket and rail intersections shall also be joined by welding. Gusset plates will be welded at each upright to rail intersection. Cable kits will be provided for additional trussing for all gates leaves over 6’. M. Pedestrian swing gates shall be self-closing, having a gate leaf no larger than 48” width. Integrated hinge-closer set (2 qty) shall be ADA compliant that shall include a variable speed and final snap adjustment with compact design (no greater than 5” x 6” footprint). Hinge-closer set (2 qty) shall be tested to a minimum of 500,000 cycles and capable of self -closing gates up to a maximum gate weight of 260 lbs. and maximum weight load capacity of 1,500 lbs. Hinge- closer device shall be externally mounted with tamper-resistant security fasteners, with full range of adjustability, horizontal (.5” - 1.375”) and vertical (0 - .5”). Maintenance free hinge- closer set shall be tested to operate in temperatures of negative 20 F to 200 F degrees, and swings to negative 2 degrees to ensure reliable final lock engagement. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 5 N. 2.5 SWING GATES A. Gate Configuration: As indicated. B. Gate Frame Height: As indicated. C. Gate Opening Width: As indicated. D. Steel Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from steel as indicated. E. Frame Corner Construction: Welded. F. Additional Rails: As indicated. G. Steel Finish: High-performance coating. 2.6 SETTING MATERIAL A. Concrete: Minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi with air entrainment of 4% +/- 1 1/2%. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, construction layout, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Architect. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments. 1. Construction layout and field engineering are specified in Division 01 Section "Execution" ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 6 3.3 DECORATIVE FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install fences according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Fence post shall be spaced according to Table 3, plus or minus ½”. For installations that must be raked to follow sloping grades, the post spacing dimension must be measured along the grade. Fence panels shall be attached to posts with brackets supplied by the manufacturer. Posts shall be set in concrete footers having a minimum depth of 36” (Note: In some cases, local restrictions of freezing weather conditions may require a greater depth). The “Earthwork” and “Concrete” sections of this specification shall govern material requirements for the concrete footer. Posts setting by other methods such as plated posts or grouted core-drilled footers are permissible only if shown by engineering analysis to be sufficient in strength for the intended application: C. Table 3 – Montage II – Post Spacing By Bracket Type Span For INVINCIBLE® 8’ Nominal (91-1/2” Rail) For CLASSIC, GENESIS, & MAJESTIC 8’ Nominal (92-5/8” Rail) Post Size 2-1/2” 3” 2-1/2” 3” 2- 1/2” 3” 2- 1/2” 3” 2-1/2” 3” Bracket Type Industrial Flat Mount (BB301)* Industrial Line 2-1/2” (BB319) 3” (BB320) Industrial Universal 2.5” (BB302) 3” (BB303) Industrial Flat Mount (BB301) Industrial Swivel (BB304)* Post Set- tings ± ½” O.C. 94- 1/2” 95” 94- 1/2” 95” 96” 96- 1/2” 96” 96- 1/2” *96” *96- 1/2” *Note: When using BB304 swivel brackets on either or both ends of a panel installation, care must be taken to ensure the spacing between post and adjoining pickets meets applicable codes. This will require trimming one or both ends of the panel. When using the BB301 flat mount bracket for Invincible style, rail may need to be drilled to accommodate rail to bracket attachment. D. When cutting/drilling rails or posts adhere to the following steps to seal the exposed steel surfaces; 1) Remove all metal shavings from cut area. 2) Apply zinc-rich primer to thoroughly cover cut edge and/or drilled hole; let dry. 3) Apply 2 coats of custom finish paint matching fence color. Failure to seal exposed surfaces per steps 1-3 above will negate warranty. Ameristar spray cans or paint pens shall be used to prime and finish exposed surfaces; it is recommended that paint pens be used to prevent overspray. Use of non-Ameristar parts or components will negate the manufacturer’s warranty. E. Concrete Set Posts: Drill hole in firm, undisturbed, or compacted soil. Holes shall have diameter four times greater than normal outside dimension of post and depths approximately 6” (152 mm) deeper than post bottom. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils and for posts with heavy lateral loads. Place concrete around post in a continuous pout. Trowel finish around posts and slope to direct water away from posts. 1. Gate Posts and Hardware: Set keepers, stops, sleeves and other accessories into concrete. F. Surface mount (wall mount) posts with mounting plates where indicated. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 7 G. Check each post for vertical and top alignment and maintain in position during placement and finishing operation. H. Align fence panels between posts. Firmly attach rail brackets to posts with ¼” (6 mm) bolt and lock nut, ensuring panels and posts remain plumb. 3.4 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. B. Attach hardware using tamper-resistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. C. Gate posts shall be spaced according to the manufacturers’ gate drawings, dependent on standard out-to-out gate leaf dimensions and gate hardware selected. Type and quantity of gate hinges shall be based on the application; weight, height, and number of gate cycles. The manufacturers’ gate drawings shall identify the necessary gate hardware required for the application. Gate hardware shall be provided by the manufacturer of the gate and shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gates. END OF SECTION 323119 ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 1 SECTION 334100 - STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. C. Reference Specification: Perform all work in accordance with applicable provisions of "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction", 2018 Edition. Unless otherwise noted, mention herein of section numbers refers to sections of the Reference Specification. Where Reference Specification refers to "Agency", substitute the word "Owner". Where Reference Specification refers to "Engineer", substitute the word "Architect". Where Reference Specification is in conflict with these Specifications, these Specifications shall govern. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes gravity-flow, non-pressure storm drainage pipe and drainage structures outside the building. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity-Flow, Non-pressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: At least equal to system test pressure 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for the following: 1. Pipe and fittings 2. Storm water quality devices: catch basin insert filters 3. Drains inlets B. Shop drawings for pre-cast concrete structures. Include frames, covers, and grates. C. Shop drawings for infiltration swale. Include filter media, piping, overflows, planter soil materials and layering. D. Shop drawings for cast-in-place concrete or field-erected masonry structures. Include frames, covers, and grates. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 2 E. Reports and calculations for design mixes for each class of cast-in-place concrete. F. Coordination drawings showing structures, pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Include de- tails of underground structures and connections. Show other piping in same trench. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures. G. Inspection and test reports specified in the "Field Quality Control" Article. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Environmental Agency Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining storm drainage sys- tems. B. Utility Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to storm drainage systems. Include standards of water and other utilities where appropriate. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, connections, and dimensional require- ments of system components and are based on specific manufacturer types indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Section "Product Requirements." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures in direct sunlight. B. Do not store plastic pipe or fittings in direct sunlight. C. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. D. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's rigging in- structions. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utili- ty locations. Notify architect of potential utility conflicts prior to installation of pipe system. B. Locate existing structures and piping to be closed and abandoned. C. Prior to commencing construction in public right-of-way and connecting to any public storm drain systems, contractor shall contact the agency of authority and obtain necessary permits. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide acceptable temporary utility services. 1. Notify Architect not less than 48 hours in advance of proposed utility interruptions. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 3 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without receiving Architect's written permis- sion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. A.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 2.2 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. A.PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 15and Smaller: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with bell-and- spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. B. B. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 18and Larger: ASTM F 679, T-1 wall thickness, with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. C. C. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 ASTM D 1785 and D 2665 with solvent cement joints conforming to ASTM D 2564. 2.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Comply with Section 207-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. A. B Tongue and Groove Piping: ASTM C76 (ASTM C76M), Class III, Wall B, for gasketed joints. B. Gaskets: ASTM C443 (ASTM C443M), rubber. 2.4 2.4 NONPRESSURE-TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground non-pressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: 1. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. 2. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 4 3. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. C. Unshielded Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric sleeve with corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. b. Fernco Inc. c. Logan Clay Products Company (The). d. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. e. NDS Inc. f. Plastic Oddities, Inc. D. Shielded Flexible Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. b. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. c. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. d. Any equivalent manufacturer. E. Ring-Type Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell of larger pipe and for spigot of smaller pipe to fit inside ring. 1. Manufacturers: a. Fernco Inc. b. Logan Clay Products Company (The). c. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. d. Any equivalent manufacturer. e. 2.5 SUB-DRAINAGE MATERIALS A. Filter Fabric: Supplied by prefabricated drainage structure manufacturer, 4.5 oz/sq. yd. min. B. Waterproof Sheeting: Polyvinylchloride sheeting, minimum 20 mils thick, with waterproof adhesive supplied or recommended by sheeting manufacturer. C. Perforated Subdrain Plastic Pipe: 1. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Pipe: ASTM D 2751, with a maximum SDR of 35. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: ASTM D 3034, with maximum SDR of 35 and with flexible elastomeric seal joint. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 5 3. Perforations: Perforations in ABS and PVC pipe shall be circular, no more than 5/16" or less than 3/16" in diameter, and arranged in rows parallel to the longitu- dinal axis of the pipe. Perforations shall be approximately 3 inches cen- ter-to-center, along rows. The rows shall be approximately 1-1/2" inches apart and arranged in a staggered pattern so that all perforations lie at the mid-point be- tween perforations in adjacent rows. The rows shall be spaced over not more than 90 degrees of circumference. The spigot or tongue end of the pipe shall not be perforated for a length equal to the depth of the socket and perforations shall con- tinue at uniform spacing over the entire width of the pipe. Manufacturer's stand- ard ABS or PVC pipe essentially meets these requirements and may be substitut- ed upon approval. Wall thickness as required for earth loads and as approved by Soils Engineer, 4" diameter, SDR35 minimum. 4. Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) pipe shall be joined using solvent cement or elastomeric joints and shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2751. 5. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe joints shall be in accordance with ASTM D 3212. 6. Furnish subsoil drainage pipe prewrapped or wrap pipe with Mirafi 140N Filter Fabric, or Bidim C22 or C28 fabric manufactured by Monsanto; or equal. 2.5 2.6 MANHOLES A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. 1. Diameter: 48 inchesminimum, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section, as required to prevent flotation. 3. Base Section: 6-inchminimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inchminimum thickness for walls and base riser section and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 4. Riser Sections: 4-inchminimum thickness, and of length to provide depth indicated. 5. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 6. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990 bitumen or butyl rubber. 7. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection. 8. Steps: Individual FRP steps, FRP ladder, or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2- inchsteel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101, PP wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on 1 step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off of step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inchintervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 60 inches 9. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching manhole frame and cover. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer. 10. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inchtotal thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. 11. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inchID by 7- to 9-inchriser with 4-inch- minimum width flange and 26-inch-diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording "STORM DRAIN." ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 6 a. Material: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18 ductile iron or ASTM A 48, Class 35 gray iron, unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 2.7 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R, ACI 350R, and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3200 psiminimum, with 0.5 maximum water-cement ratio. 1. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. 2.7 2.9 CATCH BASINS A. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins: ASTM C 913, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. Precast units shall meet H-20 traffic loading condtions. 1. Base Section: 6-inchminimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inchminimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 2. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless flat-slab-top type is indicated. 3. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl rubber. B. Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile iron designed for A-16 (heavy traffic) structural loading unless otherwise indicated. Include 24-inchID by 7-to 9-inch riser with 4-inch minimum width flange, and 26-inch- diameter flat grate with small square or short- slotted drainage openings, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Grate Free Area: Approximately 50 percent, unless otherwise indicated. 2. PART 3 - C. Triton Catch Basin Insert filters by Contech Stormwater Solutions Inc. 1. 2. 3. CLEANOUTS B. Cleanout Covers: Alhambra Foundry Company, Inc. Model No. A-1240 or A1242, heavy duty lamphole frame and cover, or approved equal. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 7 PART 4 - EXECUTION 4.1 4.2 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section "Earthwork." B. 4.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. 1. Use warning tapes or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 4.4 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Include Silt tight joints, except where water tight and soil tight joints are indicated. B. Pipe Couplings: Use where indicated and where required to join piping and no other appropriate method is specified. Do not use instead of specified joining methods. Pipe couplings and fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use non-pressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow, non- pressure storm drain piping, unless otherwise indicated. a. Shielded flexible couplings for same or minor difference OD pipes. b. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ID permits installation. 4.5 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans and details) indicate the general location and arrangement of underground sewerage and drainage systems piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, cements, ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 8 and other installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. Verify existing elevations prior to extensive excavating and notify Architect of any discrepancies. Contractor shall be liable for any premature construction which must be modified due to unforeseen existing conditions. C. Install gravity-flow-systems piping at constant slope between points and elevations indicated. Install straight piping runs at constant slope, not less than that specified, where slope is not indicated. D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install manholes for changes in direction if shown on plan, otherwise use fittings. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing storm drain is indicated. F. Extend drainage piping and connect to building's storm drains, of sizes and in locations indicated. Terminate piping as indicated. G. Install gravity-flow, non-pressure drainage piping according to the following: 1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 1 percent, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook." 3. Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. 4. Install Concrete Pipe and Fittings according to ACPA “Concrete Pipe Handbook” with the following seals. Concrete round pipe and fittings per ASTM C443 (ASTM C443M), rubber gaskets. Elliptical and Arch pipe: ASTM C877 (ATM C877M), Type I, sealing bands. H. Clear interior of piping and manholes of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. 4.6 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. A. General: Join and install pipe and fittings according to the following. B. Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with final finished surface. C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings: As follows: 1. Join solvent-cement-joint pipe and fittings with solvent cement according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM F 402. 2. Join pipe and gasketed fittings with elastomeric seals according to ASTM D 2321. 3. Join profile pipe and ribbed drain pipe and gasketed fittings with elastomeric seals ac- cording to ASTM D 2321 and manufacturer's written instruction. 4. Install according to ASTM D 2321. D. System Piping Joints: Make joints using system manufacturer's couplings, except where oth- erwise specified. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 9 E. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this applica- tion. Use couplings that are compatible with and fit both systems' materials and dimensions. 4.7 TRENCH DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. A. Assemble and install components according to manufacturer's written instructions and as indi- cated. B. Assemble and install components according to manufacturer's written instructions, ASME A112.3.1, and as indicated. C. Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with final finished surface. D. Assemble channel sections to form slope down toward drain outlets. Use sealants, adhesives, fasteners, and other materials recommended by system manufacturer. E. Embed channel sections and appurtenances in a 4-inch (100-mm) minimum depth of concrete around bottom and sides. F. Fasten grates to channel sections if indicated. G. Assemble trench sections with flanged joints. H. Embed trench sections and appurtenances in a 4-inch (100-mm) minimum depth of concrete around bottom and sides. I. Make piping connections and install stainless-steel piping with gasketed joints between sys- tem components. 4.8 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. C. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finished surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. 4.9 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION A. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. Ensure catch basin walls are properly sealed at the drain pipe penetrations. B. Use extension rings if needed to achieve the necessary invert elevations. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 10 C. Do not allow sump condition at the bottom of catch basin, unless specifically shown on the plans and details. If invert elevation of the outlet pipe is higher than the catch basin bottom, fill the bottom with concrete to the level of the outlet pipe invert. Slope the surface of concrete infill towards the outlet pipe. 4.10 CONNECTIONS A. Connect non-pressure, gravity-flow drainage piping to building's storm drains specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping." B. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes. 1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe; install wye fitting into existing piping; and encase entire wye fitting, plus 6-inch overlap, with not less than 6 inchesof concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3200 psi. 4.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test. 5. Hydrostatic Tests: Test storm drain according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the following: a. Allowable leakage is maximum of 50 gal./inch of nominal pipe size per mileof pipe, during 24-hour period. b. Close openings in system and fill with water. c. Purge air and refill with water. d. Disconnect water supply. e. Test and inspect joints for leaks. 6. Option: Test ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600, "Hydrostatic Testing" Section. Use test pressure of at least 10 psig. 7. Air Tests: Test storm drainage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following: a. Option: Test plastic gravity sewer piping according to ASTM F 1417. B. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. ST. BARBARA CATHOLIC SCHOOL TASK 2 75-24272-01 DIOCESE OF ORANGE SEPTEMBER 12TH, 2024 SANTA ANA, CA BID & PERMIT SET STORM DRAINAGE 334100 - 11 C. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. END OF SECTION